CA2195125C - Difluorostatone antiviral agents - Google Patents
Difluorostatone antiviral agents Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2195125C CA2195125C CA002195125A CA2195125A CA2195125C CA 2195125 C CA2195125 C CA 2195125C CA 002195125 A CA002195125 A CA 002195125A CA 2195125 A CA2195125 A CA 2195125A CA 2195125 C CA2195125 C CA 2195125C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- amino
- alkyl
- methyl
- phenyl
- compound
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Fee Related
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/28—Radicals substituted by singly-bound oxygen or sulphur atoms
- C07D213/30—Oxygen atoms
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C237/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups
- C07C237/02—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
- C07C237/22—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton having nitrogen atoms of amino groups bound to the carbon skeleton of the acid part, further acylated
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C271/00—Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
- C07C271/06—Esters of carbamic acids
- C07C271/08—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C271/10—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C271/22—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by carboxyl groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/36—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms
- C07D213/40—Acylated substituent nitrogen atom
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
- C07D213/81—Amides; Imides
- C07D213/82—Amides; Imides in position 3
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D231/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
- C07D231/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D231/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D231/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D233/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D233/56—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D249/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D249/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
- C07D249/08—1,2,4-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-triazoles
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
- C07D295/145—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals with the ring nitrogen atoms and the carbon atoms with three bonds to hetero atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings
- C07D295/15—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals with the ring nitrogen atoms and the carbon atoms with three bonds to hetero atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings to an acyclic saturated chain
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms by radicals derived from carboxylic acids, or sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof
- C07D295/182—Radicals derived from carboxylic acids
- C07D295/185—Radicals derived from carboxylic acids from aliphatic carboxylic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms by radicals derived from carboxylic acids, or sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof
- C07D295/182—Radicals derived from carboxylic acids
- C07D295/192—Radicals derived from carboxylic acids from aromatic carboxylic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with hetero atoms directly attached to ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/26—Sulfur atoms
Landscapes
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
- Steroid Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides novel difluorostatone derivatives of general formula (I), which are useful as antiviral agents. More specifically, these novel compounds are useful as inhibitors of retroviral proteases required for replication, particularly the HIV-1 and HIV-2 viral proteases, in the prevention or treatment of infection by the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), and in the treatment of consequent pathological conditions such as the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) in mammals capable of being infected with HIV virus.
Description
-1_ BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
10 Retroviruses are a class of viruses which transport their genetic material as ribonucleic.acid rather than as deoxyribonucleic acid. Retroviruses are associated with a wide variety of diseases in man, one of which is AIDS.
Although there have been disclosures of other anti-viral 15 agents useful in the treatment of AIDS, for example see patent applications EP 0 218 688, EP 0 352 000 and PCT/US
91/09741, the compounds of the present invention have not been previously disclosed.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to compounds having try following general formula (I);
R~ CNH-CH CNH-CH-C-CF2-C NR5R6 O O O O
x formula I
and the stereoisomers, hydrates, isosteres and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof wherein ~l'~ ~1 wo ~Eroz.~9s rcz~usvstt~~aa~
_z_ P1 is T
T' C~~6 alkyfene wherein T is [(O)b-W-R] and T' is [(O)b~-W'-R'~ or hydrogen, wherein each of W and W' are independently C1_~ alkylene or nothing, 14 rovided that W is C
P 2-s alkylene when W is directly attached to a nitrogen atom in R, provided that W' is C2_6 alkylene when W' is directly attached to a nitrogen atom in R', provided that W or W' are each independently C1_s 1' alkylene when R or R' are each independently an aryl;
P2 is C1_b alkyl, cyclopentyl, hydroxy C1_~ alkyl, phenyl, benzyl or 3-tetrahydrofuryl;
R and R' are each independently -CH2CH0, hydroxy Gx_g alkyl, C1_6 alkoxy Ci_6 alkyl, C1_6 alkyl, ~R3)d , C1_~, alkenylene, piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or phenyl wherein substituted piperazinyl is 3D piperazinyl substituted on one nitrogen atom thereof with CHO, C(O)ri7HR'q, C1_q alkyl or CO2Rq;
3~
~1'O ytt02~99 "o ~ " PC"TN695107241 Ll~v~l~'S
R1 is \ \ \
~ N
/ (CHz)O- , NI~(CHz)O- , ~ / (CHz)O- , O O
I' N ~ \ hN I \
O_ J N~ ~ O\~ /
'~/O \% \ \/O
~S
Ni \ \ C02R~4 I / I / CH-O- , I \ IH O~ I \
/ (CHz)z-CH- ' ~N-CHZ- ' / CH~CH- , I \ OH O 1 ~~CHz-.
/ CH- ' ~/NI -CCHZ_ or N , R3 is C1_6 allenyl C1_6 alkoxy, C1_6 alkylene, hydroxy C1_6 alkyl, C1_6 alkyl or OH;
Rq is Cz_6 alkyl, phenyl or 6enzyl;
R'q is hydrogen or C1_6 alkyl;
ti '; ~ ~ E_ VV09GI02.i99 ~ ~ ~ "~ : ") PCTlLS9il072d1 -~_ R5 is hydrogen, C1_15 alkyl, OH, hydroxy C1-15 alkyl, -CH{((CH2)d-D-CHZ)x-R~e)2r -CH2Si{CH3)2(R3), PDL, _ (C1_6 alkylene)-ORq, -CH(Y)(Z), (v)e HO
C~_salkylene~ ' (CH2)b (a) (b) N ~.r - ~~ or CHz~ \ a \N
(c) (d) wherein PDL is -(CHz)e-2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, or p-substituted benzylaxy, wherein the substitution is with a vitro, OH, amino, C1_s alkoxy, hydroxy C~_6 alkylene, or halogen: Y is C1_15 alkyl, hydroxy Cl-lg alkyl, C1-6 alkyl or -(CH~)e-C6Hq-(V)~': Z is -(CHZ)d-O-CHO, CI-s alkyiene-O-(CHy)d-(O-CHZ-CHZ)e-O-C1_6 alkyl, CHO, COZRq, CO2NHRq, -(CHZ)a-O-(CH2)awR'~. -(CHa)e-ORq or ~(V)e (CH2)e (e) wherein V is ORq or hydroxy C1_6 alkylene:
provided that d'=2 when R'7 is giperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, giperidyl or morpholinyl:
2i~i~~%5 i4'0 9610:499 PCTlUS95107241 _5_ R6 is as defined for RS with the proviso that R6 is other than hydrogen when RS is hydrogen, or RS and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached are selected from the group consisting of;
-N , - , -N~ , to (~ (9? (h) (tHz?b / R3 R3-Si ~N
15 (i) 20 -N~ -MHO , _N or -N~ R$
(i} (m) (n1 R7 is CH20R4, C(O)NHR4 or CHO;
R'7 is piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or phenyl, wherein substituted piperazinyl is piperazinyl substituted on one nitrogen atom thereof with CHO, C(O)NHR4, C1_4 alkyl or C02R4;
Rg is (H, OH) or =O;
R'e is pyrimidyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl or phenyl;
-~ ~ \~ ~~ " ~ r W096lL)2J9<3 ._ f ~;~1 ~ ~'~ PCTIiJS9~!Q7231 a is zero, 1, 2 or 3;
b and b' are each independently zero or L;
d and d' are each independently 1 or 2;
a and e' are each independently zero, 1 or 2; and , x is zero or one.
l~ The terms "halo", "halogen" or "halide" refer to a chlorine, bromine or iodine atom.
Isosteres of the compounds of Formula I include those wherein (a) the a-amino acid residues of the P1 and Pa l~ substituents are in their unnatural configuration (when there is a natural configuration) or (b) when the normal peptide amide linkage is modified, such as for example, to form a ao n -CH2NH- (reduced), -C-N(CH3) (N-methylamide), -COCH2-(keto), -CH(OH)CH2- (hydroxy), -CH(NH2)CHZ- (amino), -CH2CHZ- (hydrocarbon). Preferably a compound of the invention should not be in an isosteric form. Unless otherwise stated the a-amino acids are preferably in their L-configuration.
A compound of the invention may be in free farm, e.g., amphoteric farm, or in salt, e.g., acid addition or anionic salt, form. A compound in free form may be converted into a 3 f~
salt form in an art-known manner and vice-versa.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the peptide of Formula I (in the form of water, or oil-soluble or dispersible products) include the conventional non-toxic 3~
salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of these peptides, which are farmed, e.g., from inorganic or organic acids or bases. Examples of such acid addition salts include WO 96102~t99 ~ ~ PCTIilS95J07241 acetate, adipate, alginate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, citrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, glucoheptanoate, glycerophasphate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, . hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethane-sulfonate, lactate, maleate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthal-enesulfonate, nicotinate, oxalate, paemoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, succinate, tartrate, thiocyanate, tosylate, and undecanoate. Base salts include ammonium salts, alkalimetal salts such as sodium and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium and magnesium salts, salts with organic bases such as dicyclohexylamine salts, N-methyl-D-glucamine, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine, and so forth. Also, the basic nitrogen-containing groups may be quaternized with such agents as lower alkyl halides, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chloride, bromides and iodides; dialkyl sulfates like dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl; and diamyl sulfates, long chain halides such as decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides, aralkyl halides like benzyl and phenethyl bromides and others.
The hydrates of the compounds of Formula I are hydrated compounds having the partial structure ~ pi~CF2~~~
HOxOH O
and in their end-use application are generally the active forms.
21 X51 ~_'S
W 0 96102.199 PCT)IiS95)O i 241 _8-In general, as used herein, the term "alkyl" includes the straight, branched-chain and cyclized manifestations thereof unless otherwise indicated, particularly such moieties as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, -CH -t-but 1, c clo ro 1, n ~' y y p py -propyl, pentyl, cyclopenty~, n-hexyl, cyclohexyl and cyclohexylmethyl. The term "aralkyl", when used, includes those aryl moieties attached to an alkylene bridging moiety, preferably methyl or ethyl.
«Aryl" includes both carbocyclic and hetereocyclic moieties of which phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, indazolyl, furyi and thienyl are of primary interest; these moieties being inclusive of their position isomers such as, for examgle, 2-, 3-, or 4-pyridyl, 2- or 3_furyl and thienyl, 1-, 2-, or 3-indolyl or the 1- and 3-indazolyl, as well as the dihydro and tetrahydro analogs of the furyl and thienyl moieties. Also included within the term "aryl" ors such fused carbocyclic moieties as pentalenyl, indenyl, naphthalenyl, azulenyl, heptalenyl, acena hth ten 1 fluaren 1 henalen 1 henanthren 1, P Y Y . Y . p Y ~ p Y
anthracenyl, acephenanthrylenyl, aceanthrylenyl, triphenylenyl, pyrenyl, chrysenyl and naphthacenyl. Also included within the term "aryl" are such other heterocyclic radicals as 2- or 3-benzo[b]thienyl, 2- or 3-naphtho[2,3-b]thienyl, 2- or 3-thianthrenyl, 2H-pyran-3-(or 4- or 5-)yl, 1-isobenzo- furanyl, 2H-chromenyl-3-y1, 2- or 3-phenoxathiinyl, 2- or 3-pyrrolyl, 4- or 3-pyrazolyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 2-indolizinyl, 1-isoindolyl, 4H-quinolizin-2-yl, 3-isoquinolyl, 2-~inolyl, 1-phthalazinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, 2-quinoxalinyl, 2-quinazolinyl, 3-cinaolinyl, 2-pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazol-2-yl, 2-carbazolyl, 8-carbolin-3-yl, 3-phenanthri.dinyl, 2-acridinyl, 2-perimidinyl, 1-phenazinyl, 3-isothiazolyl, 2-phenothiazinyl, 3~ 3-isoxazalyl, 2-ghenoxazinyl, 3-isochromanyl, 7-chromanyl, 2-pyrrolin-3-yl., 2-imldazolidinyl, 2-imidazolin-4-yl, 2-pyrazolidinyl, 3-pyrazolin-3-yl, 2-piperidyl, 21~~1~~
W096/(12999 PCTIt;S9S1072d1 _g_ 2-piperazinyl, 1-indolinyl, 1-isoindolinyl, 3-morpholinyl, benzo[b]isoquinolinyl arid benzo[b]furanyl, including the position isomers thereof.
Likewise the term "alkylene" includes straight or branched-chain moieties. Some examples of branched-chain alkylene moieties are ethylethylene, 2-methyltrimethylene, 2,2-dimethyltrimethylene, and so on. For example, C3 alkylene can mean -CH2-CH2-CH2- or -C- or -CH2-CH- or -CH-CH2-I I I
1~ All (C1_s) moieties such as C1_s alkyl, C1_s allenyl, C1_s alkoxy, and hydroxy C1_s alkyl, are more preferably C1_3 moieties (containing 1-3 carbon atoms instead of 1-6 carbon atoms).
The fluorenylmethyloxy moiety is that moiety generally called by its abbreviation FMOC, and is the fluorenyl moiety bearing -CH20 attached to the 9-position of the fluo-renyl moiety. Other terms defined herein are piperazinyl ~-N,~ H~ or substituted piperazinyl ~ N~ -*~
the substitution (*) occurring only at one nitrogen atom which is not attached to the remainder of the molecule (attachment via a nitrogen atomj. The substituents are one of CHO, C(O)NHR4, CI_y alkyl or C02R4.
The term "Bn" refers to a benzyl functionality of the formula;
CHz wo g~!o:a~~ ~ j ~ '~ a L 5 pc:~rrusosroaza l -lo-Piperidinyl and morpholinyl both bind to the rest of -N~ -NCO
molecule via their respective nitrogen atoms while pyrimidinyl, pyridyl and pyrazinyl bind to the rest N~ N N
of t/he molecule anywhere except their respective nitrogen atoms.
1~ Mare specifically, in the instance wherein P2 is either Cl_6 alkyl or hydroxy Cy_6 alkyl, such moieties as -C(CH~)3, -CH{CH3)Z, -CH(CH3)(CZHS), -C(OH)(CH3)3 and -CH(OH)CH3 are preferred. The "hydroxy Cl_6 alkyl" moiety is illustrated in one example by -CHZ-OH, the "C1_6 alkoxy Cl_6 alkyl" moiety, is illustrated in one example by -CH2-OCH3, (although in each instance the Cl_6 alkylene may be straight or branched and the hydroxy radical is not limited to the terminal carbon atom of the alkyl moiety).
2a As it is often quite advantageous to have what is termed an amino protecting group (Pg), the scope of those compounds of Formula I includes those Rl moieties which, together with their adjacent carbonyl moiety farm such groups as acetyl (AC), succinyl (Suc), benzoyl (Bz), 3p t-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ), tosyl (TS), dansyl (DNS), isovaleryl (Iva), methoxysuccinyl (MeOSuc), i-adamantanesulphonyl {AdS02), i-adamantaneacetyl (AdAC), phenyiacetyl, t-butylacetyl (fiba), bis[(1-naphthyl)methyl]acetyl (BNMA) and Rz wherein Rz is an aryl 3y group as previously described suitably substituted by 1 to 3 members selected independently from the graup consisting of fluoso, chloro, bromo, iodo, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, alkyl containing from 1 to 6 carbons, alkoxy containing ~ wo y~ni:~v~ 2 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 5 rcTm~svS~a~aai from 1 to 6 carbons, carboxy, alkylcarbonylamino wherein the alkyl group contains 1 to 6 carbons, 5-tetrazolo, and acylsulfonamido (i.e., acylaminosulfonyl and sulfonylamino-carbonyl) containing from 1 to 15 carbons, provided that when the acylsulfonamido contains an aryl, the aryl may be further substituted by a member selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo and nitra.
Among the classes of amino protecting groups contemplated are: t1) acyl type protecting groups such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, p-toluenesulfonyl (tosyl), benzenesulfonyl, nitrophenylsulfenyl, tritylsulfenyl, O-nitrophenoxyacetyi, and a-chlorobutyryl;
t2~ aromatic urethane type protecting groups such as benzyloxycarbonyl and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls such as p-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl, p-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, p-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, p-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl, 1-(p-biphenylyl)-1-methylethoxycarbonyl, a-, a-dimethyl-3,5-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, and benzhydryloxycarbonyl;
(3) aliphatic urethane protecting groups such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, iso-propyloxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, and allylaxycarbonyl;
C4) cycloalkyl urethane type protecting groups such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl, adamantyloxycarbonyl, and cyclo-hexyloxycarbonyl; <S) thio urethane type protecting groups such as phenylthiocarbonyl; t6> alkyl type protecting groups such as triphenylmethyl (trityl) and benzyl (Bn);
t7) trialkylsilane protecting groups such as trimethyl-silane if compatible. The preferred a-amino protecting groups are tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) or benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZj. The use of Boc as an a-amino protecting group for amino acids is described by Bodansky et al. in "The Practice of Peptide Synthesis", Springer-verlag, Berlin (1984), p. 20.
The term "stereoisomers" is a general term for all isomers of individuals molecules that differ only in the orientation of their atoms in space. It includes mirror r} j ~ G s J! ~
CVO 9Gt02499 4 s ~ ~ '. ') PCTlU595l07241 image isomers (enantiomers), geometric (t1s/trans) isomers, and isomers of compounds with more than one chiral center that are not mirror images of one another (diastereoisomers). Far amino-acids, the designations L!D, or R/S can be used as described in IUPAC-IUB Joint Commission on Biochemichal Nomenclature. E~an~l.Biachem. 138: , 9-37 (i984).
In general the compounds of this invention may be prepared using standard chemical reactions analogously known in the art. More specifically, the preparation of compounds of structure (3) is well known in the art and described generally by Schirlin, D. and Van Dorsselaer, V.
in PCT/U591/09741 published July 23, 1992 with an international publication number of WO 92/12123.
The compounds of formula (I) can be grepared as described in Reaction Schemes A, A', A", B, C and D. All the substituents, unless btherwise indicated, are previously defined. The reagents and starting materials are readily available to one of ordinary skill in the art.
WO 9b102~99 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCTIfJS95107241 a O
U=
O Z
n n Z
N ~ U= O n 'O I
v ~ ~' v U- O n U n N ~
M W ~ N t!1 U- n-I ~ U v W r1 O
n " x x V v i ~y- U- O x x x U- O
x T W-U o T
a- a a x Z N
x z ..
.r v z c z z z U- O Z
'' N i W U= O
O W
U= U ~ N
O i W .C x x 'O W
U n v U- O n v v n m ~ ~ ,_, ~ ,n x x ov x .i " _ ~ U- O ,,, U- - co O
a .a - S
c, a v a z -~
N
a x w v z v n U
v n Z
v C b N
Z a' U= p x O ~N u= O
S W I
V U cv N
_ _ G.
V1 _ V
a-U P1 U- O vp 1 x 'r ~ ~ V- O
b a N m ~ a-~
z C
a s W z mt a u, o m, ri r1 N N
~~~~j~~.~7 wo ~sor?.syy ec~rausv~omai a z a cr= o N
W
U
U
- p p,- V
n 1 n Z a0 .H ~ V= O
t v N S
w-v t a t v=o .a m z z x ~o U
= D
N
N W
W V
V ' V= O
a ' ~- a b v S
w V a C
Z n C>= t, O
t ' O N
~ ~
- O
d ; .-K G-~ v N = v n T ~ w - V Z
v 1 S N Uy O
a n V=O V 'y.
N
C
v ..
z x x ~
L V~ O
1=O
1 !
N N
W W
V V
m x ci=
o V- O i C7 .y ~ .i x m w- V
-. v w- ,~ n a C
n ~ 1 ~ x p v x v. ~ ~ ~"~
U y "t w= O
iJl U= O
v x N
'T.a N S w- V
O w-U
m H
z U 1 V= O
V - O - ~-t N
S rn w' N
W0961(12t99 ~ ~ ~'j ~ ~ ~ ~ PCTlLiS95/p7241 a a z U= O
N
n W
G1 U n u- O '~
v .~. yr o s w- a i m x u- o x a N
a z a U= O a Z
N v= o w U N
1 w O
U- Y
n .i ~ V= O
V
N r, n v p,-v S
Z
U= p ,~ n .w N Uc O
a V s~
v a n U
v w a a a a z V=O
V-p N
By N
W
V U
G7 ra r U- O V= O
~
~ ~ a a a v ~ n n s v Z
H , n E., v= o ~ o a C ~ a w m 's' ~ o w N N
~i t WC79Gr02~99 L f l ~ ~ ~) Pl:'TlUB9510724C
In Scheme A, step (a) the aldehyde of formula (3) is subjected to a condensation reaction under Reformatski conditions with an. ester of bromodifluoroacetic acid, preferably the ethyl ester in the presence of zinc and in an anhydrous aprotic solvent, e.g., tetrahydrofuran, ether, dimethoxyethane and the like under a nitrogen or argon inert atmosphere. The reaction is gently heated to about 60°C for about 1-12 hours or ultrasonicated to produce compounds (4).
Alternatively, in Reaction Scheme A step (a), the condensation to produce compounds (4) can be achieved in greater yields and at lower reaction temperatures utilizing the following general method. Under an inert atmosghere, such as nitrogen, the aldehyde (3) is dissclved in a suitable anhydrous organic solvent. Examples of a suitable anhydraus organic solvent are tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, t-butyl methyl ether and the like. The solution is cooled to apgroximately 0°C. To the solution is added about 0.30 equivalents of silver acetate, about 2.I equivalents of zinc dust, and about 2 equivalents of ethyl bromodifluoroacetate. About 0.34 equivalents of diethylaluminum chloride (as a solution in toluene) is added slowly to the reaction keeping the temperature of the reaction below 12°C. The reaction is allowed to stir for 1 to 3 hours at about 0°C and then at room temperature for 4 to I2 hours. The reaction is then cooled to about 10°C and quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride. The compound (4) is then isalated and purified by techniques well known in the art. For example a solution of sodium hydrogen tartrate is added and the reaction is allowed to warm from 10°C to room temperature. The mixture is filtered, the solids washed with a suitable organic solvent, such as ethyl acetate and the layers of the filtrate are separated. The aqueous layer is extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic layer and extracts are WO 9G/02499 ~ ~ ~ 'J ~ ~ ~ PCTlUS95107241 combined, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with a suitable eluent, such as cyclohexane/ethyl acetate to provide the compounds (4).
In Scheme A, step (b) formation of compounds (5) or (I4) may be effected directly or undirectly. In one method, the esters of formula (4) or (13) are de-esterified using a suitable base, such as LiOH, KOH, NaOH and the like, in the presence of water and a partially water miscible solvent (such as tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, dioxane) at about room temperature. The resulting acid can then be aminated with the appropriate RSR6-substituted amine using standard peptide-like coupling conditions. The selection of the appropriate coupling reaction procedure is within the skill of the art. The coupling reaction can be carried out using standard coupling procedures such as the azide method, mixed carbonic acid anhydride (isobutyl chloroformate) method, carbodiimide [dicyclahexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, or water-soluble carbodiimide,l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC)] method, active ester (p-nitrophenyl ester, N-hydroxy-succinic imido ester) method, Woodward reagent K method, carbonyldiimidazole method, phosphorus reagents such as BOP-C1, or oxidation-reductian methods. Some of these methods (especially the carbodiimide method) can be enhanced by adding hydroxybenzotriazole (HOST), for example the mixed anhydride method may be employed, using DCC and hydroxybenzotriazole at room temperature in solvents such as CH2C12, tetrahydrofuran or dimethylformamide.
Alternatively the esters (4) or (13) may be directly subjected to a reaction with the appropriate RSR6-substituted amine without or with a solvent (tetrahydro-furan) at a temperature of from 0 to 80°C.
vfO 9GJ02~i~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ; ~ PCT/US9it072i1 -1$-Alternatively, an appropriate RS, R6-substituted amine that is protected as necessary is dissolved in a suitable organic solvent, such as dichloromethane under an inert atmosphere, such as nitrogen. An equivalent of a 2M
solution of trimethylaluminum in toluene is added dropwise to the solution. After approximatelg 15 minutes this solution is added to approximately 0.3 equivalents of ester (4) or (13) dissolved in a suitable organic solvent, such as dichloromethane. The reaction is allowed to stir for about 15 to 24 hours at about room temperature to 40°C. The product is then isolated using techniques well knowa in the art. For example cold dilute aqueous hydrochloric acid and ethyl acetate is added. The organic layer is separated and washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, f-filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide the compounds (5) or (14).
In Step (c) compounds (6), (8) or (11) are prepared by removal of the P'1 protecting group using standard procedures well known in the art [see T.H. Green, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", John Wiley and Scns, 1981), such as hydrogenation. The free phenol functionality is then reacted with an appropriate alkyl halide in an inert solvent (preferably anhydrous dioxane, anhydrous acetone or anhydrous dimethylformamide) in the presence o~ a base (potassium or cesium carbonate) with or without potassium iodide at room or reflux temperature.
In Step (c1) compound (13) is prepared by removal of the P'1 protecting group using standard procedures well known in the art[see T.H. Green, ~Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", John Wiley and Sons, 1981;, such as, hydrogenation, P~~ being the compound obtained. Poe being a free phenol.
In Step (c2) compounds (6), (8) or (11) are prepared from the PoHderivatives (14), (16) or (17) by reaction with WO 96!02-f99 C' a ~ ', PCTIUS95107i41 21 d..),~~
_19_ an appropriate alkylhalide in an inert solvent, in the presence of a base. For example, the PoHderivative is dissolved in a suitable organic solvent, such as acetone.
Approximately 1.2 equivalents of a suitable base, such as potassium carbonate, are added followed by addition of approximately 1.15 equivalents of the alkyl halide. A
catalytic amount of potassium iodide is then added and the reaction is stirred for 1 to 3 days. The product is isolated and purified by techniques well known in the art, such as extractive methods and recrystallization. For example, the reaction is poured into a suitable solvent mixture, such as ethyl acetate/dilute aqueous sodium chloride and the organic layer is separated. The organic layer is then washed with dilute aqueous potassium hydroxide, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by recrystallization from a suitable solvent mixture, such as cyclohexane/ethyl acetate to provide compounds (6), (8) or (11).
In Step (d), for the preparation of Compounds (7}, (9) and (15), the protecting groups Pg may readily be removed by standard procedures well known in the art [see T.H.
Green, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", ,john Wiley and Sons, 1981], preferably acid/base hydrolysis (e. g., formic acid at room temperature followed by extraction of the free base after treatment with sodium carbonate).
In Steg (e), Compounds (7), (9) or (15) are subjected to a peptide coupling procedure with an appropriately protected acid of the formula R'1CONHCH(Pa)C02H or R'lCOzH, using the herein-described procedures (or by any other coupling procedure well known in the art, or as described in European Patent Application, Serial Number 93 401 785.6) to produce compounds (8) and (11) (from compound (7)); (10) and (12) (from compound (9)); and (16) and (I7) (from compound (15)). R'1 is defined as R1 except far those R'O 96ti)249'~ L ~ ~ r) ~ ~ .~ PCTliJS95/073d1 instances wherein protection of the R1 group may be required as recognized by one of ordinary skill in the art. Far example, a hydroxyl functionality on the alkyl portion of the R1 group must be protected prior to the oxidation in step (f).
In Step (f), the oxidation of compounds (8) and (11) may be effected by methods well known in the art, such as the Sworn oxidation procedure, or with 1,1,1-triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one to provide compounds of formulas IA and IB.
In general the Sworn oxidation (see Synthesis, (i981), 165] is effected by reacting about 2 to 20 equivalents of dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) with about 1 to 10 equivalents of trifluoroacetic anhydride ((CF3C0)20] or oxalyl chiaride ((COC1)z], said reactants being dissolved in an inert solvent, e.g., methylene chloride (CHZC12), said reaction being under an inert atmosphere (e.g., nitrogen or equivalently functioning gas) under anhydrous conditions at temperatures of about -70°C to -30°C to form an insitu sulfonium adduct to which is added about 1 equivalent of the appropriate alcohals, i.e., compounds (8) and (11).
Preferably, the alcohols are dissolved in an inert solvent, e.g., CHyCl2, tetrahydrofuran, or minimum amounts of DMSO, and the reaction mixture is allowed to warm to about -50°C
or -20°C (for about 20-60 minutes) and then the reaction is completed by adding about 3 to 30 equivalents of a tertiary amine, e.g., triethylamine, diisoprapylethylamine, /Y-methyl morgholine, etc.
Alternatively the oxidation can be carried out with the Doss-Martin periodinane (i.e., 1,1,1-triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one), [see Dess Martin, J.
Ors. Chem., 48, 4155, (1983)]. This oxidation is effected by contacting about 1 equivalent of the alcohol with 1 to 10 equivalents of periodinane (preferably greater than 5 wo y6~ozan~> ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 5 PcTnrs9s~o~zai equivalents), said reagent being in suspension in an inert solvent (e. g., methylene chloride) under an inert atmosphere (preferably nitrogen) under anhydrous conditions at 0°C to 50°C (preferably room temperature) and allowing the reactants to interact for about 1 to 48 hours.
Optional deprotection of the amine protecting groups may be effected as desired after the ketones have been isolated.
In general, the modified Jones oxidation procedure may conveniently be effected by reacting the alcohols with pyridinium dichromate by contacting the reactants together in a water-trapping molecular sieve powder, e.g., a grounded 3 Angstrom molecular sieve), wherein said contact is in the presence of glacial acetic acid at abaut 0°C to 50°C, preferably at room temperature followed by isolation and then optionally removing amine protecting groups.
Alternatively, 1 to 5 equivalents of a chromic anhydride-pyridine complex (i.e., a Sarett reagent prepared insttu} [see Fieser and Fieser "Reagents for Organic Synthesis" Vol. 1, pp. 145 and Sarett, et al., J.A.C.S. _25, 422, (1953)] in an inert solvent (e.g., CHyClz) under an inert atmosphere under anhydrous conditions at 0°C to 50°C
is treated with 1 equivalent of the alcohol. The reaction is allowed to stir for about 1 to 15 hours. The product is isolated and purified by techniques well known in the art followed by optionally removing amine protecting groups.
In step (g) the compounds decribed by formulas IA and IB wherein R'1 is protected as required, are deprotected under conditions well known in the art [see T.H. Green, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", John Wiley and Sons, 1981], to provide compounds of formula IA' and IB' wherein R"1 are those substituents which required protection as required. For example the protected compound is dissolved in a suitable organic solvent, such as methylene chloride and treated with TFA/H20. The reaction ?i~%1~~5 V4'0 96f0:.199 PCTILT89514'72d t _22_ is allowed to stir at room temperature for about 4 to 10 hours and then it is concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by techniques well known in the art, such as extractive methods followed by flash chromatography (silica gel, hexane/ethyl acetate) to provide the deprotected compound.
For the preparation of the necessary aldehydes of formula (3) and the acids which are to be coupled with the 1G compounds (7), (9) or (15), alternative alkyTation procedures are utilized depending upon whether the F1 and/or the PZ moieties are or are not residues of natural amino acids. For the preparation of these intermediates wherein the P1 or P2 moieties are residues of natural amino 15 acids (or manor modifications thereof, e.g.. P1 or Pz being a benxyl or methyl ether of tyrosine)r the compounds are either known or are prepared by processes and techniques well known in the art.
20 To prepare the intermediates of the formula PgEiN-CHCOZRy wherein Pg is an amino protecting groupr F3 is either a P'1 25 or P'2 moiety with P'1 and P'2 being as defined for PZ and Pz respectively, except that they are other than residues of naturally occuring amino acids, and the Rg moiety is an alkyl radical, preferably methyl when P3 is P'~, and ethyl when P~ is P'2, alternative methods are available.
To prepare the intermediates of formula wo ~mro2a9!> 2 ~ ~ ~a ~ ~ ~ Pc~rn~s~sro~2ai P.1 P.2 PgHN-CHCHO PgHN-CHCOOH
(1DB) (10A) the following reaction scheme may be utilized &EACTION SCHEME B
PgNHCH2C02R9 (1) Base P9NHCHC02R9 (18) (2) P3X (19) wherein P3 is as previously defined and X is a leaving group, preferably halo or triflate, R9 is methyl when F3 is P'1, and ethyl when P3 is P'2.
rn essence, the preparation of compounds (19) utilizes the Krapcho method [Tetrahedron Letters, 26, 2205 (1976)]
for alkylation wherein compounds (18) are treated with a base, e.g., LDA, (lithium diisopropylamide), followed by reaction with the desired P3X in the presence of TMEDA
(i.e. tetramethylethylenediamine) in a solvent (tetrahydro-furan) with or without HMPA (i.e. hepamethylphosphonamide) according to the standard Krapcho conditions. Following alkylation the compounds are then subjected to a reduction using diisobutyl alaminum hydride (Dibal) in a mixture of solvents, e.g., ether, toluene, hexane, tetrahydrofuran at about -78°C for about 1 hour. Following the preparation of the aldehydes of Formula (10B), the compounds are subjected to the processes of Reaction Schemes A, A' and/or A".
Alternatively, the compounds of (19) may be prepared by a Malonate/Curtius type sequence of reactions, [see Yamada, et al., .T. Amer. Chem. Soc., (1972) 94, 6203] as illustrated by the following reaction schema WO 9fiIfB2-i99 ~ ~ ~ "~ l ~ ~ PCTfUS9id07241 fiEACTTON SCHEME C p la t-BUOaCCH2COaR9 t-Buo2CCHICOZR9 ( 1 } Base ~
(20) (2} P X (21) ttemoval of t-Bu I
(22) Curtius-type rearrangement (19) wherein t-BU is t-butyl, although other selectively removable acid protecting groups may be utilized, and P3X
is as previously defined. This reaction involves the al:cylation of the malonate ester (20) followed by selective removal of the t-butyl protecting group to produce compounds (22). These compounds are then transformed to (19) using the Curtius type rearrangement which entails their conversion to the protected amine via the intermediately farmed acyiazides and isocyanates. The resultant amines are then protected with standard amino protecting groups, preferentially being protected insitu.
In the instance wherein Pa represents a P'1 moiety, the ester is transformed to the desired aldehydes o~
gormula (3) using standard Dihal reduction techniques, particularly in this situation (wherein P1 is not a residue of a natural amino acid). Alternatively, (as is preferred when P1 is a residue of a natural amino acid) the ester is de-esterified to its corresponding acid, converted to its corresponding hydroxamate and the hydroxamate upon treatment with lithium aluminum hydride is converted to its aldehyde. In the instance wherein Pa represents a P'2 W09G102499 ~ ~ ~ ') ~
PCTlL1S951072:~I
_25_ moiety, the ethyl ester of compounds (19) are removed and the resulting compounds are ready for coupling as outlined in Reaction Scheme A'.
In Scheme D an alternative procedure for preparation of compounds of formula IA is set forth.
to W'O 9GICI2-t99 PCT'IU995/072d1 ~I'~')~rr~J
_z~_ Reaction Scheme D
(~}
( a), Coupling Reaction P2 Pt PgNH-CH-CNH-CH -C-CFz-C-NRSRg I
O (23) OH O
(b), Deprotedion P2 Pt I
HzN-CH-CNH-CH -C-CFZ-C-NRSRs ) I
p OH O
(24) (c}, Coupling Reaction (d}, Oxidation P2 Pt R'tC-NH-CH-CNH-CH -C-CFz-C-NR5R5 In Scheme D, step (a) compounds of formula (7) are subjected to a coupling reaction in a manner analogous to that described previously in Scheme A' step (e) with a suitably protected acid of the formula PgNHCH(P2)CQ2H to provide compound of formula (23).
In Scheme D, step (b) compounds of formula (23) are deprotected in a manner analogous to that described in Scheme A, step (d) to provide compounds of formula (24).
In Scheme D, steps (c) and (d) compounds of formula (24) are first subjected to a coupling reaction with an acid of the formula R'1C02FI in a manner analogous to that described in Scheme A' step (2) and the coupled product is W'O 96I(12199 2 '~ ~ ~ ~ L ~ PCTJUS9g107241 -z~-then oxidized in a manner analogous to that described in Scheme A' step (f) to provide the compounds of formula IA.
It is understood by one of ordinary skill in the art that compounds of formulas (9) and (15) may be manipulated in a manner analogous to formula (7) in Scheme D, in addition to the manipulations decribed in Schemes A' and A"
to provide compounds of formulas IA, IA', IB and IB'.
Having generically described the methods for the preparation of the compounds of this invention, the following specific examples illustrate the chemistry and techniques by which the synthesis may be effected.
The following examples present typical syntheses as described in Schemes A, A', A" and D. These examples are understood to be illustrative only and are nat intended to limit the scope of the present invention in any way. As used herein, the following terms have the indicated meanings: "g" refers to grams; "mmol" refers to millimoles;
"ml" refers to milliliters; "bp" refers to boiling point;
"mp" refers to melting point; "'°C" refers to degrees Celsius; "mm Hg" refers to millimeters of mercury; "uL"
refers to microliters; "up" refers to micrograms; "uM"
refers to micromolar; "Cbz" means carbobenzyloxy; "DMF"
means dimethylformamide; "THF" means tetrahydrofuran;
"TBAF" means tetrabutylammonium fluoride; "NMM" means N-methylmorpholine; "DMSO" means dimethylsulfoxide; "HOBT"
means hydroxybenzotriazole and "EDC" means 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride.
4fO96102a9!> ~ ~ C~ ~ j ~ ~ PCTI0895lfi24l Exam~rle 1 Preparation of a,a-Difluoro-Y-[[(2-(Ry-[[(hvdroxyyphenylacetyl]amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutvl}amine]-~oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy~-N-(phenylmethyl)-benzene-.~entanamide.
OH O
1D NH~ CFZ 'NH
- HH
O O
Step A
preparation of O-benzyl-N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl3-L-tyrosinal- the starting material in Reaction Scheme A
(Following the procedure of Schirlin, D. and Van Dorsselaer, V. in PCT/CTS91/09741 published 3uly 23, 1992 with an international publication number of H10 92/12123.1 A mixture of N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-O-benzyltyrosine (37.1 g, 100 mmol), dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (20.6 g. 100 moral), and N-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (15.3 g, 1DD
mmol} in anhydrous dichloromethane (35D mL) is stirred at 0°C for 10 minutes. To this is added at 0°C, N_,O_-dimethyihydroxylamine hydrochloride (9.75 g, 100 mmol} and ~F-methylmorpholine (I0.1 g, 100 mmol). The temperature is allowed to warm to room temperature and stirring is continued for 15 hours. The white precipitate is then filtered off and rinsed with dichioromethane. The filtrate is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is purified by Plash chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate/cyclohexane, 2:8) to provide the N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-0-benzyltyrosine-N, On-dimethyl-hydroxamate (34.3 g) as a white solid (Rp=0.36 in ethyl acetatejcyclohexane, 1:1}.
WO 96102499 J ~f ~ PCT/US95107241 The N-tent-butoxycarbonyl-L-O-benzyltyrosine-N,O
dimethyl-hydroxamate (18.2 g, 44 mmol) is dissolved in a mixture of anhydrous diethyl ether/dimethoxyethane (300 mL, 4:1) and cooled to 0°C. To this is added lithium aluminum hydride (1.82 g, 48 mmol) portionwise. The reaction is stirred at 0°C for 1.5 hours. A 1M solution of potassium hydrogen sulfate (55 mL) is then added dropwise with stirring to the reaction. After addition is complete, the aqueous phase is decanted and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 200 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with 3N hydrochloric acid (250 mL), water (200 mL), saturated sodium bicarbonate (150 mL) and brine (200 mL). The organic layer is then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is recrystallized from ethyl acetate/gentane to provide N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-O-benzyltyrosinal (13 g).
Step B
Preparation of 4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3 hydroxy-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenylpentanoic acid ethyl ester.
Reaction Scheme A, step (a); To a stirred mixture of N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-O-benzyltyrosinal (13.0 g, 36.6 mmol), silver acetate (1.82 g, 10.9 mmol), activated zinc dust (5.02 g, 76.8 mg-atom, washed with 3N hydrochloric acid, water, acetone and ether) and ethyl bromodifluoroacetate (14.8 g, 72.9 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (120 mL) at 0°C is added diethylaluminum chloride (22.4 mL of a 1.8M solution in toluene) over 20 minutes. The temperature is kept below 12°C during the addition. The reaction is then allowed to stir at 0°C for 90 minutes and then at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction is then cooled to 10°C and quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (200 mL). A 1M solution of sodium hydrogen tartrate (200 mL) is added and the reaction is allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction is filtered and the solids rinsed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate layers are separated and the aqueous layer is ~: ~ 5 wo vs~a~?.~vv ~- ' .~) ~ ~- rcT~~usvsro7za~
extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers are dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered arid concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (cyclohexaneJethyl acetate, 4:1) to provide the title compound (8.3k g'). The ratio of diastereomers is approximately 1:1.
Step C
Preparation of 4-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-2 2-difluoro-3 1G _hydroxv-5-(4-benzyloxv)phenyl-N-(phenvlmethyl)pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme A step (b): To a solution of 4-tert butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydraxy-5-(4 benzyloxy)ghenylpentanoic acid, ethyl ester (5.5 g, 11.5 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) is added at 0°C, 1: benzylamine (6.15 g, 57.5 mmo1). The reaction is stirred fer 3 hours at 0°C, then at room temperature for 15 hours.
The reaction is then diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), washed with O.1N aqueous hydrochloric acid (2 x 50 mL), water (50 mL), brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous 20 magnesium sulfate. It is then filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is recrystallized from ethyl acetate/pentane to provide the title compound (5.17 g) as a white solid.
25 Step D
Preparation of 4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hvdroxv-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-N-(phenylmethyl)pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme A, step (d): A solution of 4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-5-(4-30 benzyloxy)phenyl-N-(phenylmethyl)pentamide (5.1 g, 9.4 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (200 mL) a stirred at 0°C for 1 hour. The solvent is then removed under vacuum and the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic layer solution is washed with saturated sodium hicarbonate 35 (3 x 50 mL), brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrate under vacuum to provide the title 11'096FOta99 ~ j ~.~ J ~ ~ y PCTIiJ8951032d1 compound as a white solid; Rf=0.62 (silica gel, butanol/acetic acid/water, 6:2:2).
Step E
Preparation of N-(R)- [ (1,1-Dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxvinhenylacetyl]-L-valine.
To a stirred solution of (R}-(-)-mandelic acid (5.6g, 37 mmol) and tent-butylchlorodimethylsilane (15.0 g, 99.5 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) is added imidazole (16.7 g, 245 mmol) in portions over 15 minutes while maintaining the reaction mixture near 25°C with a coal water bath. After 17 hours, the mixture is diluted with water and extracted with two portions of ether. The combined extracts are cooled to -10°C and washed quickly with cold (-10°C) 1 N HC1, twice with cold water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide 15.0 g of a yellow oil which is then dissolved in CH30H (250 mL) and THF (80 mL). A solution of potassium carbonate (14 g, 100 mmol) in water (140 mL) is added with vigorous stirring.
2G After 1 hour, the mixture is partially concentrated under vacuum and the remaining clear light yellow solution is diluted with brine (300 mL). The cloudy mixture is cooled to -10°C and acidified to pH 5 with 1 M KHSOq. Extraction with cold (-10°C) ether and washing of the extracts with two gortions of brine provides, after drying with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtration and concentration under vacuum, 6.6 g (678) of (R)-O-tart-butyldimethyl-silylmandelic acid as a yellow oil. This crude silylated acid (25 mmol) is dissolved in CH3CN (80 mL) and the resulting solution is 3G cooled to -10°C. To the stirred solution is added NMM (2.52 g, 24.9 mmol), then isobutylchloroformate (3.72 g, 27.2 mmol). After 10 minutes, a solution of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride (7.32 g, 43.7 mmol) and NMM (4.08 g, 40.3 mmol) in HZO (20 mL) is added and stirring is continued at -10°C for 20 minutes. The reaction mixture is poured into ice-cold dilute HC1 containing some NaCl and extracted with two portions of ethyl acetate. The combined extracts !f0 9tiltJr~99 ~ ~ ~ ~ ) ~ .~ PCTlUS9510724!
are washed with water, aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. Two flash chromatographies (12% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane) provide 4.4 g of coupled silylated ester (Rp 0.4, 4/1.
cyclohexane/ethyl acetate) contaminated with N-isobutyloxycarbanyl-L-valine methyl ester. The silylated ester (4.4 g, 12 mmol) is dissolved in THF (15 mL) with stirring and a solution of 1 M tetrabutylammonium fluoride (TBAF) in THF (11.6 mL) is added. After 1.25 hours, the solution is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is purified by flash chromatography (4/1 cyclohexanejethyl acetate) to provide 2.4 g (37% overall from O-tert-butyidimethylsilylmandelic acid) of N-{(R)-mandeloyl]-L-valine methyl ester as an oil. Following the procedures in a manner analogous to that described above, the material is reconverted to its O-tert-butyldimethylsilyl ether in 82%
yield after flash chromatography (12% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane). To a stirred solution of this ester (13.5 mmol) in CH30H (125 mL) and water (5 mL) is added LiOH~H20 (0.S9 g, 14 mmol). After 17 hours an additional amount of LiOH.H20 (0.06 g) is added and stirring is continued for 2 hours. The solution is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is diluted with water (100 mL) and washed with ether. The aqueous layer is acidified with ice-cold 6 N
HC1 and extracted with two portions of ether. The combined extracts are washed with water, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide the title compound in 48% yield as a white solid: mp 146-148°C; IR, (CHC13) vma% 2957, 2932, 1718, 1678, 1516, 1096, 863, 840 cm-r; 1H N'MR (CDC13) d 9.17 (bs, 1 H), 7.51 (d, 1 H, J=9.0 Hz), 7.43-7.40 (m, 2 H), 7.32-7.25 (m, 3 H}, 5.15 (s, 1 H), 4.51 (dd, 1 H, J=9.0, 4.3 Hz), 2.34-2.28 (m, 1 H), 1.00 (d, 3 H, J=6.9 Hz), 0.97 (d, 3 H, J=7.0 Hz), 0.94 (S, 9 H), O.I1 (S, 3 H), -0.08 (5, 3 H); 13C NMR (CDC13) d 175.49, 172.65, 139.36, 128.32, 128.21, 126.68, 75.66, 56.6D, 3i. D4, 25.66, 19.0I, 18.02, WO 96l(12~99 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US95107241 17.44, -4.83, -5.31; mass spectrum, m/z 394 (M+ + 29), 366 (M+ + 1, 100), 350, 308; exact mass calcd for C19H32NOqSi 366.2101, found 366.2099; Cal2oD -56.6° (c 1.00, CH30H).
Anal. Calcd for CIyH31N04Si: C, 62.43; H, 8.55; N, 3.83.
Found: C, 62.22; H. 8.61; N, 3.65.
Step F
Preparation of [3~,4(5,R)]-2,4 5-Trideoxy-4-[ 2- [([(1 1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl)oxy]phenvlacetyl]amino)-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-2,2-difluoro-5- 4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyll-N-(phenylmethyl)-L-alycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e): N-(R)-[[[(I,1 dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]phenylacetyl)-L-valine prepared above (25 mmol) is dissolved in CHgCN (80mL) and the resulting solution cooled to -10°C. To the stirred solution is added N-methylmorpholine (2.52 g, 24.9 mmol, NMM), followed by isobutylchloroformate (3.72 g, 27.2 mmol). After 10 minutes, a solution of 4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-N-(phenylmethyl) pentanamide (43.7 mmol, prepared in step (d) above) and NMM
(4.08 g, 40.3 mmol) in H20 (20 mL) is added and stirring is continued at -10°C for 20 minutes. The reaction mixture is poured into ice-cold dilute HC1 containing some NaCl and is extracted with two portions of ethyl acetate. The combined extracts are washed with water, aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The title compound is obtained in 768 yield as a clear colorless oil which crystallizes on standing after flash chromatography (68 acetone in CH2ClZ): mp 117-120°C; IR (KBr) vmax 3418, 1704, 1677, 1653, 1540, 1513, 1246, 1095, 839 cm-1; 1H NMR (CDC13) d 7.44-7.18 (m, 16 H), 6.96 (d, 3 H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.84 (d, 2 H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.10 (d, 1 H, J=8.1 Hz), 5.10 (s, 1 H), 5.01 (s, 2 H), 4.69 (d, 1 H, J=6.9 Hz), 4.43 (dd, 1 H, J=14.7, 6.0 Hz), 4.34 (dd, 1 H, J=14.7, 6.0 Hz), 3.96 (dd, 1 H, 3=8.5, 6.9 Hz), 3.91-3.82 (m, 2 H), 2.76 (dd, 1 H, J=13.8, «
'O 9ti102-t99 ~ ~ ~ '~ ~ ~ 5 Pf.'T!tiS951072di 7.8 Hz}, 2.66 (dd, 1 H, J=13.8, 7.8 Hz), 2.22-2.11 (m, 1 H), 0.94 (s, 9 H), 0.88 (d, 3 H, J=b.6 Hz), 0.86 (d, 3 H, J=6.9 Hz). 0.09 (s, 3 H), -U.06 (s, 3 H); 13C NMR (CDCi3) d 173.37, 171.91, 163.92 (t, J=35 Hz), 159.01, 139.62.
137.40, 137.31, 130.47, 129.60, 129.16, 128.94, 128.80, 128.70, 128.37, 128.31, 128.22, 127.83, 126.63, 115.50 (t, J=257 Hz), 115.36, 76.21, 70.67 (t, J=25 Hz), 70.37, 58.79, 51.93, 43.76, 36.52, 29.97. 26.D8, 19.80. 18.47, 17.96, -4.41, -4.89; 19F NMR (CDC13) d -118.40 (s), -118.45 (s);
mass spectrum, m,'z 816 (M+ + 29). 788 (M+ + 1), 573, 469, 441, 423 (100); exact mass calcd for CqqHS6FZN3QSSi 788.3906, found 788.3932: (a]z°D -74.6° (c 1.02, CH30H). Anal. Calcd for CqqHSSFZN306Si: C, 67.06; H, 7.04; N, 5.33. Found: C, 67.07; H, 7.14; N, 5.18.
Step G
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', steps (f) and (g): The above prepared alcohol is oxidized under Swern conditions as 2ii follows: To a stirred solution of 2 M axalyl chlaride/CHyClz (2.OmL) at -60°C under nitrogen is added dropwise anhydrous DMSO (0.42 mL, 5.9 mmol). After 10 minutes, a solution of [3~,4(S,R)]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-4-[[2-[(([(1,1-dimethylethyl}dimethylsilyl]oxy]phenyiacetyl]amino]-3-25 methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-f,2-difluoro-5-[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-N-jphenylmethyl)-L-glycero-pentonamide (0.50 mmol) in CHZClz (3 mL) and anhydrous DMSO
(1.5 mL) is added. The solution is allowed to stir at -65 to -55°C for 5 hours. It is then warmed to -20°C, followed 30 by addition of triethylamine (1.39 mL, 10.0 mmol) over 5 minutes. The reaction mixture is then allowed to warm to room temgerature overnight. it is then diluted with ethyl acetate (60 mL) and filtered, washing the solids with ethyl acetate. The filtrate is washed with 0.1 M HC1 (3 x 15 3~ mL), brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide 375 mg of crude ketane. This is dissolved in 4/1 acetic acid,~HZO (5U
WO 9G1(i2.199 ~ PCTIU5951072a1 mL). The stirred solution is heated at 80°C for 19 hours, allowed to cool to roam temperature before being diluted with water and extracted with two portions of CH2Clz. The combined extracts are washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. Flash chromatography of the residue (10~
acetone in CH2Clz} provides 180 mg title compound contaminated by residual silylated compound. The material is resubjected to the reaction conditions and purified by flash chromatography to provide 121 mg of final title compound. Two recrystallizations from ethyl acetate/pentane provide 30 mg (8.8$) of final title compound as a pale yellow solid: mg 144-150°C; IR (KBr) v,~ax 3398, 33D0, 1683, 1656, 1540, 1513, 1454, 1244, 698 cm 1;
1H NMR (DMSO-ds} d 9.77-9.72 (m, 1 H), 8.69 (d, 1 H, J=7.6 Hz), 7.80 and 7.73 (2d, 1 H total, J=9.3 Hz), 7.45-7.21 (m, 15 H}, 7.12 and 7.10 (2d, 2 H total, J=8.7 Hz), 6.89 and 6.87 (2d, 2 H total, J=8.8. 8.4 Hz), 6.21 and 6.20 (2d, 1 H
total, J=5.1 Hz), 5.05 (s, 2 H). 5.02 and 5.00 (2s, 1 H
total), 5.03-4.9D (m, 1 H), 4.38 (d, 2 H, J=5.7 Hz}, 4.23-4.17 (m, 1 H}, 3.14-3.07 and 2.65-2.57 (m, 2 H total), 1.97-1.88 and 1.78-1.73 (m, 1 H total), 0.73 and 0.71 (2d, 3 H total, J=6.7 Hz), 0.57 and 0.49 (2d, 3 H total, J=6.9.
6.7 Hz); 19F NMR (DMSO-db) 8 -110.31 (d, J=268 Hz), -110.54 (d, J=268 Hz), -112.21 (d, J=268 Hz), -112.25 (d, J=269 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 700 (M+ + 29), 672 (M+ + I, 100), 652, 439, 421, 402; exact mass calcd for C3gH4pFZNgOs 672.2885, found 672.2842.
wo ~c~ni2;~as ~ ~ q e: t :' ~j PcTtus~3sro~aay ~~~._ Example 2 Preparation of [6S-(6R*, 9R*, 13S*)]-4,4,-Difluaro-9-methvlethvl)-3.5,8.11-tetraoxo-1,13-diahenvl-6-ff4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]methyl]-12-oxa-2,7,10-triazatetradecan-14-oic Acid, Methyl Ester.
r /
'' O H~ CF2~~1H
1/ ~ ~~lJJ(H
CH302C O ~ O O
Step A
Preparation of [3~,4(S)]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-4-[[2-[j~l,l-dimethylettaoxy)carbonyl]amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino-S-[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-N-(phenylmethyl)-L-4lycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme D, step (a): To an ice-cold stirred solution of 4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-N-(phenylmethyl)pentanamide (556 mg, 1.23 ms~ol, prepared in example i, step D) in 2:1 dry CHZCl2/DMF
(13.5 mL) is added BOBT (0.19 g, 1.2 mmol), DCC (0.268, 1.3 mmalj and N-t-Boc-L-valine (0.27 g, 1.2 mmol). The reaction mixture is allowed to warm to 25°C overnight, then diluted with ethyl acetate/cyclohexane, washed with dilute aqueous sodium bicarbonate, water, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide a gummy solid. This is triturated with CHpCl2 and filtered to remove some of the dicyclohexylurea. The filtrate is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is purified by flash chromatography (3:2 cyclohexane/ethyl acetate) to provide 694 mg (88~j of the title compound. as an ivory solid. The major 3S diastereomer is separated in 69~ yield by recrystallization from etherfCH2C12.
WO 967(12499 ~ ~ (~ C~ °~ ~ ~ PCTILiS95/07241 s Step B
Preparation of the chloroformate of formula:
/ O»CI
CH302C ~~'~(O
To a stirred solution of triphosgene (6.65 g, 22.4 mmol) in CH2C12 (25 mL) under nitrogen is added (R)-(-)-methyl mandelate (5.36 g. 32.3 mmol) followed by the rapid addition of a solution of pyridine (2.66 mL, 32.9 mmol) in CH2C12 (2.5 mL). The reaction mixture is warmed to reflux and pyridinium chloride separated. After 17 hours at room temperature, the reaction mixture is partially concentrated under vacuum, diluted with ethyl acetate, and filtered.
The filtrate is concentrated concentrated under vacuum and the residue is again dissolved in ethyl acetate and filtered. Concentration under vacuum provides 7.25 g of a pale yellow oil composed of approximately a 20:1:1 mixture of chloroformate: carbonate: methyl mandelate. For the chloroformate IR (neat) vmax 1772. 1750 cm-1; 1H NMR (CDClg) d 7.5-7.37 (m, 5 H). 5.98 (s, 1 H), 3.78 (s, 3 H).
Step C
Preparation of [SE.6S-(6R*, 9R*, 135*)]-4,4,-Difluoro-5-hydroxy-9-(1-methylethyl)-3,8,11-trioxo-1,13-diphenyl-6-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]methyl]-12-oxa-2,7.10-triazatetradecan-14-oic Acid, Methyl Ester.
Reaction Scheme D, steps (b) and (c): A flask containing the major diastereomer of (3g,4(S)]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-4-[[2-[[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino-5-[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-N-(phenylmethyl)-L-glycero-pentonamide (403 mg, 0.630 mmol) is submersed in an ice bath and ice-cold trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) (5 mL) is added with stirring. After 30 minutes, the solution is concentrated under vacuum at 25°C
and the residue is carefully partitioned between ethyl acetate and aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate. The R'O 9Gt0:-t99 ~ ~ ~ j ~ ,- PCTIU595I0724I
L ~ ~,.~ d 4y~
-3$-organic layer is separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide 334 mg (98%) of deprotected amine which is immediately suspended in CHZClz (5 mL) at 0°C and treated with NMM (77 uL. 0.70 mmol) and the chloroformate prepared above (160 mg, 0.70 mmol) dissolved in CHZCl2 (1 mL). After stirring for 1.5 hours, the reaction mixture is poured into ethyl acetate/dilute aqueous ammonium chloride.
The organic layer is separated, washed with dilute aqueous 1G sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. Flash chromatography (4:1 CHZCIZ/ethyl acetate) of the residue provides 332 mg (72%) of a single diastereomer o~ the title compound as a white foam: 1H NMR (CDC13) $ 7.44-7.26 (m, 15 H), 7.1.2 (d, 2 H, J=8.4 Hz), 6.89 (d, 2 H, J=8.4 Hz), 6.53 (d, 1 H, J=8.4 Hz), 5.89 (s. 1 H), 5.40 (d, 1 H, J=7.9 Hz), 5.02 (s, 2 H), 4.70 (d, 1 H, J=7.0 Hz), 4.49 (apparent d, 2 H, J=5.8 Hz), 4.3-4.1 (m, 2 H), 3.85 (dd, 1 H, J=7.8, 5.5 Hz), 3.63 (s, 3 H), 3.05-2.87 (m, 2 H), 2.2-2.04 (m, 1 H), 1.90 (s, 1 H), 0.83 (d, 3 H, J=6.7 Hz), 0~71 (d, 3 H, J=6.8 Hz); 1gF NMR (CDC13) d -116.60 (dd, 1 F, J=259, 9 Hz), -118.73 (dd, 1 F, J=259, 15 Hz), Step D
23 _Pr_eparation o~ final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f): The above prepared alcohol is subjected to Swern Oxidation conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously in example I, step G. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (4:1. CHZC12/ethyl acetate) to provide 52% of the final title compound. Precipitation with pentane from an ethyl acetate solution provides 29% of final title compound as a white powder: IR (KBr) vm8x 3399, 3316. 1745, 1699, 1668, 1534, 1513, 1241 cm-1; IH NMR (CDC13) d 5.89, 5.87, and 5.82 (3s in 6.0:1.$:1.0 ratio, 1 H); 5.05 and 5.03 (2s in 1:1.6 ratio, 2 H); 3.69. 3.67, and 3.65 (3s in 2.5:1.0:1.9 ratio, 3 H); 19F NMR (CDCI3) 8 -112.53 (s), -112.60 (s), -116.25 W096102-t99 L ~ ~ ~) ~ ~ ~ PCTlUS95107241 (d, J=256 Hz), -117.00 (d, J=256 Hz), -12D.21 (d, J=256 Hz), -120.78 (d, J=256 Hz), (s: d ratio 4:1); mass spectrum, m/z 770 (M+ + 41), 758 (M+ + 29), 731, 730 (M+ +
1, 100); exact mass calcd for CqpHq2F2N30g 730.2940, found 730.2925; [a]2°D -48.3° (c 1.22, CH30H). Anal. Calcd for CqpHq1F2N30g: C, 65.83; H, 5.66; N, 5.76. Found: C, 65.16;
H, 5.69; N, 5.79.
Example 3 Preparation of a,a-Difluoro-y-([3-methyl-1-oxa-2-[[(1-oxo-traps-3-phenyl-2-propenyl)amino]butyl]amino]-B-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy)-N-(phenvlmethyl)-benzene-pentanamide.
n O
IH
Step A
Preparation of N-(traps-Cinnamoyl)-L-valine To a stirred solution of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride (1.97 g, 11.8 mural) and NMM (1.10 g, 10.8 mmol) in CH2C12 (15 mL) and DMF (20 mL} is added a solution of 1-traps-cinnamoylimidazole (2.15 g, 10.8 mmol) in CH2C12 (28 mL). After 18 h, additional L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride (0.36 g, 2.1 mmol) is added and the reaction 3D mixture is stirred for 5 h before being diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with CHC13. The organic extract is washed with three portions of water, dried (MgSOq), and concentrated in vacuo. Filtration through a short silica gel column (1/1 ethyl acetateJcyclohexane) provides 2.0 g (71~) of N-(traps-cinnamoyl)-L-valine methyl ester. To a stirred solution of this ester (13.5 mmol) in CH30H (125 mL) and water (5 mL) is added LiOH~H20 (0.59 g. 14 mmol).
After 17 hours an additional amount of LiOH~H20 (0.06 g) is ~y091i102a99 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ °~ P('TIU895f072.~1 added and stirring is continued for 2 hours. The solution is concentrated in vacua and the residue is diluted with water (100 mL) and washed with ether. The aqueous layer is acidified with ice-cold 6 N HC1 and extracted with two portions of ether. The combined extracts are washed with water and dried (MgS04). Concentration in vacua provides 67~ of the title compound as a white solid: mp 63-68°C; IR
(CHC13) v",gx 3008, 2970, 1718, 1670, 1629, 1512, 1196, 667 cm-1; 1H NMR (CDC13) d 9.94 (bs, 1 H), 7.65 (d, 1 H, J=15.6 1D Hz), 7.50-7.46 (m, 2 H), 7.35-7.31 (m, 3 H), 6.56 (d, 1 H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.52 (d, 1 H, J=15.6 Hz), 4.75 (dd, i H, J=8.7, 4.8 Hz), 2.34-2.28 (m, 1 H), 1.02 (d, 3 H, J=6.9 Hz), 0.99 (d, 3 H, J=6.6 Hz); 13C NMR (CDC13) d 175.31, 166.66, 142.42, 134.50, 129.93, 128.79, 127.94, 119.75, 57.47, 31.19, 19.00, 17.78; mass spectrum, mjz 276 (&I* + 29), 248 (M* + 1), 203, 131 (100); exact mass calcd far ClmH1gN03 248.1287, found 248.1290; [a]20p +24.1° {c i.02, CH30H).
Anal. Calad for CIqHI~NOg~O.1H20: C, 67.51; H, 6.96; N, 5.62. Found: C, 67.30; H, 7.10; N, 5.57.
Step B
Preparation of (3~ 4(S)]-2 4 5-Trideoxv-2,2-difluoro-4-[j3-, metal--1-axo-2-{C1-oxo-traps-3-phenyl-2-prapenyl)am'no]butyl]amino)-5-[4-(phenylme'hoxy)phenyl]-N-(phenylmethvl)-L-alycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e): N-{traps-Cinnamoyl)-L-valine prepared above {25 mmol) is dissolved in CH3CN (80mL) and the resulting solution cooled to -10°C. To the stirred solution is added N-methylmorpholine (2.52 g, 24.9 mmol, NMdi), followed by isabutylchloroformate (3.72 g, 27.2 mmol). After 10 minutes, a solution of 4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-5-{4-benzyloxy)phenyl-N-(phenylmethyl) pentanamide (43.7 mmol, prepared in examgle 7., step D and NH1M {4.08 g, 40.3 mmoi) in HZO (20 mL) is added and stirring is continued at -10°C for 20 minutes. The reaction mixture is poured into ice-cold dilute HC1 containing some NaCl and is extracted with two portions of ethyl acetate. The ~ ~ " "lC
WO 9G!02499 ~ ~ ~ '~ 1 ~ ') PCTIUS95/07241 combined extracts are washed with water, aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is recrystallized from ethyl acetate/pentane to provide 61~ of a 2:1 mixture of diastereomers of title - compound as a light tan solid: mp 222-227°C; IR (KBr) vmax 3410, 3287, 1682, 1652, 1620, 1540, 1512, 1243, 1217, 697 c:a 1; 1H NMR (DMSO-db) 8 9.17-9.11 (m, 1 H), 8.05 and 8.01 (2d, 1 H total, J=9.1, 9.1 Hz), 7.85 and 7.71 (2d, 1 H
total, J=9.1, 9.0 Hz), 7.59-7.22 (m, 16 H), 7.12 (d, 2 H, J=8.5 Hz), 6.94-6.85 (m, 3 H), 6.26 (d, 1 H, J=7.6 Hz), 5.04 and 4.96 (2s, 2 H total), 4.42-3.99 (m, 5 H), 2.79-2.63 (m, 2 H), 2.09-1.98 and 1.92-1.85 (2m, 1 H total), 0.86 and 0.74 (2d, 3 H total, J=6.9 Hz), 0.83 and 0.64 (2d, 3 H total, J=6.9 Hz); 19F NMR (DMSO-dg) E -111.11 (dd, J=255, 6 Hz), -112.12 (dd, J=254, 8 Hz), -120.35 (dd, J=254, 19 Hz), -122.04 (dd, J=255, 20 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 698 (M+ + 29j, 670 (M+ + 1, 100), 650, 441, 423. Anal.
Calcd for C39H41F2N30S: C, 69.94; H, 6.17; N, 6.27. Found:
C, 68.59; H, 6.32; N, 5.90.
Step C
Preparation of the final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f): The above prepared alcohol is oxidized under Swern conditions as follows: To a stirred solution of 2 M oxalyl chloride/CH2C12 (2.OmL) at -60°C under nitrogen is added dropwise anhydrous DMSO (0.42 mL, 5.9 mmol). After 10 minutes, a solution o~ the above prepared alcohol (0.50 mmol) in CH2C12 (3 mL) and anhydrous DMSO (1.5 mL) is added. The solution is allowed to stir at -65 to -55°C for 5 hours. It is then warmed to -20°C, followed by addition of 'triethylamine (1.39 mL, 10.0 mmol) over 5 minutes. The reaction mixture is then allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. It is then diluted with ethyl acetate (60 mL) and filtered, washing the solids with ethyl acetate. The filtrate is washed with 0.1 M HC1 (3 x 15 mL), brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, ~~0 9s~oz.vs rc~ra~s~smaai ~°~ ~~~ LJ
filtered and concentrated under vacuum. Flash chromatography (6~ acetone in CHxCl2) followed by recrystallization from ethyl acetate/pentane provides 34~;
of the final title compound as a white solid: mp 187-194°C;
IR (KBr) vm$X 3403r 3285, 1691, 1654, 1623, 1540, 1513, 1454, 1243, 1219, 1178, 697 cm-1; 1H NMR (DMSb-d6) d 9.77-9.68 (m, 1 H), 8.fi7-8.62 (m 1 H), 8.05-8.00 (m, 1 H), 7.56 (d, 2 H, J=7.0 Hz), 7.50-7.21 (m, 14 H), 7.14 (d, 2 H, J=8.5 Hz), 6.91-6.83 (m, 3 H), 5.04-4.95 (m, 3 H), 4.42-1Q 4.33 (m, 3 H), 3.14-3.05 (m, 1 H), 2.74-2.61 (m, 1 H), 2.02-1.76 (m, 1 H), D.84 and 0.81 (2d, 3 H total, J=7.0, 6.9 Hz), 0.64 and 0.59 (2d, 3 H total, J=7.1, 6.9 Hz); 1gF
NMR (DMSO-dg) d -110.26 (d, J=269 Hz), -110.53 (d, J=268 Hz),-112.03 (d, J=269 Hz), -112.04 (d, J=268 Hz)-major 15 diastereomer pair; -105.07 (d, J=265 Hz), -105.08 (d, J=266 Hz), -110.59 (d, J=265 Hz), -110.61 (d, J=266 Hz)-minor diastereomer pair; mass spectrum, mJz 696 (M+ + 29), 668 (M+ + 1), 439, 230, 202, 131, 124, 91 (100); exact mass calcd for C3gH~pF2N305 668.2936, found 668.2953; (a)a0D
2G +7.23° (c 0.622, DMSO-db). Anal. Calcd ~or C3gH~~FZN305: C, 70.15; H, 5.89: N, 6.29. Found: C, 69.63; H, 5.85; N, 6.01.
1V0 96!(12199 ~ j ~~ J ~ rL '~ PCTlUS9i1072.11 Example 4 Preparation of a,a-Difluoro-Y-[[2-[2-hydroxy-1-oxo-4-(phenylbutyl)amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-S-oxo-4-( henylmethoxyl-N-(pheny!methyl)-benzene-pentanamide.
!H~ CF2 'NH
~I ((H
l0 Step A
Preparation of(R)-[[2-[(1,1-Dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-4-phenylbutyryll-L-valine.
_5 (R)-(-)-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutyric acid is coupled with L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride under standard coupling conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously, such as example 2, step A, to provide (R)-(2-20 hydroxy-4-phenylbutyryl)-L-valine methyl ester as a yellow solid in 89~ yield. Treatment with tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride in a manner analogous to that described previously in example 1 for the preparation of N-(R)-[[[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]phenylacetyl]-L-valine provides the ester of the title compound as a colorless oil in 83~ yield after flash chromatography (9/1 cyclohexane/ethyl acetate). The ester is hydrolyzed with LiOH.H20 in a manner analogous to that described previously in example 1 for the preparation of N-(R)-[[[(l,l-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]phenylacetyl]-L-valine to provide the title compound in 58~ yield as a white solid:
mp 110-113°C; IR (KBr) vmax 3387, 2958, 2932, 2897. 2860, 1719, 1626, 1531, 1251, 1097, 839 cm'1; 1H NMR (CDC13) d 7.24-7.12 (m, 7 H), 4.54 (dd, 1 H, J=8.7, 4.5 Hz), 4.32 (t, 1-H, J=4.8 Hz), 2.76-2.55 (m, 2 H), 2.36-2.25 (m, 1 H), 2.19-2.07 (m, 1 H}, 2.02-1.90 (m, 1 H), 1.00 (d, 3 H, J=7.2 Hz), 0.97 (d, 3 H J=6.9 Hz}, 0.97 (s, 9 H), 0.13 (s, 3 H), 0.10 (s, 3 H); 13C NMR (CDC13) d 175.64, 174.08, 141.69, wa vgrnza~y ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~r.Trus~~ro~2m 128.42, 128.30, 125.77, 72.73, 59.64, 36.98, 30.75, 30.02.
25.67, 19. OS, 17.93, 17.54, -4.79. -5.15; mass spectrum, m/z 394 (M+ + 1), 393 (N+), 378, 336 (100), 289, 117, 91, 73; [a]ZED +13.7° is 1.00, CH30H). Anal. Calcd for Ca1H35N~aSi: C, 64.08; H, 8.96; N, 3.56. Found: C, 63.87;
H, 9.07; N, 3.45.
Step B
P_r_eparation of 3~,4(S R)1-2,4 5-Trideoxy-4-[j2-[[2-[((i,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxyl-i-axo-4-_phenyibutyl]amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-5-[4-(phenvlmethoxv)phenvll-N-(phe~ylmethvl)-L-ctlvcero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e): (R)-[j2-[(1,1-Dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-4-phenylbutyryl]-L-vaiine is coupled with 4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydraxy-5-(4-benzylaxy)phenyl-N-(phenylmethyl)pentanamide prepared in example 1, step D under standard coupling conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously, such as in example 2, step A, to provide the title compound after flash chromatography (6~ acetone in CHZC12) as a tan foam in 61~ yield: mp 62-67°C; 1H NMR (CDC13) d 7.44-7.11 (m, 17 H), "7.04 (d, 2 H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.86 (d, 2 H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.11 (d, 1 H, J=8.i Hz), 5.01 (s, 2 H), 4.71 (dv 1 H, J=6.9 AZ), 23 4.52 (dd, 1 H, J=14.6, 6.5 Hz), 4.35 (dd, 1 H, J=14.4. 5.4 Hz), 4.28 (t, 1 H, J=4.8 Hz), 4.15-3.93 (m, 3 H), 2.91 (d, 2 H, J=7.8 Hz), 2.72 (ddd, 1 H, J=I3.2, 12.0, 4.8 Hz), 2.57 (ddd, 1 H, J=13.5, 12.3, 5.4 Hz), 2.15-1.90 (m, 3 H), 0.98 (S, 9 H), 0.87 (d, 3 H, J=2.4 Hz), 0.85 (d, 3 H, J=2.1 Hz), 3G 0.14 (s, 3 H), 0.10 (s, 3 H); 1gF NMR (CDC13) d -117.17 (dd, J=259, 15 Hz), -118.62 (dd, J=259, 10 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 844 (M+ + 29), 816 (M+ + 1), 758, 469, 441, 423 (100), 91: [a]Z~ti -30.6° (c 0.547, CH3aH). Anal. Calcd far CqgH5gF2NgDg5i: C, 67.70; H, 7.29; N, 5.15. Found: C, 67.32.
35 H, 7.22; N, S.1S.
wo 9s~ozasy ~ ~ '~ ~ i L ~ rcTmsysronm Step C
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', steps (f) and (g): The above prepared alcohol is oxidized under Swern conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously in example 1, step G to provide the protected ketone as a light brown oil in 72$ yield after flash chromatography (6~ acetone in CHgClz). Deprotection of the ketone (217mg) in a manner analogous to that described previously in example 1, step G
provides the title compound after flash chromatography (6, 10, and finally 15$ acetone in CHZC12), 104 mg (58~) as a light yellow glass. Crystallization from CH2C12/ether and three recrystallizations from ethyl acetate/pentane provides 34 mg (19~) of title compound as a white solid: SR
(KBr) v",ax 3394, 3300, 1686, 1651, 1534, 1513, 1498, 1243, 698 cm-1; 1H NMR (DMSO-dfi) d 9.76-9.69 (m, 1 H) 8.70-8.66 (m, 1 H), 7.52-7.11 (m, 19 H), 6.88 and 6.87 (2d, 2 H
total, J=8.7 Hz), 5.73 (t, 1 H, J=5.8 Hz), 5.03 and 5.00 (2s overlapping m, 3H total, J=8.3 Hz), 4.35 (apparent d, 2 H, J=6.1 Hz), 4.26-4.20 (m, 1 H), 3.94-3.87 (m, 1 H), 3.15-3.06 (m, 1 H), 2.73-2.58 (m, 2 H), 1.96-1.6fi (m, 3 H), 0.77 and 0.76 (2d, 3 H total, J=6.7 Hzy, 0.63 and 0.53 (2dr 3 H
total, J=6.8, 6.6 Hz); 19F NMR (DMSO-dg) d -110.35 (d, J=268 Hz), -110.47 (d, J=268 Hz), -112.14 (d, J=268 Hz), -112.20 (d, J=268 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 700 (M+ + 1), 680, 622, 439 (10D), 421, 254, 91.~
WO 9Gf0:~~J9 " (~ ' ) g PCTIUS95IQ72d1 C l '~ ~ ~ ~. .) Example 5 _PreDaration of N-[1-([ 3 3-Difluoro-4-([2-methyl-1-j-{phenvlmethoxy)methyl]-prcpyl]amino]-2,4-dioxo-1-[[4-iohenylmethoxy)phenyl]-methyllbutyllamino]carbonwl]-2-methvlpropwl]-8-oxo-4-morpholinepropanamide.
O~ O
~N NH~ ~ CF H
NH ~ OBn O O ~ O O
Stag A
Preparation of [1 (R) 3~ 4(S)]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-4-L[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)-carbonyl)aminol-2 2-difluoro-N-[2-methyl-1-L(phenylmethoxy)methyl]propel]-5-(4-(phezylmethoxy)phen~l L
L--alycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme A, step (b): To a stirred solution of O-benzyl-D-valinol (5.42 g, 28.0 mmol) in CH2Clz (15 mL) is added a 2 M solution of (CH3)3A1/toluene (14.0 mL, 28.0 mmol) over 20 minutes. During the addition more CHZC12 (10 mL) is added to convert the resulting paste to a thin slurry. As the addition proceeds, a solution again forms with vigorous gas evolution as it warms to reflux. After the addition is complete, the solution is allowed to stir at reflex for IS minutes as gas evolution subsides. The solution is allowed to cool to room temperature and a solution of 4-tart-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenylpentanoic acid, ethyl ester (5.38 g, 11.2 mmol, prepared in example 1) in CHSClz (20 mL) is added over 15 minutes with moderate gas evolution. The resulting solution is heated at reflex overnight. The reaction mixture is cooled to 0°C and carefully quenched with excess methanol. The resulting solution is washed with 1 N HC1. The aqueous layer is extracted with ether.
The combined organic extracts are washed with water, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated WO 9610299 ~ I ,' r~ ~ ~ ~ PCTJUS95/07241 _q7_ under vacuum to provide after flash chromatography (4:1 cyclohexane/ethyl acetate) 5.5 g (78~) of title compound as a beige powder.
Step B
Preparation of [1 (R), 3f~, 4(S)1-4-Amino-2 4 5-trideoxy-2,2-difluoro-N-[2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]propel]-5-(4-(phenvlmethoxy)phenyl]-L-glvcero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme A, step (dj: A solution of the above prepared alcohol (3.6 g, 5.7 mmolj in HC02H (50 mL) is allowed to stir at room temperature for 3 hours. The solution is then concentrated under vacuum at 35°C. The residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate and aqueous sodium bicarbonate is added with vigorous stirring. The layers are separated and the organic layer is washed with water.
The combined aqueous layers are again extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts are dried anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide 3.0 g (99~) of the title compound as an orange oil.
Step C
Preraration of [1 (R), 3E, 4(S)1-2 4,5-Trideoxy-4-([2-[[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutvl]amino]-2,2-difluoro-N-[2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]propel]-S-[4-(phenyl-methoxv)Phenyl]-L-glycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme D, step (a): The above pregared amine is coupled under standard conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously, such as exmaple 2, step A, with N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-valine (1.21 g. 5.61 mmol) to provide, after flash chromatography (9:1 CH2C12/ethyl acetate), 2.3 g (60~) of title compound as a yellow powder.
~i'O9fV02~t99 ~ ~ ~ C~ ~ L ~ PCTlU595/072~17 Step D
PtEDaration of [1 fR3 3~F 4(S)]-A-[I2-Amino-3-methyl-i--_oxobutyl]amino]-2,4 5-trideoxv-2,2-difluoro-N-[2-methyl-1-j_(~tcenylmethoxyDmethyl ]-prooyl ]-5-[ 4- .
(phenylmet~'foxy)p~'teriyll-L-~11yC2r0-pentanamlde.
Reaction Scheme D, step(b): A solution of the above prepared amide (2.0 g, 2.8 mmol) in HCOyH (25 mL} is allowed to stir at room temperature for 6 hours. The solution is concentrated under vacuum at 30°C and the residue is IO dissolved in ethyl acetate. Aqueous sodium biearbonate is added with vigorous stirring. White solids precipitate out which are filtered and found to be the formats salt of the (S)-amino alcohol. The organic layer of the filtrate is separated, washed with water, dried aver anhydrous i5 magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide an amber oil containing some white solids; boor the (R)- and (S)-amino alcohol and the lactam by-product are present. The residue is slurred in CHC13 for 1 hour and the precipitated solids, again the formats salt of the (S)-2D amino alcohol, are collected. The filtrate is concentrated under vacuum and the residue dissolved in CHaClz and additional formats salt of the (S)-amino alcohol is collected. Flash chromatography of the residual oil (5:1 CHyClz/ethyl acetate to remove the lactam, then 9:1 CHZCIz/
27 CH30H) provides a yellow semi-solid which is the (R)-amino alcohol contaminated with 5% of the formats of the (S)-amino alcohol. Yield: 800 mg (43~) of the formats salt of the (S)-amino alcohol and 640 mg (37~) of the (R)-amino alcohol. To a stirred suspension of the formats salt of the a 30 (S)-amino alcohol (800 mg, 1.19 mmol) in ethyl acetate is added 10~ aqueous sodium bicarbonate. After 2 hours at roam temperature, the solids dissolve. The organic layer is separated, washed with water, dried over anhydrous .
magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum 35 to provide 712 mg (95~) of title compound as a white , powder: mp 160-164°C; IR (KBr) umax 3383, 3327. 1676. 1632, 1530, 1514, 1244, 1109 cm-1; 1H NMR (CDC13) d 7.73 (d, 1 H, -WO 46lQ2q99 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ f~ ~ PCT/tiS95J07241 J = 6.9 Hz), 7.43-7.29 (m, 10 H), 7.10 (d, 2 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.90 (d, 2 H, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.78 (d, 1 H, J = 9.0 Hz}, 5.56 (bs, 1 H), 5.04 (s, 2 H), 4.55 (d, 1 H, J = 12.0 Hz), 4.47 (d, 1 H, J = 12.0 Hz), 4.33-4.18 (m, 2 H), 3.92-3.83 (m, 1 H), 3.60 (dd, 1 H, J = 9.6, 3.6 Hz), 3.45 (dd, 1 Hr J = 9.6, 3.6 Hz), 3.16 (d, 1 Hr J = 3.9 Hz), 3.03-3.00 (m, 2 H), 2.18-1.93 (m, 2 H), 1.44 (bs, 2 H), 0.94 (d, 6 H, J
= 6.9 Hz), 0.85 (d, 3 H, J = 6.9 Hz), 0.53 (d, 3 H, J =
6.9 Hz); 19F NMR (CDC13) d -110.67 (dd, J = 259, 5 Hz), -121.74 (dd, J = 258, 18 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 654 (M+ +
29), 626 (M+ + 1), 325, 92, 91 (100), 72. Anal. Calcd for C35Hq5F2N305: C, 67.18; H, 7.25; N, 6.72. Found: C, 67.34;
H, 7.21; N, 6.66.
Step E
Preparation of [1 (R), 3~r 4iS)]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-2,2-difluoro-4-[(3-methyl-2-([3-(4-morpholinyl)-1 3-dioxopropyl]amino]-1-oxobutyl]amino]-N- 2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]propyl]-5-[4-(phenyl-methoxy)phenyl)-L-alycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme D, step (c): The (R)-amino alcohol prepared above (169 mgr 0.270 mmol) is coupled under standard coupling conditions described previously, such as example 2, step A, with 2-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)ethanoic acid (49 mg, 0.28 mmol, compound (B) prepared in example 5a) to provide, after flash chromatography (3~ CH30H/CHC13), 185 mg (88$) of title comgound as a tan powder: mp 87-94°C;
IR (KB,) vmax 3428, 3325, 1651, 1535, 1512, 1454, 1238, 1115 cm 1; 19F NMR (CDC13) d -116.11 (d, J = 259 Hz), -119.49 (dd, J = 259, 15 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 809 (M+ +
29), 781 (M+ + 1) 509, 255, 243, 227, 88 (100).
Step F
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme D, step (d): The above prepared alcohol (177 mg, 0.283 mmol) is oxidized under Swern conditions in a manner analogous to that described in w°a ~~ro:~v9 2 ~ c~ c) ~ ~ ~ PcTros9vo~zar example 1, step G to provide 170 mg (1D0~)af the final title compound after flash chromatography (3~ CH3QH/CHCI3).
Recrystallization from CH2C12/ether provides 49 mg (28$) of final title compound as pale tan powder: mp 119-128°C; IR
(KBr) v,~$X 3306, 1661, 1638, 1539, 1514, 1954, 1238, 1117 cm'1; 1H NMR {CDCI;) d 7.77 and 7.75 and 7.61 and 7.47 (4d, 1 H total, J = 7.1, 7.1, 8.7, 8.9 Hz respectively), 7.43-7.29 {m, 1D H), 7.16-7.03 (m. 3Hj, 6.91-6.72 and 6.38-6.35 (2m, 3 H total), 5.74 and 5.53-5.36 and 5.24-5.17 (bs and 2m, 1 H total) 5.D2 (s, 2 H), 4.56 and 4.48 (2d, 1 H total, J = 12.1 Hz), 4.55 and 4.47 (2d, 1 H total, J = 12.0 Hz), 4.27 and 4.23 and 4.12 (add, 1 H total, J = 8.8, 5.3 and 8.7, 5.7 and 7.3, 5.1 Hz respectively), 3.89-3.80 (m, 1 H), 3.69-3.59 (m, 7 H). 3.52-3.90 {m, 3 Hj, 3.32-3.21 (m. 3 H), 2.94-2.75 (m, 1 H), 2.29-1.87 (m, 2 H), 0.94 and 0.93 and 0.92 and 0.91 and D.89 and 0.88 and 0.84 and 0.81 and 0.80 and 0.76 and 0.59 and 0.55 (12d, 12 H total, J = 6.8 and 7.0 and 7.D and 6.9 and 6.9 and 7.0 and 7.0 and 7.0 and 6.8 and 6.8 and 6.9 and 6.$ Hz respectively); i9F NMR
(CDC1;) d -114.46 (d, J = 274 Hz), -112.74 {sj, -113.47 (or J = 274 Hz), Hydrate: -114.43 (d, J = 253 Hz), -116.47 (d, J = 254 Hz), -120.63 (d, J = 253 Hz), -122.73 {d, J = 253 Hz); mass spectrum, mjz 807(M+ + 29). 779 (M'~ + 1), 401, 361, 243 (100), 227; exact mass calcd for CqzH53FaNqOg 779.3831, found 779.3878.
W09ClU2a99 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US95J07241 Example 5a Preparation of 4-Morpholine acetic acid trifluoroacetic acid salt (A1 and 2-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)ethanoic acid (B).
O O
-CH2 OHsCF3C02H ~ -~ ~~~-OH
l0 Preparation of 4-Morpholine acetic acid, 1 1-dimethylethyl ester.
To a stirred solution of t-butyl bromoacetate (1.61 mL, 10.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL) is added morpholine (1.74 mL, 20.0 mmol). The suspension is stirred for 1.5 hours and then concentrated under vacuum. The residue is dissolved in methylene chloride (50 mL) with saturated sodium carbonate (50 mL). The layers are separated and the aqueous is extracted methylene chloride (2 x 25 mL). The organic extracts are combined, washed with saturated sodium carbonate (20 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum.
The residue is triturated with ethyl acetate (15 mL), filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum to provide the title compound (2.01 g) as a colorless oil; TLC
Rf = 0.45 (ethyl acetate, silica gel).
Preparation of final title compound (A) Trifluoroacetic acid (15 mL) is added to the above prepared ester (1.00 g, 4.97 mmol). The solution is stirred for S hours and then concentrated under vacuum to provide a yellow oil. This is triturated with diethyl ether (25 mLj to provide the final title compound (A) (1.06 82~) as an off white solid; mp 118-121°C.
WO 96i(12~199 PCTiU895I072.ti ~'i~ rl~::i -sz-Preparation of 2-(4-Morpho~invlcarbonvl)ethanoic acid, methyi ester.
To a solution of methylmalonyl chloride (10.0 g, 73.2 mmo1) in methylene chloride (200 mL) at 0°C is added rapidly dropwise a solution of morpheline (16.0 g, 0.183 mmol, 16.0 mL) in methylene chloride (50 mL). The reaction is stirred for 4 hours at room temperature. The reaction is then filtered anti the filtrate is diluted with additional methylene chloride (200 mL). This is then washed with 1 N
HC1, saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine. The organic is then concentrated under vacuum to provide a yellow ail, which is purified by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate, silica gel) to provide the title compound (9.7 g, 71~) as a pale yellow oil; Af = 0.28 (ethyl acetate).
Preparation of final title compound (B).
To a solution of the above prepared amide (1.70 g, 9.08 mmol) in methanol (45 mL) is added 1N lithium hydroxide (10 mL, 9.99 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. The pH is adjusted to 3 with 1N
HCL and the reaction is concentrated under vacuum. The residue is recrystallized from acetonitrile to provide the titie'compound (B) (0.216 g, 14$) as a white solid.
W9 9fif02499 ~ '~ ~ ~ '~ L ~ PC"fIUS95/d724I
Example 6 j1R-(1R*,2S*)]-a, a-Difluoro-Y-[[2-(R)-([(hvdroxy)phenylacetyl]-amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-N-[2-methyl-1-[(phenvlmethoxy)methyl]propel]-6-oxo-4-(~henylmethoxy)-benzenepentanamide.
Bn OH
/ ~ ~OBn w O i w i \
Step A
Preparation of [1 (A), 3~, 4(S)1-2,4,5-Trideoxy-4-[[2-([4-([2-[([[(1,1-dimethyl-ethyl)dimethvlsilyl]oxy]phenvlacetvl]amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-2,2-difluoro-N-[2-methyl-1-((phenylmethoxy)-methyl]propel]-5-[4-fPhenylmethoxy)-phenyl]-L-qlycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e): (1 (R), 3~, 4(S)]-4-Amino-2,4,5-trideoxy-2,2-difluoco-N-[2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]propyl]-5-[4-(phenyl-methoxy)phenyl]-L-glycero-pentonamide (0.87 g, 1.6 mmol) prepared in example 5, step B, is coupled under standard coupling conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously, such as example 2, step A, with (R)-O-tert-butyldimethyl-silylmandelic acid (0.44 g, 1.2 mmol) prepared in example 1 to provide the title compound, after flash chromatography (3:2, then 1:l hexane/ethyl acetate), 0.36 g (35~) as a yellow oil: IR (film) Vmax 3405, 3325, 2959, 2932, 2895, 2876, 2861, 1684, 1657, 1512, 1470, 1454, 1244, 1221, 1179, 1098, 864 cm-1: 1gF NMR (CDC13) b -117.20 (d, J = 258 Hz), -118.99 (s), -120.55 (d, J = 262 Hz); mass spectrum (CI, 70 eV), m/z 874 (M+ + 1), 509, 221 (100):
exact mass calcd for CqgH66FZNgO~Si 874.4638, found 874.4651.
~19~~~~
VVQ 96tt1tq99 PCTfU6951072q 1 Step B
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', steps (f) and (g): The above prepared alcohol{345 mg, 0.39 mmol) is oxidized under Swern conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously in example 1 to provide after flash chromatography (3:2 hexane/ethyl acetate), 154 mg ( 45~) of the ketone as a yellow glass: IR (film) vex 3408, 3298.
2961, 2932, 2861, 1655, 1613, 1514, 1470, 1454, 1246. 1179, 1098, 1072, 839 cm-l; 1gF NMR (CDG13) c8 -112.6$ (5), -117~29 (d, J = ~53Hz), -120.03 (d, J = 253 Hz); mass spectrum (CI, 70 eV), m/z 872 (M+ + 1), 221 (IQOj, 197; exact mass calcd for Cq9H6qFZN307Si 872.4482, found 872.4500.
To a stirred solution of ketone in CHZCla (4 mL) is added TFA/HZO (9:1, 1 mL). The reaction mixture is allowed to stir at room temperature for 7 hours and then ccncentrated under vacuum. The residue is dissolved in CH2C12 and the solution is washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrate under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (1:1 hexane,~ethyl acetate) to provide 85 mg (64~) of the final title compound as a white powder: IR {filmy vmg% 3397, 3314, 2965, 2934, 2874, 1750, 1688, 1663. 1532, 1514, 146$s 1454, 1242, 1179, 1113, 826 cm-1; 19F NMR (CDC13) 8 -112.30 (d, J
= 271 Hz), -113.50 {d, J = 271 H2), -117.54 (dr J = 254 Hz), -119.32 (d, J = 254 Hz); mass spectrum (CI, 70 eV), m/z 788 (M+ + 1), 107 (I00), 91. Anal. Calcd for Cq~Hq9FzN30'~0.6H20: C, 67.19; H, 6.58; N, 5.47. Found: C, 67.11; H, 6.55; N, 5.39.
, W09Gl02J99 ~ ~ ~ PCTJU595/(17241 Example 7 Preparation of N-[1-([[3.3-Difluoro-4-[[2-methyl-1-((phenylmethoxy)-methyl]-propyl]aminol-2 4-dioxo-1-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]- methyl]-butyllamino]carbonyl]-2-methylpropyl]-6-(4-morpholinyl-carbonyl)-3-pyridinecarboxamide.
O ~ nR., O v JH~ CF H
~H ~ OBn O O
Step A
Preparation of 6-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)-3-pyridinecarboxylic Acid.
To a stirred 1 M solution of 0-tert-butyl-N,N '-dicyclohexylisourea [see Mathias, L., Synthesis, 570, 1979, far preparation] in CH2C12 (20 mL) at 5°C under nitrogen is added 1.49 g (8.24 mmol) of 2-methyl isocinchomeronate (see Isagawa, K., et al., Nippon Kagaku Zasshi, 88, 553, 1967, for preparation] in portions over 2 minutes' After 15 minutes, the cold water bath is removed. As dicyclohexylurea begins to precipitate, the reaction mixture is again be placed in a cool water bath at 15-20°C. The mixture is diluted with CH2C12 (5 mL) and allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. The mixture is then diluted with CHZC12 (30 mL), filtered, and the blue-green solids are washed with CH2ClZ . The filtrate and washings are diluted with ether and washed with dilute aqueous sodium bicarbonate, water, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide 1.36 g of light blue solids. Flash chromatography (55:45 cyclohexane/ethyl acetate) provides 1.01 g (52~) of the diester below W09Gf02494 r ~,1 y PCTIi1S95J07242 O
l~
CH30 ~J
O
as white crystals. Recrystallization from ether/pentane provides the above diester as matted white needles: mp 111-112°C; TR (KBr) V~ax 3420, 2984, 1711, 1379, 1310, 1290, 1246, 1134, 1126, 746 cm~l; TH NMR (CDC13) $ 9.26 (d, 1 H, J
= 2~1 Hz), $.39 (dd, 1 H, J = 8.1, 2.1 Hz), 8.19 (dd, 1 Hr J = 8.1, 0.7 Hz), 4.04 (s, 3 H), 1.63 (s, 9H); mass spectrum (EI), m/z 238 (M+ + 1), 237 (M+), 182, 179, 164, 57, (100); CI m/z 238 (M+ + 1), 210, 182 (100). Anal. Calcd for C12H15N04: C, 60.75; H, 6,37; N. 5.90. Found: C, 60.80;
H, 6.3I; N, 5.75. A solution of the above diester (935 mg, 3.94 mmol) and morpholine (2.0 mL, 23 mmol) in THF (6 mL) are stirred at reflux under nitrogen for 24 hours.
Additional morpholine (2.0 mL, 23 mmol) is added and heating continued. After 3 more days, the solution is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate and the solution is washed twice with water.
Th,e organic layer is concentrated under vacuum to provide 1.01 g of light yellow solid. Two recrystallizations from etherJpentane, with filtration through filter aid, provide 542 mg (47%) of amide ester below O
O~ I \ O
~N
O
as fine cream-colored crystals: mp 91-93°C; IR (KBr) V,~nx 2984, 2965, 1707, 1634, 1370, 1317, 1287, 1169, 1132, 1117 Cm-1; 1H NMR (CDC13) $ 9.13 (dd, 1 A, J = 2.1, 1.9 Hz), 8.36 (dd, 1 H, J = 8.1, Z.l Hz), 7.75 (dd, 1 H, J = 8.1, 0.9 Hz), 3.83 (s, 4 H), 3.73-3.55 (m, 4 H), 1.62 (s, 9 H);
mass spectrum, mfr 293 (M+ + 1), 292, 123, 86 (100). Anal.
Calcd for ClSHZoN2Oq: C, 61.63; H, 6.90; N, 9.58. Found: C, .wo 9sroza~9 ~ ~ (~ ~ ~ ~ r~ rc~rrus9sro7aai _57_ 61.62; H, 6.91; N, 9.64. HCl gas is bubbled through a solution of the above amide ester (103.5 mg, 0.354 mmol) in CH3N0z (4-5 mL) for 20-25 minutes. After standing for an additional 20 minutes, the solution is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is triturated with acetone to provide the title compound (acid) as a pale yellow solid.
The material is combined with crude acid from a similar experiment (from 502 mg 14) and recrystallized from acetone to provide (335 mg (69~) of title compound as short, thick 1D white needles: mp 181-183°C; IR (KBr) v~,ax 2928, 2872, 1717, 1601, 1285, 1262, 1111 cm 1; 1H NMR (CD;OD) 8 9.26 (d, 1 H, J = 1.1 Hz), 8.78 (dd, 1 H, J = 8.1, 2.0 Hz), 8.0 (d, 1 H, J = 8.1, Hz), 3.80 (s, 4 H), 3.67 (run, 2 H), 3.51 (nm, 2 H); mass spectrum, m/z 277 (M+ + 41), 265 (M+ + 29), 238, 237 (M+ + 1, 1D0). Anal. Calcd for CylHlzNZOa: C, 55.93; H, 5.13; N, 11.86. Found: C, 56.15; H, 5.32; N, 11.46.
Step B
Preparation of [1 (R1, 3~L 4(S)]-2,4 5-Trideoxy-2,2-difluoro-4-((3-methyl-2-[[(6-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)-3-pyridinyljcarbonyl]aminoj-1-oxobutyl]-aminol-N-(2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl)-propylj-5-[4-_(phenylmethoxy)phenyl)-L-alycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme D, step (c): The (S)-amino alcohol (185 mg, 0.296 mmol) prepared in example 5, step D, is cougled with the above prepared acid (77 mg, 0.33 mmol) under standard coupling conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously, such as examgle 2, step A, to provide after flash chromatography (5'k CH30H/CHClg), 227 mg (91~) of the title compound as a white powder: mp 218-220°C;
IR (KBr) v",ax 3287, 1674, 1663, 1636, 1557, 1539. 1514, 1244, 1115 cm 1; 1H NM.R (CDC1; + DMSO-d6) d 9.05 (d, 1 H, J
= 1.8 Hz), 8.29 (dd. 1 H, J = 8.1, 2.1 Hz), 8.03 (d, 1 H, J
= 9.3 Hz) 7.70 (d, 1 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.46 (d, 1 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.37-7.22 (m, 11 H), 7.09 (d, 2 H, J = 8.1 Hz), 6.67 (d, 2 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 5.89-5.85 (m, 1 H), 4.88 (d, 1 H, S
wo 9s~oza99 ~ ~ ~ " ~ .~ j rrrms~~ro7aai J L
-Sa-= ii.7 Hzj, 4.83(d, 1 H, J = i1.7 Hzjr 4.54 (d, 1 H, J =
i2.0 Hz)r 4.47 (d, 1 H, J = 12.0 Hzj, 4.45-4.35 (mr 1. H), 4.31 (t, 1 H, J = 9.0 Hz), 4.24-4.13 (m, 1 H)r 3.92-3.82 (m, 1 H), 3.77 (s. 4 H), 3.64-3.48 (m, 6 H). 3.08-3.02 (m, 1 H), 2.76 (dd, 1 H, J = 14.4, 10.5 Hz), 2.15-1.92 (m, 2 H), 0.94 (d, 6 H. J = 6.9 Hz), 0.88 (d, 6 H, J = 6.6 Hz):
19F NMR (CDC13 + DMSO-dg) & -109.78 (d, J = 256 Hz), -122.05 (dd, J = 256. 19 Hzj: mass spectrum, mJz 872 (M+ + 29), 844 (M+ + 1), 509 (100), 418, 318. 290. 219. Anal. Calcd for CQ6HSSFZN50g: C. 65.47: H. 6.57: N, 8.30. Found: C, 65.07:
H, 6.65: Nr 9.12.
Step C
prev~aration_ of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme D, step id3~ mhe above prepared alcohol (196 mg, 0.232 mmol) is oxidized under under Swern conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously in example 1, to provide 196 mg (1000 of crude final title compound as an orange oil after flash chromatography (3~ CT330H/CHC13). Recrystallization from C32C'_2Jpentane, then CH2C12/ ether, provides 100 mg (Sl~s) of pure final title compound as cream granules: mp 108-135°C:
IR (KBr) vex 3422, 3306, 1638, 1535, 1514, 1.454, 1115 cm-i; ZH NMR (CBC13) d 8.95-8.87 (m, 1 H), 8.16 and 8.i3 and 8.12-8.08 (2dd and m. I H total, J = 2.2, 1.1 Hz), 7.74 and 7.71 <~d 7.68-7.67 (2dd and m, 1 H total, J = 5.8, 0.7 Hzj, 7.43-7.27 (m, 10 H), 7. I4-7.04 and 7.13 and 7.09 and 7.06 (m and 3d, 2 H total, J = 8.5, 8.8, 8.8 Hz respectively), 6.95-6.77 and 6.88 and 6.85 (m and 2d, 4H total, J = 8.7 Hzj, 6.49 and 6.39 and 6.23 (3d, 1 H total, J = 7.2, 6.7, 9.G Az respectively), 5.60-5.56 and 5.46 and 5.33-5.21 (m and bs and m, 1 H total), 5.02 and 4.98 and 4.93 (3s, 2 H
total) 4.57-4.40 (m, 3A), 3.81 (bs, 5 H), 3.67-3.59 (m, 5 H), 3.50-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.27 (m, 1 H)r 2.95-2.76 (mr 1 3~ H), 2.17-1.91 (m, 2 H), 0.96-0.88 and 0.83 and 0.82 and 0.71 and 0.59 (m and 4d, i2 H total, J = 6.8 Hz): 19F NMR
(C~C13) d -111.54 (d, J = 270 Hz), -112.47 (''r J = 269 W0 9(/02x99 PCT/US95/07241 C ~ '~ '~~ ~
Hz), -113.76 (d, J = 270 Hz), -114.62 (d, J = 270 Hz), Hydrate: -114.80 (d, J = 253 Hz), -118.53 (s), -118.68 (s), -122.82 (d, J = 259 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 870 (M+
+ 29), 842 (M* + 1), 197, 194, 91 (100); exact mass calcd for Cq5H5qF2NgOg 842.3940, found 842.3994. Anal. Calcd for Casxs3FZNS08: C, 65.62; H, 6.35; N, 8.32. Found: C, 64.80;
H, 6.46; N, 8.27.
Example 8 Preparation of 7.7-Difluoro-4,I2-bis(1-methylethyl)-6,8 11-trioxo-1-phenyl-9-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyllmethyl]-2-oxa-5,10,13-triazatetradecan-14-oic Acid. 3-Pvridinvlmethvl Ester.
Bn NI ~ O
-' O~NH
~OBn p ~ O O
Step A
Preparation of N-[(3-Pyridinylmethoxy)carbonylj-L-valine.
To a stirred suspension of L-valine methyl ester 27 hydrochloride (2.0 g, 12 mmol) in toluene (15 mL) is added triphosgene (1.78 g, 6 mmol) and DMF (0.15 mL, 2 mmol).
The heterogeneous mixture is allowed to stir at room temperature for 30 minutes. To this mixture is added tributylamine (0.1 mL, 0.4 mmol) dropwise over 2 minutes.
The reaction mixture is heated to reflux for 1 hour.
Analysis by IR spectroscopy shows a strong signal at 2250 cm-1, indicating the presence of isocyanate. The now homogeneous solution is cooled to 0°C and 3-pyridylcarbinal (0.9 mL, 9 mmol) is added dropwise over 10 minutes. A
white precipitate forms during the addition. The reaction mixture is warmed to room temperature and is allowed to stir for 16 hours. Additional 3-pyridylcarbinol (1.8 mL, 11d 9fi1U2~9J ~ ~~ ~ ' y ~ PCTII1S95107241 18 mmal) is added and the cloudy mixture is heated to reflux for 3 hours. The solution is concentrated under vacuum, diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with three portions of water. The solution dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide an oil. Flash chromatography (8:1 CH2C12/C2H50H) of the oil provides 1.46 g {60~) of N-[(3-pyridinylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-valine, methyl ester as a yellow oil: 1H NMR (CDC13) d 8.61 (s, 1 H), 8.56 (d, 1 H, J
= 6.5 Hz), 7.71 (d, 1 H, J = 10.2 Hz), 7.29 (dd, 1 H, J =
8.1, 6.6 Hz), 5.38 {bs, 1 H), 5.13 (s, 2 H), 4.29 {dd, 1 H, J = 8.2. 5.9 Hz), 2.12 {m, I H), 0.92 (d, 3 H, J = 6.3 Hz), 0.88 (d, 3 H, J = 6.3 Hz); (n]Z~p +9.25° (c 0.85, CHC13).
Anal. Calcd for C13H1aNp04: C, 58.65; H, 6.77; N, 10.53.
Found: C, 57.627 H, 7.03; N, 10.47.
Alternatively the N-[(3-pyridinylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-valine, methyl ester can be prepared as follows: L-valine methyl ester (4.25 g, 34 mmol, freshly prepared ~rom the hydrochloride salt by neutralization with 50~ aqueous NaOH) is added to a stirred mixture of 1,1 '-carbonyldiimidazole (4.86 g, 30 mmol) in CH2Clg {30 mL) over 15 minutes. After 15 more minutes, 3-pyridylcarbinol (5.0 mL, S1 mmol) is added dropwise to the homogeneous solution. The resulting solution is heated at 45°C for 3 hours and then allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. The CH2Cla is removed under vacuum, and the residue is dissolved in toluene (70 mL). The solution is heated at 70°C for 6 hours, and then concentrated under vacuum. The residue is dissolved in CHZC12 and the resulting solution is washed three times with water, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrate to provide an oil, which is purified by flash chromatograghy to provide 4.6 g (51~) of the N-[{3-pyzidinylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-valine, methyl ester as a yellow oil.
WO 96102499 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '~ ~ PCTlUS95l07241 To a stirred solution of the N-[(3-pyridinylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-valine, methyl ester (1.4 g, 5.3 mmol) in CH30H (6 mL) is added LiDH~H20 (0.24 g, 5.8 mmol). The heterogeneous mixture is allowed to stir at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture is diluted with water until completely homogeneous, acidified with 0.5 N HC1 (11.6 mL, 5.8 mmol) and concentrated under vacuum to provide a white solid, which is crystallized from 8:1 CHZCIz/CzH50H to the title compound 0.53 g (40%) as a white crystalline solid: mp 242-244°C; 1H NMR (DMSO-dG) d 8.9 (m, 2 H), B.5 (d, 1 H, J = 8 Hz), 8.05 (m, 1 H), 7.7 (d, 1 H, J = 9 Hz), 5.22 (s, 2 H), 3.9 (m, 1 H), 2.05 (m, 1 H), 0.85 (m, 6 H).
Step B
Preparation of [1 (R), 3~, 4(S)]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-2,2-difluoro-4-((3-methyl-1-oxo-2-[[(3-pvridinylmethoxv)carbonyl]amino]butyl]amino]-N-[2-methyl-1-((phenylmethoxy)methyl]propel]-5-(4-iphenyl-methoxy)phenyl)-L-alycero-pentanamide.
The amino alcohol prepared in example 5, step D (0.28 g, 0.53 mmol) is coupled with the above prepared acid (0.19 g, 0.74 mmol) under standard coupling conditions described previously, such as example 2, step A to provide, after crystallization from ethyl acetate, 0.20 g (50~) of title compound as a white powder: mp 187-191°C; IR (KBr) vmax 3426, 3300, 2960, 1698. 1674, 1657, 1541, 1512, 1246, 1177, 1151, 1105, 1028, 698 cnil; 1H NMR (DMSO-dg) d 8.58 (d, 1 H, J = 1.6 Hz), 8.49 (dd, 1 H, J = 4.7, 1.4 Hz), 7.76 (d, 1 H, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.46-7.24 (m, 13 H), 7.13-7.07 (2d, 2 H total, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.88 and 6.81 (2d, 2 H total, J = 8.8, 8.3 Hz), 8.34, 7.97, and 6.18 (3d, i H total), 5.08 and 5.D3 (d and s, 2 H total, J = 5.7 Hz), 4.99 (d, 2 H, J = 2.2 Hz), 4.46 (d, 2 H, J = 3.8 Hz), 4.21 (m, 1 H), 4.06-3.92 (m, 1 H), 3.87-3.73 (m, 2 H), 3.52 (d, 2 H, J = 6.9 Hz), 2.93 (d, 1 H, J = 12.2 Hz), 2.6 (m, 1 H), 1.93-1.75 (m, 2 H), 0.87 (apparent t, 8 H, J = 6.6 Hz), 0.68 (dd, 4 H, J = 6.8, 6.6 ~V09fi;112499 1.", 4_ rt . PCTftiS9il07241 ~~ I:;A~~
Hz); 19F NMR (DMSO-db) d major diastereomer: -108.9 (dd. J
= 251. 7 Ha), -119.8 (dd. J = 245, 19 Hz), minor diastereomer: -111.6 (dd, J = 252, 8 Hz), -117.1 (dd. J
= 250, 18 FIz); mass spectrum, m/z 761 (M+ + 1), 555, 138.
121, 110, 92. Anal. Calcd for Cq2HgoF2Na0~: C, 66.32; H, 6.58: N, 7.37. Found: C. b2.43; H, 6.36; N. 6.79.
Step C
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme D, step (d): In a manner analogous to that described previously in example 1, the above prepared alcohol is oxidized under Swern conditions to provide after flash chromatography (8:1 CH2Clz/CzH50H), 100 mg (505) of final title compound as a white powder: mp 108-111°C; IR
(KBr) vmax 3416, 3308, 2963, 1696, 1660, 1537, 1514, 1246, 1115, 1028 cm'i; ;H NMR (DMSO-d6) d 8.91 (d, 1 H, J = 8.8 Hz). 8.58-8.51 (m, 2 H), 7.75 (d, 1 H, J = 7.7 Hz). 7.45-7.23 (m, i2 H), 7.16 (d. 1 H, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.90(d, Z H, J
= 8.6 Hz), 5.06-4.99 1m. 5 H). 4.45 (d, 2 H. J = 3.1 Hz), 3.92-3.8 (m, 2 H), 3.52 (m, 2 H}, 3.10 (dd, 1 H, J = 14.9.
3.1 Hz), 2.69 (dd, 1 H, J = 14.1, 9.9 Hz}, 1.87 (m, 2 H), 0.84 and 0.78 (2dd, 10 H total. J = 10.8, 7.1 Hz and J =
6.4. 4.8 Hz respectively), 0.60 (dd, 2 H, J = 8.7. 6.9 Hz);
1~C NMR (DMSO-d5) 8 171.2 157.15. 155.8, 149.t7, 148.95, 148.9. 138.3, 137.1, 135.5, 132.6, 130.2, 130.07, 128.8, 128.7, 128.37, 128.1fi, 127.75, 127.67, 127.6, 127.5, 127.44. 127.36. 123.43, 114.5, 71.9, 69.5, 69.45. 69.1, 69.0, 63.16, 59.6, 55.25, 54.76, 54.fi7, 33.8, 33.75, 30.35, 28.8, 28.77. 19.4. 19.33, 18.98, 18.59. 17.86. 29F NMR
(DMSO-dg) d -111.36 (d, J = 272 Hz), -114.36 (d, J = 270 Hz). -112.96 (s). -117.06 (d, J = 255 Hz}, -120.00 (d, J =
250 Hz); mass spectrum. m/z 759 (M+ f 1}, 460, I10, 91.
Anal. Calcd for C42HqgFaNqO~~H20: C, 64.94; H., 6.44; N, 7~22~
Found: C, 64.70; H, 6.36; N, 7.24.
-W096102.t99 ~ ~ r~ ~ ~ ~. ~ PCTIUS95I07241 Example 9 Preparation of 1R-(1R*,2S*)]-a,a-Difluoro-Y-II3-methyl-2-[I4-(4-morpholinylsulfonyl)benzoyl]aminol-1-oxobutyl]aminol-N- 2-methyl-1-j(phenylmethoxy)methyl]propyll-g-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy)-benzenepentanamide.
.,\ OBn ~N
l0 \ ~ \ O
O ~ NH~ CF2 NH
H ~ ~Bn O ~ O O
Step A
Preparation of [1 (R) 3~, 4(S)]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-2 2-difluoro-4-[[3-methyl-2-[[4-(4-marpholinylsulfonyl)benzoyl]amino]-1-oxobutyl]-amino]-N-[2-methvl-1-[(phenvlmethoxy)methyllpropy11-5- 4-(phenyl-methoxy)phenyl]-L-glvcero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme D, step (c): The (S)-amino alcohol prepared in example 5, step D (161 mg, 0.26 mmol) is coupled with the acid (77 mg, 0.28 mmol) of the following structure O~ ~ CO2H
~1NI ~O ~ /
S
a O
(prepared as described by Sycheva, T.P. et al., Shornik Statei Obshchei Khim, Akad. Nauk S S S R , 1, 568-571 (1953)] under standard coupling conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously, such as example 2, step A, to provide after flash chromatography (i:1 ethyl acetate/CA2C12), 140 mg (62~) of the title compound as a white solid. Recrystallization from ethyl acetate/cyclohexane provides the title compound as a white powder: mp 172.5-190.5°C (172.5-174, then 189.5-190.5°C); IR
~~~i~'C
w~o v6iaiagv r. J rcrws~sra~aa~
(K.BL) v~,$x 3420, 3322, 2965, 1643, 1534, 1514, 1171. 1113 cm 1; 1H NN1R (CDC13) d 7.90 (d. 2 H. J = 8.4 Hz), 7.79 (d, 2 H, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.4-7.25 (m, 10 H), 7.0B (d, 2 H, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.78 (d overlapping m, 4 H, J = 8.5 Hz), 6.65 (d, 1 H, J = 8.6 Ha), 4.93 (s, 2 H), 4.53 (d, 1 H, J = 12.0 Hz), 4.47 (d, 1 H, J = 12.0 Hz), 4.45-4.24 (m, 4 H), 3.82 (m, 1 H), 3.73-3.65 (nm, 4 H), 3.62 (dd, 1 H, J = 9.7, 4.1 Hz), 3.46 (dd, 1 H, J = 10.0, 3.9 Hz), 3.1-2.85 (m, 6 H), 2.12 (m, 1 H), 1.98 (m, 1 H), 0.97-0.89 (m, 12 H); i9F NMR
1C (CDC13) d -110.1$ (dd, J = 261, 4 Az), -121.09 (dd, J =
261, 18 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 879 (M+ + 1, 100), 527, 325. 254. Anal. Calcd for CQ6H56F2N40yS: C, 62.85; H, 6.42;
N, 6.37. Found: C, 62.65: H, 6.43; N, 6.26.
Step B
_Preparation of final title comtround.
Reaction Scheme D, step (d): In a manner analogous to that described in example I the above prepared alcohol (133 mg, 0.151 mmol) is oxidized under Swern conditions to 2C provide 82 mg of a mixture of diastereomers of final title ccmpound after flash chromatography {3:2 ethyl acetate/cyclohexane). The mixture partially crystallizes from cyclahexane/ethyl acetate upon evaporation of the solvent. The tacky pale yellow solid is triturated with ether to provide 59 mg (44~) of a single diastereamer of final title compound as a white powder: mp 114-116°C; IR
(KHr) vmax 3426, 2971, 1686, 1663, ISI2, 1171, 1115 cm-1;
1H NMR (CDC13) d 7.92 (d, 2 H, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.81 (d, 2 H, J
= 8.3 Hz), 7.41-7.29 (m, i0 H), 7.06 (d, 2 H, J = 8.6 Hz).
6.85 (d, 2 H, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.78 (d, 2 H, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.29 (d, 1 H, J = 6.7 Hz), 5.26 (m, 1 H), 4.99 (s, 2 H, major peak), 4.55 (d, 1 H, J = 12.0 Hz), 4.48 {d, I H, J = 12.0 Hz), 4.43 (dd, I H, J = 8.4, 6.4 Hz), 3.84 (m, 1 H)r 3.72 (narrow m, 4 H), 3.63 (dd, 1 H, J = 9.8, 3.8 Hz), 3.47 (dd, 1 H, J = 9.7, 3.8 Hz), 3.3.1 (dd, 1 H, J = 14.4, 5.0 Hz), 3.00-2.87 (m, 5 H), 2.14 (m, 1 H), 2.00 (m, 1 H), 0.96 (d, 3 H, J = 6.7 Hz), 0.95 (d, 3 H, J = 6.7 Hz), 0.94 (d, 3 H, W096I02499 w PCT/US95/072d1 ~~~~~~5 J = 6.7 Hz), 0.92 (d, 3 H, J = 6.7 Hz); 19F NMR (CDC13) d -112.45 (d, J = 270 Hz), -113.69 (d, J = 270 Hz),-117.94 (d, J = 255 Hz), -119.29 (d, J = 255 Hz); mass spectrum (CI), m/z 905 (M+ + 29), 877 (M+ + 1), 525, 507, 401, 353 (100), 197. 107. Anal. Calcd for C46H5dF2NaO9S~0.5 H20: C, 62.36;
H, 6.26; N, 6.32. Found: C, 62.24; H, 6.30; N, 6.27.
Example 10 Preparation of [1R-(1R*,2S*)]-a,a-Difluoro-y-[ 3-methyl-2-I[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]amino]-1-oxobutyl]amino]-N-[2-methyl-1-[(phenvlmethoxv)methyl]propel]-&-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy)-benzenepentanamide.
O __ O
JH~ CF NH
~H ~ Bn ~ O O
Step A
Preparation of [1 (R), 3E 4(S)1-2,4 5-Trideoxy-2 2-difluoro-4-[[3-methyl-2- [4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyllamino]-1-oxobutyll-amino]-N- 2-methyl-1-[iphenylmethoxv)methyljpropyl]-5-[4-(phenvl-methoxy)phenyl]-L-ctlycero-pentanamide Reaction Scheme D, step (c): The (R) amino alcohol (171 mg, 0.274 mmol) prepared in example 5, step D is coupled with 4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoic acid (68 mg, 0.29 mmol, prepared in example 10a) under standard coupling conditions, such as example 2, step A, in a manner analogous to that described previously to provide, after flash chromatography (3~ CH30H/CHC13), 217 mg (94~) of the title compound as a yellow powder: IR (KBr) vm8x 3428, 3322, 1636, 1534, 1512, 1456, 1279, 1258, 1244, 1115 cm 1;
19F NMR (CDC13) d -110.19 (d, J = 259 Hz), -117.26 (d, J =
259 Hz), -120.14 (d, J = 259 Hz), -121.40 (dd, J = 259. 20 ~~~°.:)i~~
~'O 9G!(12499 PCT1t1S951072q1 -s6-Hz) + impurities; mass spectrum, m~'z 871 (M* + 29), 843 (M* + 1), 527, 509, 329, 317 (100), 289, 250, 218.
Step B
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme Dr step (d): The above prepared alcohol is oxidized under Swern conditions as follows: To a stirred solution of the above prepared alcohol (215 mg, 0.255 mmol) in anhydrous CH2C12 (3 mL) and anhydrous DMSO
l0 (0.36 mL, 5.1 mmol) at -45°C is added 2 M oxalyl chloride/CH2C12 (1.0 mL) over 5 minutes. The solution is allowed to stir at -40 to -30°C for 2.5 hours. The solution is then cooled to -70°C and diisopropylethylamine (0.67 mL, 3.8 mmol) is added over 5 minutes. The solution is allowed to warm to room temperature, diluted with CHZC12, washed twice with water, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (3$ CH;OH/CHCI3) to provide 210 mg (98~) of final title compound as an amber oil.
Recrystallization from CHZC12/pentane provides 80 mg (37%) of final title compound as an amber powder: mp 87-92°C; IR
(K73r) vx,ax 3306, 1636, 1534, 1514, 1454, 1279, 1258, 1244, 1115 cm-i; 1H NMR (CDC13) b 7.82-7.75 (m, 2 H), 7.48-7.30 (m, 12 H), 7.11-7.04 (m, 2 H), 6.91-6.82 (m, Z H), 6.7$ (d, 1 H, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.68(d, 1 H, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.44 and 6.33 (2dr 1 H, J = 6.9 Hz), 5.31-5.22 (m, 1 H), 5.05-4.94 (m, 2 H), 4.57-4.38 (m, 3 H), 3.88-3.28 (m, 1.2 H), 2.94-2.81 (m, 1 H), 2.16-1.93 (m, 2 H), 0.96-0.58 (m, 12 H); 19F NMR
(CDC13) d -lI1.56 (d, J = 270 Hz), -112.56 (d, J = 270 Hz), -113.63 (d, J = 270 Hz), -114.54 (d, J = 270 Hz), Hydrate:
-113.53 (d, J = 292 Hz), -114.85 (d, J = 252 Hz), -118.71 (d, J = 292 Hz), -122.88 (d, J = 252 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 869 (M* + 29), 841 (M* + 1), 525, 317, 279, 218, 197.
157 (100); exact mass calcd for C4~H55F2Nq08 841.3988, found 841.4043. Anal. Calcd for Cq7HSqHZNqOg: C, 67.13; H, 6.47; N, 6.66. Found: C, 65.80; Hr 6.60; N, 6.69.
W096I(t2-199 ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ P'CTlUS95/072:11 Example 10a Prepara'ion of 4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoic acid.
N-O '~ ~ O-OH
Preparation of 4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoic acid methyl ester.
To a stirred suspension of monomethyl terephthalate (25.0 g, 0.14 mmol) in methylene chloride (500 mL) and dimethylformamide (4 mL) is added dropwise oxalyl chloride (12.1 mL, 0.14 mol} with vigorous gas evolution. After gas evolutions ceases, the reaction is stirred for 45 minutes and then cooled in an ice-water bath. Morpholine (48.4 mL, 0.56 mol) is then added resulting in an exotherm. After the addition is complete the reaction is allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture is then washed with 0.5 N HC1 (2 x 500 mL), half-saturated sodium bicarbonate (2 x 500 mL), water (2 x 500 mL) and brine (300 mL). The reaction is dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide the title compound (33.8 g, 98~) as a white solid; mp 74-76°C.
Preparation of final title compound.
to a stirred solution of the above ester (50.1 g, 0.20 mmol) in methanol (800 mL) is added 1N lithium hydroxide (241 mL, 0.24 mol) followed by water (160 mL). After stirring at room temperature for 7 hours, additional water (100 mL) is added. The reaction is then stirred an additional 24 hours and then concentrated to remove the methanol. The aqueous is extracted with methylene chloride (2 x 100 mL) and diethyl ether (200 mL). The aqueous layer was then cooled in an ice-water bath and acidified to pH 1 with 12 N HCI (ca. 20 mL). Filtration provides crude white solid. The solid material is suspended in methylene chloride (2 L) and heated to reflux. It is then cooled to W09G1(1i499 ~- r 1 ~7r . L ~ PCT7U59i107Z-t1 room temperature, treated with anhgdrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated under vacuum to provide the final title compound (92.2 g, 89~) as a white solid; mp 194-196°C.
10 Retroviruses are a class of viruses which transport their genetic material as ribonucleic.acid rather than as deoxyribonucleic acid. Retroviruses are associated with a wide variety of diseases in man, one of which is AIDS.
Although there have been disclosures of other anti-viral 15 agents useful in the treatment of AIDS, for example see patent applications EP 0 218 688, EP 0 352 000 and PCT/US
91/09741, the compounds of the present invention have not been previously disclosed.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to compounds having try following general formula (I);
R~ CNH-CH CNH-CH-C-CF2-C NR5R6 O O O O
x formula I
and the stereoisomers, hydrates, isosteres and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof wherein ~l'~ ~1 wo ~Eroz.~9s rcz~usvstt~~aa~
_z_ P1 is T
T' C~~6 alkyfene wherein T is [(O)b-W-R] and T' is [(O)b~-W'-R'~ or hydrogen, wherein each of W and W' are independently C1_~ alkylene or nothing, 14 rovided that W is C
P 2-s alkylene when W is directly attached to a nitrogen atom in R, provided that W' is C2_6 alkylene when W' is directly attached to a nitrogen atom in R', provided that W or W' are each independently C1_s 1' alkylene when R or R' are each independently an aryl;
P2 is C1_b alkyl, cyclopentyl, hydroxy C1_~ alkyl, phenyl, benzyl or 3-tetrahydrofuryl;
R and R' are each independently -CH2CH0, hydroxy Gx_g alkyl, C1_6 alkoxy Ci_6 alkyl, C1_6 alkyl, ~R3)d , C1_~, alkenylene, piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or phenyl wherein substituted piperazinyl is 3D piperazinyl substituted on one nitrogen atom thereof with CHO, C(O)ri7HR'q, C1_q alkyl or CO2Rq;
3~
~1'O ytt02~99 "o ~ " PC"TN695107241 Ll~v~l~'S
R1 is \ \ \
~ N
/ (CHz)O- , NI~(CHz)O- , ~ / (CHz)O- , O O
I' N ~ \ hN I \
O_ J N~ ~ O\~ /
'~/O \% \ \/O
~S
Ni \ \ C02R~4 I / I / CH-O- , I \ IH O~ I \
/ (CHz)z-CH- ' ~N-CHZ- ' / CH~CH- , I \ OH O 1 ~~CHz-.
/ CH- ' ~/NI -CCHZ_ or N , R3 is C1_6 allenyl C1_6 alkoxy, C1_6 alkylene, hydroxy C1_6 alkyl, C1_6 alkyl or OH;
Rq is Cz_6 alkyl, phenyl or 6enzyl;
R'q is hydrogen or C1_6 alkyl;
ti '; ~ ~ E_ VV09GI02.i99 ~ ~ ~ "~ : ") PCTlLS9il072d1 -~_ R5 is hydrogen, C1_15 alkyl, OH, hydroxy C1-15 alkyl, -CH{((CH2)d-D-CHZ)x-R~e)2r -CH2Si{CH3)2(R3), PDL, _ (C1_6 alkylene)-ORq, -CH(Y)(Z), (v)e HO
C~_salkylene~ ' (CH2)b (a) (b) N ~.r - ~~ or CHz~ \ a \N
(c) (d) wherein PDL is -(CHz)e-2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, or p-substituted benzylaxy, wherein the substitution is with a vitro, OH, amino, C1_s alkoxy, hydroxy C~_6 alkylene, or halogen: Y is C1_15 alkyl, hydroxy Cl-lg alkyl, C1-6 alkyl or -(CH~)e-C6Hq-(V)~': Z is -(CHZ)d-O-CHO, CI-s alkyiene-O-(CHy)d-(O-CHZ-CHZ)e-O-C1_6 alkyl, CHO, COZRq, CO2NHRq, -(CHZ)a-O-(CH2)awR'~. -(CHa)e-ORq or ~(V)e (CH2)e (e) wherein V is ORq or hydroxy C1_6 alkylene:
provided that d'=2 when R'7 is giperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, giperidyl or morpholinyl:
2i~i~~%5 i4'0 9610:499 PCTlUS95107241 _5_ R6 is as defined for RS with the proviso that R6 is other than hydrogen when RS is hydrogen, or RS and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached are selected from the group consisting of;
-N , - , -N~ , to (~ (9? (h) (tHz?b / R3 R3-Si ~N
15 (i) 20 -N~ -MHO , _N or -N~ R$
(i} (m) (n1 R7 is CH20R4, C(O)NHR4 or CHO;
R'7 is piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or phenyl, wherein substituted piperazinyl is piperazinyl substituted on one nitrogen atom thereof with CHO, C(O)NHR4, C1_4 alkyl or C02R4;
Rg is (H, OH) or =O;
R'e is pyrimidyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl or phenyl;
-~ ~ \~ ~~ " ~ r W096lL)2J9<3 ._ f ~;~1 ~ ~'~ PCTIiJS9~!Q7231 a is zero, 1, 2 or 3;
b and b' are each independently zero or L;
d and d' are each independently 1 or 2;
a and e' are each independently zero, 1 or 2; and , x is zero or one.
l~ The terms "halo", "halogen" or "halide" refer to a chlorine, bromine or iodine atom.
Isosteres of the compounds of Formula I include those wherein (a) the a-amino acid residues of the P1 and Pa l~ substituents are in their unnatural configuration (when there is a natural configuration) or (b) when the normal peptide amide linkage is modified, such as for example, to form a ao n -CH2NH- (reduced), -C-N(CH3) (N-methylamide), -COCH2-(keto), -CH(OH)CH2- (hydroxy), -CH(NH2)CHZ- (amino), -CH2CHZ- (hydrocarbon). Preferably a compound of the invention should not be in an isosteric form. Unless otherwise stated the a-amino acids are preferably in their L-configuration.
A compound of the invention may be in free farm, e.g., amphoteric farm, or in salt, e.g., acid addition or anionic salt, form. A compound in free form may be converted into a 3 f~
salt form in an art-known manner and vice-versa.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the peptide of Formula I (in the form of water, or oil-soluble or dispersible products) include the conventional non-toxic 3~
salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of these peptides, which are farmed, e.g., from inorganic or organic acids or bases. Examples of such acid addition salts include WO 96102~t99 ~ ~ PCTIilS95J07241 acetate, adipate, alginate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, citrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, glucoheptanoate, glycerophasphate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, . hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethane-sulfonate, lactate, maleate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthal-enesulfonate, nicotinate, oxalate, paemoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, succinate, tartrate, thiocyanate, tosylate, and undecanoate. Base salts include ammonium salts, alkalimetal salts such as sodium and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium and magnesium salts, salts with organic bases such as dicyclohexylamine salts, N-methyl-D-glucamine, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine, and so forth. Also, the basic nitrogen-containing groups may be quaternized with such agents as lower alkyl halides, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chloride, bromides and iodides; dialkyl sulfates like dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl; and diamyl sulfates, long chain halides such as decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides, aralkyl halides like benzyl and phenethyl bromides and others.
The hydrates of the compounds of Formula I are hydrated compounds having the partial structure ~ pi~CF2~~~
HOxOH O
and in their end-use application are generally the active forms.
21 X51 ~_'S
W 0 96102.199 PCT)IiS95)O i 241 _8-In general, as used herein, the term "alkyl" includes the straight, branched-chain and cyclized manifestations thereof unless otherwise indicated, particularly such moieties as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, -CH -t-but 1, c clo ro 1, n ~' y y p py -propyl, pentyl, cyclopenty~, n-hexyl, cyclohexyl and cyclohexylmethyl. The term "aralkyl", when used, includes those aryl moieties attached to an alkylene bridging moiety, preferably methyl or ethyl.
«Aryl" includes both carbocyclic and hetereocyclic moieties of which phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, indazolyl, furyi and thienyl are of primary interest; these moieties being inclusive of their position isomers such as, for examgle, 2-, 3-, or 4-pyridyl, 2- or 3_furyl and thienyl, 1-, 2-, or 3-indolyl or the 1- and 3-indazolyl, as well as the dihydro and tetrahydro analogs of the furyl and thienyl moieties. Also included within the term "aryl" ors such fused carbocyclic moieties as pentalenyl, indenyl, naphthalenyl, azulenyl, heptalenyl, acena hth ten 1 fluaren 1 henalen 1 henanthren 1, P Y Y . Y . p Y ~ p Y
anthracenyl, acephenanthrylenyl, aceanthrylenyl, triphenylenyl, pyrenyl, chrysenyl and naphthacenyl. Also included within the term "aryl" are such other heterocyclic radicals as 2- or 3-benzo[b]thienyl, 2- or 3-naphtho[2,3-b]thienyl, 2- or 3-thianthrenyl, 2H-pyran-3-(or 4- or 5-)yl, 1-isobenzo- furanyl, 2H-chromenyl-3-y1, 2- or 3-phenoxathiinyl, 2- or 3-pyrrolyl, 4- or 3-pyrazolyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 2-indolizinyl, 1-isoindolyl, 4H-quinolizin-2-yl, 3-isoquinolyl, 2-~inolyl, 1-phthalazinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, 2-quinoxalinyl, 2-quinazolinyl, 3-cinaolinyl, 2-pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazol-2-yl, 2-carbazolyl, 8-carbolin-3-yl, 3-phenanthri.dinyl, 2-acridinyl, 2-perimidinyl, 1-phenazinyl, 3-isothiazolyl, 2-phenothiazinyl, 3~ 3-isoxazalyl, 2-ghenoxazinyl, 3-isochromanyl, 7-chromanyl, 2-pyrrolin-3-yl., 2-imldazolidinyl, 2-imidazolin-4-yl, 2-pyrazolidinyl, 3-pyrazolin-3-yl, 2-piperidyl, 21~~1~~
W096/(12999 PCTIt;S9S1072d1 _g_ 2-piperazinyl, 1-indolinyl, 1-isoindolinyl, 3-morpholinyl, benzo[b]isoquinolinyl arid benzo[b]furanyl, including the position isomers thereof.
Likewise the term "alkylene" includes straight or branched-chain moieties. Some examples of branched-chain alkylene moieties are ethylethylene, 2-methyltrimethylene, 2,2-dimethyltrimethylene, and so on. For example, C3 alkylene can mean -CH2-CH2-CH2- or -C- or -CH2-CH- or -CH-CH2-I I I
1~ All (C1_s) moieties such as C1_s alkyl, C1_s allenyl, C1_s alkoxy, and hydroxy C1_s alkyl, are more preferably C1_3 moieties (containing 1-3 carbon atoms instead of 1-6 carbon atoms).
The fluorenylmethyloxy moiety is that moiety generally called by its abbreviation FMOC, and is the fluorenyl moiety bearing -CH20 attached to the 9-position of the fluo-renyl moiety. Other terms defined herein are piperazinyl ~-N,~ H~ or substituted piperazinyl ~ N~ -*~
the substitution (*) occurring only at one nitrogen atom which is not attached to the remainder of the molecule (attachment via a nitrogen atomj. The substituents are one of CHO, C(O)NHR4, CI_y alkyl or C02R4.
The term "Bn" refers to a benzyl functionality of the formula;
CHz wo g~!o:a~~ ~ j ~ '~ a L 5 pc:~rrusosroaza l -lo-Piperidinyl and morpholinyl both bind to the rest of -N~ -NCO
molecule via their respective nitrogen atoms while pyrimidinyl, pyridyl and pyrazinyl bind to the rest N~ N N
of t/he molecule anywhere except their respective nitrogen atoms.
1~ Mare specifically, in the instance wherein P2 is either Cl_6 alkyl or hydroxy Cy_6 alkyl, such moieties as -C(CH~)3, -CH{CH3)Z, -CH(CH3)(CZHS), -C(OH)(CH3)3 and -CH(OH)CH3 are preferred. The "hydroxy Cl_6 alkyl" moiety is illustrated in one example by -CHZ-OH, the "C1_6 alkoxy Cl_6 alkyl" moiety, is illustrated in one example by -CH2-OCH3, (although in each instance the Cl_6 alkylene may be straight or branched and the hydroxy radical is not limited to the terminal carbon atom of the alkyl moiety).
2a As it is often quite advantageous to have what is termed an amino protecting group (Pg), the scope of those compounds of Formula I includes those Rl moieties which, together with their adjacent carbonyl moiety farm such groups as acetyl (AC), succinyl (Suc), benzoyl (Bz), 3p t-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ), tosyl (TS), dansyl (DNS), isovaleryl (Iva), methoxysuccinyl (MeOSuc), i-adamantanesulphonyl {AdS02), i-adamantaneacetyl (AdAC), phenyiacetyl, t-butylacetyl (fiba), bis[(1-naphthyl)methyl]acetyl (BNMA) and Rz wherein Rz is an aryl 3y group as previously described suitably substituted by 1 to 3 members selected independently from the graup consisting of fluoso, chloro, bromo, iodo, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, alkyl containing from 1 to 6 carbons, alkoxy containing ~ wo y~ni:~v~ 2 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 5 rcTm~svS~a~aai from 1 to 6 carbons, carboxy, alkylcarbonylamino wherein the alkyl group contains 1 to 6 carbons, 5-tetrazolo, and acylsulfonamido (i.e., acylaminosulfonyl and sulfonylamino-carbonyl) containing from 1 to 15 carbons, provided that when the acylsulfonamido contains an aryl, the aryl may be further substituted by a member selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo and nitra.
Among the classes of amino protecting groups contemplated are: t1) acyl type protecting groups such as formyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthalyl, p-toluenesulfonyl (tosyl), benzenesulfonyl, nitrophenylsulfenyl, tritylsulfenyl, O-nitrophenoxyacetyi, and a-chlorobutyryl;
t2~ aromatic urethane type protecting groups such as benzyloxycarbonyl and substituted benzyloxycarbonyls such as p-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl, p-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, p-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, p-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl, 1-(p-biphenylyl)-1-methylethoxycarbonyl, a-, a-dimethyl-3,5-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, and benzhydryloxycarbonyl;
(3) aliphatic urethane protecting groups such as tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, iso-propyloxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, and allylaxycarbonyl;
C4) cycloalkyl urethane type protecting groups such as cyclopentyloxycarbonyl, adamantyloxycarbonyl, and cyclo-hexyloxycarbonyl; <S) thio urethane type protecting groups such as phenylthiocarbonyl; t6> alkyl type protecting groups such as triphenylmethyl (trityl) and benzyl (Bn);
t7) trialkylsilane protecting groups such as trimethyl-silane if compatible. The preferred a-amino protecting groups are tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc) or benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZj. The use of Boc as an a-amino protecting group for amino acids is described by Bodansky et al. in "The Practice of Peptide Synthesis", Springer-verlag, Berlin (1984), p. 20.
The term "stereoisomers" is a general term for all isomers of individuals molecules that differ only in the orientation of their atoms in space. It includes mirror r} j ~ G s J! ~
CVO 9Gt02499 4 s ~ ~ '. ') PCTlU595l07241 image isomers (enantiomers), geometric (t1s/trans) isomers, and isomers of compounds with more than one chiral center that are not mirror images of one another (diastereoisomers). Far amino-acids, the designations L!D, or R/S can be used as described in IUPAC-IUB Joint Commission on Biochemichal Nomenclature. E~an~l.Biachem. 138: , 9-37 (i984).
In general the compounds of this invention may be prepared using standard chemical reactions analogously known in the art. More specifically, the preparation of compounds of structure (3) is well known in the art and described generally by Schirlin, D. and Van Dorsselaer, V.
in PCT/U591/09741 published July 23, 1992 with an international publication number of WO 92/12123.
The compounds of formula (I) can be grepared as described in Reaction Schemes A, A', A", B, C and D. All the substituents, unless btherwise indicated, are previously defined. The reagents and starting materials are readily available to one of ordinary skill in the art.
WO 9b102~99 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCTIfJS95107241 a O
U=
O Z
n n Z
N ~ U= O n 'O I
v ~ ~' v U- O n U n N ~
M W ~ N t!1 U- n-I ~ U v W r1 O
n " x x V v i ~y- U- O x x x U- O
x T W-U o T
a- a a x Z N
x z ..
.r v z c z z z U- O Z
'' N i W U= O
O W
U= U ~ N
O i W .C x x 'O W
U n v U- O n v v n m ~ ~ ,_, ~ ,n x x ov x .i " _ ~ U- O ,,, U- - co O
a .a - S
c, a v a z -~
N
a x w v z v n U
v n Z
v C b N
Z a' U= p x O ~N u= O
S W I
V U cv N
_ _ G.
V1 _ V
a-U P1 U- O vp 1 x 'r ~ ~ V- O
b a N m ~ a-~
z C
a s W z mt a u, o m, ri r1 N N
~~~~j~~.~7 wo ~sor?.syy ec~rausv~omai a z a cr= o N
W
U
U
- p p,- V
n 1 n Z a0 .H ~ V= O
t v N S
w-v t a t v=o .a m z z x ~o U
= D
N
N W
W V
V ' V= O
a ' ~- a b v S
w V a C
Z n C>= t, O
t ' O N
~ ~
- O
d ; .-K G-~ v N = v n T ~ w - V Z
v 1 S N Uy O
a n V=O V 'y.
N
C
v ..
z x x ~
L V~ O
1=O
1 !
N N
W W
V V
m x ci=
o V- O i C7 .y ~ .i x m w- V
-. v w- ,~ n a C
n ~ 1 ~ x p v x v. ~ ~ ~"~
U y "t w= O
iJl U= O
v x N
'T.a N S w- V
O w-U
m H
z U 1 V= O
V - O - ~-t N
S rn w' N
W0961(12t99 ~ ~ ~'j ~ ~ ~ ~ PCTlLiS95/p7241 a a z U= O
N
n W
G1 U n u- O '~
v .~. yr o s w- a i m x u- o x a N
a z a U= O a Z
N v= o w U N
1 w O
U- Y
n .i ~ V= O
V
N r, n v p,-v S
Z
U= p ,~ n .w N Uc O
a V s~
v a n U
v w a a a a z V=O
V-p N
By N
W
V U
G7 ra r U- O V= O
~
~ ~ a a a v ~ n n s v Z
H , n E., v= o ~ o a C ~ a w m 's' ~ o w N N
~i t WC79Gr02~99 L f l ~ ~ ~) Pl:'TlUB9510724C
In Scheme A, step (a) the aldehyde of formula (3) is subjected to a condensation reaction under Reformatski conditions with an. ester of bromodifluoroacetic acid, preferably the ethyl ester in the presence of zinc and in an anhydrous aprotic solvent, e.g., tetrahydrofuran, ether, dimethoxyethane and the like under a nitrogen or argon inert atmosphere. The reaction is gently heated to about 60°C for about 1-12 hours or ultrasonicated to produce compounds (4).
Alternatively, in Reaction Scheme A step (a), the condensation to produce compounds (4) can be achieved in greater yields and at lower reaction temperatures utilizing the following general method. Under an inert atmosghere, such as nitrogen, the aldehyde (3) is dissclved in a suitable anhydrous organic solvent. Examples of a suitable anhydraus organic solvent are tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, t-butyl methyl ether and the like. The solution is cooled to apgroximately 0°C. To the solution is added about 0.30 equivalents of silver acetate, about 2.I equivalents of zinc dust, and about 2 equivalents of ethyl bromodifluoroacetate. About 0.34 equivalents of diethylaluminum chloride (as a solution in toluene) is added slowly to the reaction keeping the temperature of the reaction below 12°C. The reaction is allowed to stir for 1 to 3 hours at about 0°C and then at room temperature for 4 to I2 hours. The reaction is then cooled to about 10°C and quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride. The compound (4) is then isalated and purified by techniques well known in the art. For example a solution of sodium hydrogen tartrate is added and the reaction is allowed to warm from 10°C to room temperature. The mixture is filtered, the solids washed with a suitable organic solvent, such as ethyl acetate and the layers of the filtrate are separated. The aqueous layer is extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic layer and extracts are WO 9G/02499 ~ ~ ~ 'J ~ ~ ~ PCTlUS95107241 combined, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with a suitable eluent, such as cyclohexane/ethyl acetate to provide the compounds (4).
In Scheme A, step (b) formation of compounds (5) or (I4) may be effected directly or undirectly. In one method, the esters of formula (4) or (13) are de-esterified using a suitable base, such as LiOH, KOH, NaOH and the like, in the presence of water and a partially water miscible solvent (such as tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, dioxane) at about room temperature. The resulting acid can then be aminated with the appropriate RSR6-substituted amine using standard peptide-like coupling conditions. The selection of the appropriate coupling reaction procedure is within the skill of the art. The coupling reaction can be carried out using standard coupling procedures such as the azide method, mixed carbonic acid anhydride (isobutyl chloroformate) method, carbodiimide [dicyclahexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, or water-soluble carbodiimide,l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC)] method, active ester (p-nitrophenyl ester, N-hydroxy-succinic imido ester) method, Woodward reagent K method, carbonyldiimidazole method, phosphorus reagents such as BOP-C1, or oxidation-reductian methods. Some of these methods (especially the carbodiimide method) can be enhanced by adding hydroxybenzotriazole (HOST), for example the mixed anhydride method may be employed, using DCC and hydroxybenzotriazole at room temperature in solvents such as CH2C12, tetrahydrofuran or dimethylformamide.
Alternatively the esters (4) or (13) may be directly subjected to a reaction with the appropriate RSR6-substituted amine without or with a solvent (tetrahydro-furan) at a temperature of from 0 to 80°C.
vfO 9GJ02~i~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ; ~ PCT/US9it072i1 -1$-Alternatively, an appropriate RS, R6-substituted amine that is protected as necessary is dissolved in a suitable organic solvent, such as dichloromethane under an inert atmosphere, such as nitrogen. An equivalent of a 2M
solution of trimethylaluminum in toluene is added dropwise to the solution. After approximatelg 15 minutes this solution is added to approximately 0.3 equivalents of ester (4) or (13) dissolved in a suitable organic solvent, such as dichloromethane. The reaction is allowed to stir for about 15 to 24 hours at about room temperature to 40°C. The product is then isolated using techniques well knowa in the art. For example cold dilute aqueous hydrochloric acid and ethyl acetate is added. The organic layer is separated and washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, f-filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide the compounds (5) or (14).
In Step (c) compounds (6), (8) or (11) are prepared by removal of the P'1 protecting group using standard procedures well known in the art [see T.H. Green, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", John Wiley and Scns, 1981), such as hydrogenation. The free phenol functionality is then reacted with an appropriate alkyl halide in an inert solvent (preferably anhydrous dioxane, anhydrous acetone or anhydrous dimethylformamide) in the presence o~ a base (potassium or cesium carbonate) with or without potassium iodide at room or reflux temperature.
In Step (c1) compound (13) is prepared by removal of the P'1 protecting group using standard procedures well known in the art[see T.H. Green, ~Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", John Wiley and Sons, 1981;, such as, hydrogenation, P~~ being the compound obtained. Poe being a free phenol.
In Step (c2) compounds (6), (8) or (11) are prepared from the PoHderivatives (14), (16) or (17) by reaction with WO 96!02-f99 C' a ~ ', PCTIUS95107i41 21 d..),~~
_19_ an appropriate alkylhalide in an inert solvent, in the presence of a base. For example, the PoHderivative is dissolved in a suitable organic solvent, such as acetone.
Approximately 1.2 equivalents of a suitable base, such as potassium carbonate, are added followed by addition of approximately 1.15 equivalents of the alkyl halide. A
catalytic amount of potassium iodide is then added and the reaction is stirred for 1 to 3 days. The product is isolated and purified by techniques well known in the art, such as extractive methods and recrystallization. For example, the reaction is poured into a suitable solvent mixture, such as ethyl acetate/dilute aqueous sodium chloride and the organic layer is separated. The organic layer is then washed with dilute aqueous potassium hydroxide, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by recrystallization from a suitable solvent mixture, such as cyclohexane/ethyl acetate to provide compounds (6), (8) or (11).
In Step (d), for the preparation of Compounds (7}, (9) and (15), the protecting groups Pg may readily be removed by standard procedures well known in the art [see T.H.
Green, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", ,john Wiley and Sons, 1981], preferably acid/base hydrolysis (e. g., formic acid at room temperature followed by extraction of the free base after treatment with sodium carbonate).
In Steg (e), Compounds (7), (9) or (15) are subjected to a peptide coupling procedure with an appropriately protected acid of the formula R'1CONHCH(Pa)C02H or R'lCOzH, using the herein-described procedures (or by any other coupling procedure well known in the art, or as described in European Patent Application, Serial Number 93 401 785.6) to produce compounds (8) and (11) (from compound (7)); (10) and (12) (from compound (9)); and (16) and (I7) (from compound (15)). R'1 is defined as R1 except far those R'O 96ti)249'~ L ~ ~ r) ~ ~ .~ PCTliJS95/073d1 instances wherein protection of the R1 group may be required as recognized by one of ordinary skill in the art. Far example, a hydroxyl functionality on the alkyl portion of the R1 group must be protected prior to the oxidation in step (f).
In Step (f), the oxidation of compounds (8) and (11) may be effected by methods well known in the art, such as the Sworn oxidation procedure, or with 1,1,1-triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one to provide compounds of formulas IA and IB.
In general the Sworn oxidation (see Synthesis, (i981), 165] is effected by reacting about 2 to 20 equivalents of dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) with about 1 to 10 equivalents of trifluoroacetic anhydride ((CF3C0)20] or oxalyl chiaride ((COC1)z], said reactants being dissolved in an inert solvent, e.g., methylene chloride (CHZC12), said reaction being under an inert atmosphere (e.g., nitrogen or equivalently functioning gas) under anhydrous conditions at temperatures of about -70°C to -30°C to form an insitu sulfonium adduct to which is added about 1 equivalent of the appropriate alcohals, i.e., compounds (8) and (11).
Preferably, the alcohols are dissolved in an inert solvent, e.g., CHyCl2, tetrahydrofuran, or minimum amounts of DMSO, and the reaction mixture is allowed to warm to about -50°C
or -20°C (for about 20-60 minutes) and then the reaction is completed by adding about 3 to 30 equivalents of a tertiary amine, e.g., triethylamine, diisoprapylethylamine, /Y-methyl morgholine, etc.
Alternatively the oxidation can be carried out with the Doss-Martin periodinane (i.e., 1,1,1-triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one), [see Dess Martin, J.
Ors. Chem., 48, 4155, (1983)]. This oxidation is effected by contacting about 1 equivalent of the alcohol with 1 to 10 equivalents of periodinane (preferably greater than 5 wo y6~ozan~> ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 5 PcTnrs9s~o~zai equivalents), said reagent being in suspension in an inert solvent (e. g., methylene chloride) under an inert atmosphere (preferably nitrogen) under anhydrous conditions at 0°C to 50°C (preferably room temperature) and allowing the reactants to interact for about 1 to 48 hours.
Optional deprotection of the amine protecting groups may be effected as desired after the ketones have been isolated.
In general, the modified Jones oxidation procedure may conveniently be effected by reacting the alcohols with pyridinium dichromate by contacting the reactants together in a water-trapping molecular sieve powder, e.g., a grounded 3 Angstrom molecular sieve), wherein said contact is in the presence of glacial acetic acid at abaut 0°C to 50°C, preferably at room temperature followed by isolation and then optionally removing amine protecting groups.
Alternatively, 1 to 5 equivalents of a chromic anhydride-pyridine complex (i.e., a Sarett reagent prepared insttu} [see Fieser and Fieser "Reagents for Organic Synthesis" Vol. 1, pp. 145 and Sarett, et al., J.A.C.S. _25, 422, (1953)] in an inert solvent (e.g., CHyClz) under an inert atmosphere under anhydrous conditions at 0°C to 50°C
is treated with 1 equivalent of the alcohol. The reaction is allowed to stir for about 1 to 15 hours. The product is isolated and purified by techniques well known in the art followed by optionally removing amine protecting groups.
In step (g) the compounds decribed by formulas IA and IB wherein R'1 is protected as required, are deprotected under conditions well known in the art [see T.H. Green, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", John Wiley and Sons, 1981], to provide compounds of formula IA' and IB' wherein R"1 are those substituents which required protection as required. For example the protected compound is dissolved in a suitable organic solvent, such as methylene chloride and treated with TFA/H20. The reaction ?i~%1~~5 V4'0 96f0:.199 PCTILT89514'72d t _22_ is allowed to stir at room temperature for about 4 to 10 hours and then it is concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by techniques well known in the art, such as extractive methods followed by flash chromatography (silica gel, hexane/ethyl acetate) to provide the deprotected compound.
For the preparation of the necessary aldehydes of formula (3) and the acids which are to be coupled with the 1G compounds (7), (9) or (15), alternative alkyTation procedures are utilized depending upon whether the F1 and/or the PZ moieties are or are not residues of natural amino acids. For the preparation of these intermediates wherein the P1 or P2 moieties are residues of natural amino 15 acids (or manor modifications thereof, e.g.. P1 or Pz being a benxyl or methyl ether of tyrosine)r the compounds are either known or are prepared by processes and techniques well known in the art.
20 To prepare the intermediates of the formula PgEiN-CHCOZRy wherein Pg is an amino protecting groupr F3 is either a P'1 25 or P'2 moiety with P'1 and P'2 being as defined for PZ and Pz respectively, except that they are other than residues of naturally occuring amino acids, and the Rg moiety is an alkyl radical, preferably methyl when P3 is P'~, and ethyl when P~ is P'2, alternative methods are available.
To prepare the intermediates of formula wo ~mro2a9!> 2 ~ ~ ~a ~ ~ ~ Pc~rn~s~sro~2ai P.1 P.2 PgHN-CHCHO PgHN-CHCOOH
(1DB) (10A) the following reaction scheme may be utilized &EACTION SCHEME B
PgNHCH2C02R9 (1) Base P9NHCHC02R9 (18) (2) P3X (19) wherein P3 is as previously defined and X is a leaving group, preferably halo or triflate, R9 is methyl when F3 is P'1, and ethyl when P3 is P'2.
rn essence, the preparation of compounds (19) utilizes the Krapcho method [Tetrahedron Letters, 26, 2205 (1976)]
for alkylation wherein compounds (18) are treated with a base, e.g., LDA, (lithium diisopropylamide), followed by reaction with the desired P3X in the presence of TMEDA
(i.e. tetramethylethylenediamine) in a solvent (tetrahydro-furan) with or without HMPA (i.e. hepamethylphosphonamide) according to the standard Krapcho conditions. Following alkylation the compounds are then subjected to a reduction using diisobutyl alaminum hydride (Dibal) in a mixture of solvents, e.g., ether, toluene, hexane, tetrahydrofuran at about -78°C for about 1 hour. Following the preparation of the aldehydes of Formula (10B), the compounds are subjected to the processes of Reaction Schemes A, A' and/or A".
Alternatively, the compounds of (19) may be prepared by a Malonate/Curtius type sequence of reactions, [see Yamada, et al., .T. Amer. Chem. Soc., (1972) 94, 6203] as illustrated by the following reaction schema WO 9fiIfB2-i99 ~ ~ ~ "~ l ~ ~ PCTfUS9id07241 fiEACTTON SCHEME C p la t-BUOaCCH2COaR9 t-Buo2CCHICOZR9 ( 1 } Base ~
(20) (2} P X (21) ttemoval of t-Bu I
(22) Curtius-type rearrangement (19) wherein t-BU is t-butyl, although other selectively removable acid protecting groups may be utilized, and P3X
is as previously defined. This reaction involves the al:cylation of the malonate ester (20) followed by selective removal of the t-butyl protecting group to produce compounds (22). These compounds are then transformed to (19) using the Curtius type rearrangement which entails their conversion to the protected amine via the intermediately farmed acyiazides and isocyanates. The resultant amines are then protected with standard amino protecting groups, preferentially being protected insitu.
In the instance wherein Pa represents a P'1 moiety, the ester is transformed to the desired aldehydes o~
gormula (3) using standard Dihal reduction techniques, particularly in this situation (wherein P1 is not a residue of a natural amino acid). Alternatively, (as is preferred when P1 is a residue of a natural amino acid) the ester is de-esterified to its corresponding acid, converted to its corresponding hydroxamate and the hydroxamate upon treatment with lithium aluminum hydride is converted to its aldehyde. In the instance wherein Pa represents a P'2 W09G102499 ~ ~ ~ ') ~
PCTlL1S951072:~I
_25_ moiety, the ethyl ester of compounds (19) are removed and the resulting compounds are ready for coupling as outlined in Reaction Scheme A'.
In Scheme D an alternative procedure for preparation of compounds of formula IA is set forth.
to W'O 9GICI2-t99 PCT'IU995/072d1 ~I'~')~rr~J
_z~_ Reaction Scheme D
(~}
( a), Coupling Reaction P2 Pt PgNH-CH-CNH-CH -C-CFz-C-NRSRg I
O (23) OH O
(b), Deprotedion P2 Pt I
HzN-CH-CNH-CH -C-CFZ-C-NRSRs ) I
p OH O
(24) (c}, Coupling Reaction (d}, Oxidation P2 Pt R'tC-NH-CH-CNH-CH -C-CFz-C-NR5R5 In Scheme D, step (a) compounds of formula (7) are subjected to a coupling reaction in a manner analogous to that described previously in Scheme A' step (e) with a suitably protected acid of the formula PgNHCH(P2)CQ2H to provide compound of formula (23).
In Scheme D, step (b) compounds of formula (23) are deprotected in a manner analogous to that described in Scheme A, step (d) to provide compounds of formula (24).
In Scheme D, steps (c) and (d) compounds of formula (24) are first subjected to a coupling reaction with an acid of the formula R'1C02FI in a manner analogous to that described in Scheme A' step (2) and the coupled product is W'O 96I(12199 2 '~ ~ ~ ~ L ~ PCTJUS9g107241 -z~-then oxidized in a manner analogous to that described in Scheme A' step (f) to provide the compounds of formula IA.
It is understood by one of ordinary skill in the art that compounds of formulas (9) and (15) may be manipulated in a manner analogous to formula (7) in Scheme D, in addition to the manipulations decribed in Schemes A' and A"
to provide compounds of formulas IA, IA', IB and IB'.
Having generically described the methods for the preparation of the compounds of this invention, the following specific examples illustrate the chemistry and techniques by which the synthesis may be effected.
The following examples present typical syntheses as described in Schemes A, A', A" and D. These examples are understood to be illustrative only and are nat intended to limit the scope of the present invention in any way. As used herein, the following terms have the indicated meanings: "g" refers to grams; "mmol" refers to millimoles;
"ml" refers to milliliters; "bp" refers to boiling point;
"mp" refers to melting point; "'°C" refers to degrees Celsius; "mm Hg" refers to millimeters of mercury; "uL"
refers to microliters; "up" refers to micrograms; "uM"
refers to micromolar; "Cbz" means carbobenzyloxy; "DMF"
means dimethylformamide; "THF" means tetrahydrofuran;
"TBAF" means tetrabutylammonium fluoride; "NMM" means N-methylmorpholine; "DMSO" means dimethylsulfoxide; "HOBT"
means hydroxybenzotriazole and "EDC" means 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride.
4fO96102a9!> ~ ~ C~ ~ j ~ ~ PCTI0895lfi24l Exam~rle 1 Preparation of a,a-Difluoro-Y-[[(2-(Ry-[[(hvdroxyyphenylacetyl]amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutvl}amine]-~oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy~-N-(phenylmethyl)-benzene-.~entanamide.
OH O
1D NH~ CFZ 'NH
- HH
O O
Step A
preparation of O-benzyl-N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl3-L-tyrosinal- the starting material in Reaction Scheme A
(Following the procedure of Schirlin, D. and Van Dorsselaer, V. in PCT/CTS91/09741 published 3uly 23, 1992 with an international publication number of H10 92/12123.1 A mixture of N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-O-benzyltyrosine (37.1 g, 100 mmol), dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (20.6 g. 100 moral), and N-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (15.3 g, 1DD
mmol} in anhydrous dichloromethane (35D mL) is stirred at 0°C for 10 minutes. To this is added at 0°C, N_,O_-dimethyihydroxylamine hydrochloride (9.75 g, 100 mmol} and ~F-methylmorpholine (I0.1 g, 100 mmol). The temperature is allowed to warm to room temperature and stirring is continued for 15 hours. The white precipitate is then filtered off and rinsed with dichioromethane. The filtrate is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is purified by Plash chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate/cyclohexane, 2:8) to provide the N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-0-benzyltyrosine-N, On-dimethyl-hydroxamate (34.3 g) as a white solid (Rp=0.36 in ethyl acetatejcyclohexane, 1:1}.
WO 96102499 J ~f ~ PCT/US95107241 The N-tent-butoxycarbonyl-L-O-benzyltyrosine-N,O
dimethyl-hydroxamate (18.2 g, 44 mmol) is dissolved in a mixture of anhydrous diethyl ether/dimethoxyethane (300 mL, 4:1) and cooled to 0°C. To this is added lithium aluminum hydride (1.82 g, 48 mmol) portionwise. The reaction is stirred at 0°C for 1.5 hours. A 1M solution of potassium hydrogen sulfate (55 mL) is then added dropwise with stirring to the reaction. After addition is complete, the aqueous phase is decanted and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 200 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with 3N hydrochloric acid (250 mL), water (200 mL), saturated sodium bicarbonate (150 mL) and brine (200 mL). The organic layer is then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is recrystallized from ethyl acetate/gentane to provide N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-O-benzyltyrosinal (13 g).
Step B
Preparation of 4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3 hydroxy-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenylpentanoic acid ethyl ester.
Reaction Scheme A, step (a); To a stirred mixture of N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-L-O-benzyltyrosinal (13.0 g, 36.6 mmol), silver acetate (1.82 g, 10.9 mmol), activated zinc dust (5.02 g, 76.8 mg-atom, washed with 3N hydrochloric acid, water, acetone and ether) and ethyl bromodifluoroacetate (14.8 g, 72.9 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (120 mL) at 0°C is added diethylaluminum chloride (22.4 mL of a 1.8M solution in toluene) over 20 minutes. The temperature is kept below 12°C during the addition. The reaction is then allowed to stir at 0°C for 90 minutes and then at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction is then cooled to 10°C and quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (200 mL). A 1M solution of sodium hydrogen tartrate (200 mL) is added and the reaction is allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction is filtered and the solids rinsed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate layers are separated and the aqueous layer is ~: ~ 5 wo vs~a~?.~vv ~- ' .~) ~ ~- rcT~~usvsro7za~
extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers are dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered arid concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (cyclohexaneJethyl acetate, 4:1) to provide the title compound (8.3k g'). The ratio of diastereomers is approximately 1:1.
Step C
Preparation of 4-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-2 2-difluoro-3 1G _hydroxv-5-(4-benzyloxv)phenyl-N-(phenvlmethyl)pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme A step (b): To a solution of 4-tert butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydraxy-5-(4 benzyloxy)ghenylpentanoic acid, ethyl ester (5.5 g, 11.5 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) is added at 0°C, 1: benzylamine (6.15 g, 57.5 mmo1). The reaction is stirred fer 3 hours at 0°C, then at room temperature for 15 hours.
The reaction is then diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), washed with O.1N aqueous hydrochloric acid (2 x 50 mL), water (50 mL), brine (50 mL) and dried over anhydrous 20 magnesium sulfate. It is then filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is recrystallized from ethyl acetate/pentane to provide the title compound (5.17 g) as a white solid.
25 Step D
Preparation of 4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hvdroxv-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-N-(phenylmethyl)pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme A, step (d): A solution of 4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-5-(4-30 benzyloxy)phenyl-N-(phenylmethyl)pentamide (5.1 g, 9.4 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (200 mL) a stirred at 0°C for 1 hour. The solvent is then removed under vacuum and the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic layer solution is washed with saturated sodium hicarbonate 35 (3 x 50 mL), brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrate under vacuum to provide the title 11'096FOta99 ~ j ~.~ J ~ ~ y PCTIiJ8951032d1 compound as a white solid; Rf=0.62 (silica gel, butanol/acetic acid/water, 6:2:2).
Step E
Preparation of N-(R)- [ (1,1-Dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxvinhenylacetyl]-L-valine.
To a stirred solution of (R}-(-)-mandelic acid (5.6g, 37 mmol) and tent-butylchlorodimethylsilane (15.0 g, 99.5 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) is added imidazole (16.7 g, 245 mmol) in portions over 15 minutes while maintaining the reaction mixture near 25°C with a coal water bath. After 17 hours, the mixture is diluted with water and extracted with two portions of ether. The combined extracts are cooled to -10°C and washed quickly with cold (-10°C) 1 N HC1, twice with cold water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide 15.0 g of a yellow oil which is then dissolved in CH30H (250 mL) and THF (80 mL). A solution of potassium carbonate (14 g, 100 mmol) in water (140 mL) is added with vigorous stirring.
2G After 1 hour, the mixture is partially concentrated under vacuum and the remaining clear light yellow solution is diluted with brine (300 mL). The cloudy mixture is cooled to -10°C and acidified to pH 5 with 1 M KHSOq. Extraction with cold (-10°C) ether and washing of the extracts with two gortions of brine provides, after drying with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtration and concentration under vacuum, 6.6 g (678) of (R)-O-tart-butyldimethyl-silylmandelic acid as a yellow oil. This crude silylated acid (25 mmol) is dissolved in CH3CN (80 mL) and the resulting solution is 3G cooled to -10°C. To the stirred solution is added NMM (2.52 g, 24.9 mmol), then isobutylchloroformate (3.72 g, 27.2 mmol). After 10 minutes, a solution of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride (7.32 g, 43.7 mmol) and NMM (4.08 g, 40.3 mmol) in HZO (20 mL) is added and stirring is continued at -10°C for 20 minutes. The reaction mixture is poured into ice-cold dilute HC1 containing some NaCl and extracted with two portions of ethyl acetate. The combined extracts !f0 9tiltJr~99 ~ ~ ~ ~ ) ~ .~ PCTlUS9510724!
are washed with water, aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. Two flash chromatographies (12% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane) provide 4.4 g of coupled silylated ester (Rp 0.4, 4/1.
cyclohexane/ethyl acetate) contaminated with N-isobutyloxycarbanyl-L-valine methyl ester. The silylated ester (4.4 g, 12 mmol) is dissolved in THF (15 mL) with stirring and a solution of 1 M tetrabutylammonium fluoride (TBAF) in THF (11.6 mL) is added. After 1.25 hours, the solution is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is purified by flash chromatography (4/1 cyclohexanejethyl acetate) to provide 2.4 g (37% overall from O-tert-butyidimethylsilylmandelic acid) of N-{(R)-mandeloyl]-L-valine methyl ester as an oil. Following the procedures in a manner analogous to that described above, the material is reconverted to its O-tert-butyldimethylsilyl ether in 82%
yield after flash chromatography (12% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane). To a stirred solution of this ester (13.5 mmol) in CH30H (125 mL) and water (5 mL) is added LiOH~H20 (0.S9 g, 14 mmol). After 17 hours an additional amount of LiOH.H20 (0.06 g) is added and stirring is continued for 2 hours. The solution is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is diluted with water (100 mL) and washed with ether. The aqueous layer is acidified with ice-cold 6 N
HC1 and extracted with two portions of ether. The combined extracts are washed with water, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide the title compound in 48% yield as a white solid: mp 146-148°C; IR, (CHC13) vma% 2957, 2932, 1718, 1678, 1516, 1096, 863, 840 cm-r; 1H N'MR (CDC13) d 9.17 (bs, 1 H), 7.51 (d, 1 H, J=9.0 Hz), 7.43-7.40 (m, 2 H), 7.32-7.25 (m, 3 H}, 5.15 (s, 1 H), 4.51 (dd, 1 H, J=9.0, 4.3 Hz), 2.34-2.28 (m, 1 H), 1.00 (d, 3 H, J=6.9 Hz), 0.97 (d, 3 H, J=7.0 Hz), 0.94 (S, 9 H), O.I1 (S, 3 H), -0.08 (5, 3 H); 13C NMR (CDC13) d 175.49, 172.65, 139.36, 128.32, 128.21, 126.68, 75.66, 56.6D, 3i. D4, 25.66, 19.0I, 18.02, WO 96l(12~99 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US95107241 17.44, -4.83, -5.31; mass spectrum, m/z 394 (M+ + 29), 366 (M+ + 1, 100), 350, 308; exact mass calcd for C19H32NOqSi 366.2101, found 366.2099; Cal2oD -56.6° (c 1.00, CH30H).
Anal. Calcd for CIyH31N04Si: C, 62.43; H, 8.55; N, 3.83.
Found: C, 62.22; H. 8.61; N, 3.65.
Step F
Preparation of [3~,4(5,R)]-2,4 5-Trideoxy-4-[ 2- [([(1 1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl)oxy]phenvlacetyl]amino)-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-2,2-difluoro-5- 4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyll-N-(phenylmethyl)-L-alycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e): N-(R)-[[[(I,1 dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]phenylacetyl)-L-valine prepared above (25 mmol) is dissolved in CHgCN (80mL) and the resulting solution cooled to -10°C. To the stirred solution is added N-methylmorpholine (2.52 g, 24.9 mmol, NMM), followed by isobutylchloroformate (3.72 g, 27.2 mmol). After 10 minutes, a solution of 4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-N-(phenylmethyl) pentanamide (43.7 mmol, prepared in step (d) above) and NMM
(4.08 g, 40.3 mmol) in H20 (20 mL) is added and stirring is continued at -10°C for 20 minutes. The reaction mixture is poured into ice-cold dilute HC1 containing some NaCl and is extracted with two portions of ethyl acetate. The combined extracts are washed with water, aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The title compound is obtained in 768 yield as a clear colorless oil which crystallizes on standing after flash chromatography (68 acetone in CH2ClZ): mp 117-120°C; IR (KBr) vmax 3418, 1704, 1677, 1653, 1540, 1513, 1246, 1095, 839 cm-1; 1H NMR (CDC13) d 7.44-7.18 (m, 16 H), 6.96 (d, 3 H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.84 (d, 2 H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.10 (d, 1 H, J=8.1 Hz), 5.10 (s, 1 H), 5.01 (s, 2 H), 4.69 (d, 1 H, J=6.9 Hz), 4.43 (dd, 1 H, J=14.7, 6.0 Hz), 4.34 (dd, 1 H, J=14.7, 6.0 Hz), 3.96 (dd, 1 H, 3=8.5, 6.9 Hz), 3.91-3.82 (m, 2 H), 2.76 (dd, 1 H, J=13.8, «
'O 9ti102-t99 ~ ~ ~ '~ ~ ~ 5 Pf.'T!tiS951072di 7.8 Hz}, 2.66 (dd, 1 H, J=13.8, 7.8 Hz), 2.22-2.11 (m, 1 H), 0.94 (s, 9 H), 0.88 (d, 3 H, J=b.6 Hz), 0.86 (d, 3 H, J=6.9 Hz). 0.09 (s, 3 H), -U.06 (s, 3 H); 13C NMR (CDCi3) d 173.37, 171.91, 163.92 (t, J=35 Hz), 159.01, 139.62.
137.40, 137.31, 130.47, 129.60, 129.16, 128.94, 128.80, 128.70, 128.37, 128.31, 128.22, 127.83, 126.63, 115.50 (t, J=257 Hz), 115.36, 76.21, 70.67 (t, J=25 Hz), 70.37, 58.79, 51.93, 43.76, 36.52, 29.97. 26.D8, 19.80. 18.47, 17.96, -4.41, -4.89; 19F NMR (CDC13) d -118.40 (s), -118.45 (s);
mass spectrum, m,'z 816 (M+ + 29). 788 (M+ + 1), 573, 469, 441, 423 (100); exact mass calcd for CqqHS6FZN3QSSi 788.3906, found 788.3932: (a]z°D -74.6° (c 1.02, CH30H). Anal. Calcd for CqqHSSFZN306Si: C, 67.06; H, 7.04; N, 5.33. Found: C, 67.07; H, 7.14; N, 5.18.
Step G
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', steps (f) and (g): The above prepared alcohol is oxidized under Swern conditions as 2ii follows: To a stirred solution of 2 M axalyl chlaride/CHyClz (2.OmL) at -60°C under nitrogen is added dropwise anhydrous DMSO (0.42 mL, 5.9 mmol). After 10 minutes, a solution of [3~,4(S,R)]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-4-[[2-[(([(1,1-dimethylethyl}dimethylsilyl]oxy]phenyiacetyl]amino]-3-25 methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-f,2-difluoro-5-[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-N-jphenylmethyl)-L-glycero-pentonamide (0.50 mmol) in CHZClz (3 mL) and anhydrous DMSO
(1.5 mL) is added. The solution is allowed to stir at -65 to -55°C for 5 hours. It is then warmed to -20°C, followed 30 by addition of triethylamine (1.39 mL, 10.0 mmol) over 5 minutes. The reaction mixture is then allowed to warm to room temgerature overnight. it is then diluted with ethyl acetate (60 mL) and filtered, washing the solids with ethyl acetate. The filtrate is washed with 0.1 M HC1 (3 x 15 3~ mL), brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide 375 mg of crude ketane. This is dissolved in 4/1 acetic acid,~HZO (5U
WO 9G1(i2.199 ~ PCTIU5951072a1 mL). The stirred solution is heated at 80°C for 19 hours, allowed to cool to roam temperature before being diluted with water and extracted with two portions of CH2Clz. The combined extracts are washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. Flash chromatography of the residue (10~
acetone in CH2Clz} provides 180 mg title compound contaminated by residual silylated compound. The material is resubjected to the reaction conditions and purified by flash chromatography to provide 121 mg of final title compound. Two recrystallizations from ethyl acetate/pentane provide 30 mg (8.8$) of final title compound as a pale yellow solid: mg 144-150°C; IR (KBr) v,~ax 3398, 33D0, 1683, 1656, 1540, 1513, 1454, 1244, 698 cm 1;
1H NMR (DMSO-ds} d 9.77-9.72 (m, 1 H), 8.69 (d, 1 H, J=7.6 Hz), 7.80 and 7.73 (2d, 1 H total, J=9.3 Hz), 7.45-7.21 (m, 15 H}, 7.12 and 7.10 (2d, 2 H total, J=8.7 Hz), 6.89 and 6.87 (2d, 2 H total, J=8.8. 8.4 Hz), 6.21 and 6.20 (2d, 1 H
total, J=5.1 Hz), 5.05 (s, 2 H). 5.02 and 5.00 (2s, 1 H
total), 5.03-4.9D (m, 1 H), 4.38 (d, 2 H, J=5.7 Hz}, 4.23-4.17 (m, 1 H}, 3.14-3.07 and 2.65-2.57 (m, 2 H total), 1.97-1.88 and 1.78-1.73 (m, 1 H total), 0.73 and 0.71 (2d, 3 H total, J=6.7 Hz), 0.57 and 0.49 (2d, 3 H total, J=6.9.
6.7 Hz); 19F NMR (DMSO-db) 8 -110.31 (d, J=268 Hz), -110.54 (d, J=268 Hz), -112.21 (d, J=268 Hz), -112.25 (d, J=269 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 700 (M+ + 29), 672 (M+ + I, 100), 652, 439, 421, 402; exact mass calcd for C3gH4pFZNgOs 672.2885, found 672.2842.
wo ~c~ni2;~as ~ ~ q e: t :' ~j PcTtus~3sro~aay ~~~._ Example 2 Preparation of [6S-(6R*, 9R*, 13S*)]-4,4,-Difluaro-9-methvlethvl)-3.5,8.11-tetraoxo-1,13-diahenvl-6-ff4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]methyl]-12-oxa-2,7,10-triazatetradecan-14-oic Acid, Methyl Ester.
r /
'' O H~ CF2~~1H
1/ ~ ~~lJJ(H
CH302C O ~ O O
Step A
Preparation of [3~,4(S)]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-4-[[2-[j~l,l-dimethylettaoxy)carbonyl]amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino-S-[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-N-(phenylmethyl)-L-4lycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme D, step (a): To an ice-cold stirred solution of 4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-N-(phenylmethyl)pentanamide (556 mg, 1.23 ms~ol, prepared in example i, step D) in 2:1 dry CHZCl2/DMF
(13.5 mL) is added BOBT (0.19 g, 1.2 mmol), DCC (0.268, 1.3 mmalj and N-t-Boc-L-valine (0.27 g, 1.2 mmol). The reaction mixture is allowed to warm to 25°C overnight, then diluted with ethyl acetate/cyclohexane, washed with dilute aqueous sodium bicarbonate, water, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide a gummy solid. This is triturated with CHpCl2 and filtered to remove some of the dicyclohexylurea. The filtrate is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is purified by flash chromatography (3:2 cyclohexane/ethyl acetate) to provide 694 mg (88~j of the title compound. as an ivory solid. The major 3S diastereomer is separated in 69~ yield by recrystallization from etherfCH2C12.
WO 967(12499 ~ ~ (~ C~ °~ ~ ~ PCTILiS95/07241 s Step B
Preparation of the chloroformate of formula:
/ O»CI
CH302C ~~'~(O
To a stirred solution of triphosgene (6.65 g, 22.4 mmol) in CH2C12 (25 mL) under nitrogen is added (R)-(-)-methyl mandelate (5.36 g. 32.3 mmol) followed by the rapid addition of a solution of pyridine (2.66 mL, 32.9 mmol) in CH2C12 (2.5 mL). The reaction mixture is warmed to reflux and pyridinium chloride separated. After 17 hours at room temperature, the reaction mixture is partially concentrated under vacuum, diluted with ethyl acetate, and filtered.
The filtrate is concentrated concentrated under vacuum and the residue is again dissolved in ethyl acetate and filtered. Concentration under vacuum provides 7.25 g of a pale yellow oil composed of approximately a 20:1:1 mixture of chloroformate: carbonate: methyl mandelate. For the chloroformate IR (neat) vmax 1772. 1750 cm-1; 1H NMR (CDClg) d 7.5-7.37 (m, 5 H). 5.98 (s, 1 H), 3.78 (s, 3 H).
Step C
Preparation of [SE.6S-(6R*, 9R*, 135*)]-4,4,-Difluoro-5-hydroxy-9-(1-methylethyl)-3,8,11-trioxo-1,13-diphenyl-6-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]methyl]-12-oxa-2,7.10-triazatetradecan-14-oic Acid, Methyl Ester.
Reaction Scheme D, steps (b) and (c): A flask containing the major diastereomer of (3g,4(S)]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-4-[[2-[[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino-5-[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-N-(phenylmethyl)-L-glycero-pentonamide (403 mg, 0.630 mmol) is submersed in an ice bath and ice-cold trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) (5 mL) is added with stirring. After 30 minutes, the solution is concentrated under vacuum at 25°C
and the residue is carefully partitioned between ethyl acetate and aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate. The R'O 9Gt0:-t99 ~ ~ ~ j ~ ,- PCTIU595I0724I
L ~ ~,.~ d 4y~
-3$-organic layer is separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide 334 mg (98%) of deprotected amine which is immediately suspended in CHZClz (5 mL) at 0°C and treated with NMM (77 uL. 0.70 mmol) and the chloroformate prepared above (160 mg, 0.70 mmol) dissolved in CHZCl2 (1 mL). After stirring for 1.5 hours, the reaction mixture is poured into ethyl acetate/dilute aqueous ammonium chloride.
The organic layer is separated, washed with dilute aqueous 1G sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. Flash chromatography (4:1 CHZCIZ/ethyl acetate) of the residue provides 332 mg (72%) of a single diastereomer o~ the title compound as a white foam: 1H NMR (CDC13) $ 7.44-7.26 (m, 15 H), 7.1.2 (d, 2 H, J=8.4 Hz), 6.89 (d, 2 H, J=8.4 Hz), 6.53 (d, 1 H, J=8.4 Hz), 5.89 (s. 1 H), 5.40 (d, 1 H, J=7.9 Hz), 5.02 (s, 2 H), 4.70 (d, 1 H, J=7.0 Hz), 4.49 (apparent d, 2 H, J=5.8 Hz), 4.3-4.1 (m, 2 H), 3.85 (dd, 1 H, J=7.8, 5.5 Hz), 3.63 (s, 3 H), 3.05-2.87 (m, 2 H), 2.2-2.04 (m, 1 H), 1.90 (s, 1 H), 0.83 (d, 3 H, J=6.7 Hz), 0~71 (d, 3 H, J=6.8 Hz); 1gF NMR (CDC13) d -116.60 (dd, 1 F, J=259, 9 Hz), -118.73 (dd, 1 F, J=259, 15 Hz), Step D
23 _Pr_eparation o~ final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f): The above prepared alcohol is subjected to Swern Oxidation conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously in example I, step G. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (4:1. CHZC12/ethyl acetate) to provide 52% of the final title compound. Precipitation with pentane from an ethyl acetate solution provides 29% of final title compound as a white powder: IR (KBr) vm8x 3399, 3316. 1745, 1699, 1668, 1534, 1513, 1241 cm-1; IH NMR (CDC13) d 5.89, 5.87, and 5.82 (3s in 6.0:1.$:1.0 ratio, 1 H); 5.05 and 5.03 (2s in 1:1.6 ratio, 2 H); 3.69. 3.67, and 3.65 (3s in 2.5:1.0:1.9 ratio, 3 H); 19F NMR (CDCI3) 8 -112.53 (s), -112.60 (s), -116.25 W096102-t99 L ~ ~ ~) ~ ~ ~ PCTlUS95107241 (d, J=256 Hz), -117.00 (d, J=256 Hz), -12D.21 (d, J=256 Hz), -120.78 (d, J=256 Hz), (s: d ratio 4:1); mass spectrum, m/z 770 (M+ + 41), 758 (M+ + 29), 731, 730 (M+ +
1, 100); exact mass calcd for CqpHq2F2N30g 730.2940, found 730.2925; [a]2°D -48.3° (c 1.22, CH30H). Anal. Calcd for CqpHq1F2N30g: C, 65.83; H, 5.66; N, 5.76. Found: C, 65.16;
H, 5.69; N, 5.79.
Example 3 Preparation of a,a-Difluoro-y-([3-methyl-1-oxa-2-[[(1-oxo-traps-3-phenyl-2-propenyl)amino]butyl]amino]-B-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy)-N-(phenvlmethyl)-benzene-pentanamide.
n O
IH
Step A
Preparation of N-(traps-Cinnamoyl)-L-valine To a stirred solution of L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride (1.97 g, 11.8 mural) and NMM (1.10 g, 10.8 mmol) in CH2C12 (15 mL) and DMF (20 mL} is added a solution of 1-traps-cinnamoylimidazole (2.15 g, 10.8 mmol) in CH2C12 (28 mL). After 18 h, additional L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride (0.36 g, 2.1 mmol) is added and the reaction 3D mixture is stirred for 5 h before being diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with CHC13. The organic extract is washed with three portions of water, dried (MgSOq), and concentrated in vacuo. Filtration through a short silica gel column (1/1 ethyl acetateJcyclohexane) provides 2.0 g (71~) of N-(traps-cinnamoyl)-L-valine methyl ester. To a stirred solution of this ester (13.5 mmol) in CH30H (125 mL) and water (5 mL) is added LiOH~H20 (0.59 g. 14 mmol).
After 17 hours an additional amount of LiOH~H20 (0.06 g) is ~y091i102a99 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ °~ P('TIU895f072.~1 added and stirring is continued for 2 hours. The solution is concentrated in vacua and the residue is diluted with water (100 mL) and washed with ether. The aqueous layer is acidified with ice-cold 6 N HC1 and extracted with two portions of ether. The combined extracts are washed with water and dried (MgS04). Concentration in vacua provides 67~ of the title compound as a white solid: mp 63-68°C; IR
(CHC13) v",gx 3008, 2970, 1718, 1670, 1629, 1512, 1196, 667 cm-1; 1H NMR (CDC13) d 9.94 (bs, 1 H), 7.65 (d, 1 H, J=15.6 1D Hz), 7.50-7.46 (m, 2 H), 7.35-7.31 (m, 3 H), 6.56 (d, 1 H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.52 (d, 1 H, J=15.6 Hz), 4.75 (dd, i H, J=8.7, 4.8 Hz), 2.34-2.28 (m, 1 H), 1.02 (d, 3 H, J=6.9 Hz), 0.99 (d, 3 H, J=6.6 Hz); 13C NMR (CDC13) d 175.31, 166.66, 142.42, 134.50, 129.93, 128.79, 127.94, 119.75, 57.47, 31.19, 19.00, 17.78; mass spectrum, mjz 276 (&I* + 29), 248 (M* + 1), 203, 131 (100); exact mass calcd far ClmH1gN03 248.1287, found 248.1290; [a]20p +24.1° {c i.02, CH30H).
Anal. Calad for CIqHI~NOg~O.1H20: C, 67.51; H, 6.96; N, 5.62. Found: C, 67.30; H, 7.10; N, 5.57.
Step B
Preparation of (3~ 4(S)]-2 4 5-Trideoxv-2,2-difluoro-4-[j3-, metal--1-axo-2-{C1-oxo-traps-3-phenyl-2-prapenyl)am'no]butyl]amino)-5-[4-(phenylme'hoxy)phenyl]-N-(phenylmethvl)-L-alycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e): N-{traps-Cinnamoyl)-L-valine prepared above {25 mmol) is dissolved in CH3CN (80mL) and the resulting solution cooled to -10°C. To the stirred solution is added N-methylmorpholine (2.52 g, 24.9 mmol, NMdi), followed by isabutylchloroformate (3.72 g, 27.2 mmol). After 10 minutes, a solution of 4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-5-{4-benzyloxy)phenyl-N-(phenylmethyl) pentanamide (43.7 mmol, prepared in examgle 7., step D and NH1M {4.08 g, 40.3 mmoi) in HZO (20 mL) is added and stirring is continued at -10°C for 20 minutes. The reaction mixture is poured into ice-cold dilute HC1 containing some NaCl and is extracted with two portions of ethyl acetate. The ~ ~ " "lC
WO 9G!02499 ~ ~ ~ '~ 1 ~ ') PCTIUS95/07241 combined extracts are washed with water, aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is recrystallized from ethyl acetate/pentane to provide 61~ of a 2:1 mixture of diastereomers of title - compound as a light tan solid: mp 222-227°C; IR (KBr) vmax 3410, 3287, 1682, 1652, 1620, 1540, 1512, 1243, 1217, 697 c:a 1; 1H NMR (DMSO-db) 8 9.17-9.11 (m, 1 H), 8.05 and 8.01 (2d, 1 H total, J=9.1, 9.1 Hz), 7.85 and 7.71 (2d, 1 H
total, J=9.1, 9.0 Hz), 7.59-7.22 (m, 16 H), 7.12 (d, 2 H, J=8.5 Hz), 6.94-6.85 (m, 3 H), 6.26 (d, 1 H, J=7.6 Hz), 5.04 and 4.96 (2s, 2 H total), 4.42-3.99 (m, 5 H), 2.79-2.63 (m, 2 H), 2.09-1.98 and 1.92-1.85 (2m, 1 H total), 0.86 and 0.74 (2d, 3 H total, J=6.9 Hz), 0.83 and 0.64 (2d, 3 H total, J=6.9 Hz); 19F NMR (DMSO-dg) E -111.11 (dd, J=255, 6 Hz), -112.12 (dd, J=254, 8 Hz), -120.35 (dd, J=254, 19 Hz), -122.04 (dd, J=255, 20 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 698 (M+ + 29j, 670 (M+ + 1, 100), 650, 441, 423. Anal.
Calcd for C39H41F2N30S: C, 69.94; H, 6.17; N, 6.27. Found:
C, 68.59; H, 6.32; N, 5.90.
Step C
Preparation of the final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f): The above prepared alcohol is oxidized under Swern conditions as follows: To a stirred solution of 2 M oxalyl chloride/CH2C12 (2.OmL) at -60°C under nitrogen is added dropwise anhydrous DMSO (0.42 mL, 5.9 mmol). After 10 minutes, a solution o~ the above prepared alcohol (0.50 mmol) in CH2C12 (3 mL) and anhydrous DMSO (1.5 mL) is added. The solution is allowed to stir at -65 to -55°C for 5 hours. It is then warmed to -20°C, followed by addition of 'triethylamine (1.39 mL, 10.0 mmol) over 5 minutes. The reaction mixture is then allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. It is then diluted with ethyl acetate (60 mL) and filtered, washing the solids with ethyl acetate. The filtrate is washed with 0.1 M HC1 (3 x 15 mL), brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, ~~0 9s~oz.vs rc~ra~s~smaai ~°~ ~~~ LJ
filtered and concentrated under vacuum. Flash chromatography (6~ acetone in CHxCl2) followed by recrystallization from ethyl acetate/pentane provides 34~;
of the final title compound as a white solid: mp 187-194°C;
IR (KBr) vm$X 3403r 3285, 1691, 1654, 1623, 1540, 1513, 1454, 1243, 1219, 1178, 697 cm-1; 1H NMR (DMSb-d6) d 9.77-9.68 (m, 1 H), 8.fi7-8.62 (m 1 H), 8.05-8.00 (m, 1 H), 7.56 (d, 2 H, J=7.0 Hz), 7.50-7.21 (m, 14 H), 7.14 (d, 2 H, J=8.5 Hz), 6.91-6.83 (m, 3 H), 5.04-4.95 (m, 3 H), 4.42-1Q 4.33 (m, 3 H), 3.14-3.05 (m, 1 H), 2.74-2.61 (m, 1 H), 2.02-1.76 (m, 1 H), D.84 and 0.81 (2d, 3 H total, J=7.0, 6.9 Hz), 0.64 and 0.59 (2d, 3 H total, J=7.1, 6.9 Hz); 1gF
NMR (DMSO-dg) d -110.26 (d, J=269 Hz), -110.53 (d, J=268 Hz),-112.03 (d, J=269 Hz), -112.04 (d, J=268 Hz)-major 15 diastereomer pair; -105.07 (d, J=265 Hz), -105.08 (d, J=266 Hz), -110.59 (d, J=265 Hz), -110.61 (d, J=266 Hz)-minor diastereomer pair; mass spectrum, mJz 696 (M+ + 29), 668 (M+ + 1), 439, 230, 202, 131, 124, 91 (100); exact mass calcd for C3gH~pF2N305 668.2936, found 668.2953; (a)a0D
2G +7.23° (c 0.622, DMSO-db). Anal. Calcd ~or C3gH~~FZN305: C, 70.15; H, 5.89: N, 6.29. Found: C, 69.63; H, 5.85; N, 6.01.
1V0 96!(12199 ~ j ~~ J ~ rL '~ PCTlUS9i1072.11 Example 4 Preparation of a,a-Difluoro-Y-[[2-[2-hydroxy-1-oxo-4-(phenylbutyl)amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-S-oxo-4-( henylmethoxyl-N-(pheny!methyl)-benzene-pentanamide.
!H~ CF2 'NH
~I ((H
l0 Step A
Preparation of(R)-[[2-[(1,1-Dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-4-phenylbutyryll-L-valine.
_5 (R)-(-)-2-hydroxy-4-phenylbutyric acid is coupled with L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride under standard coupling conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously, such as example 2, step A, to provide (R)-(2-20 hydroxy-4-phenylbutyryl)-L-valine methyl ester as a yellow solid in 89~ yield. Treatment with tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride in a manner analogous to that described previously in example 1 for the preparation of N-(R)-[[[(1,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]phenylacetyl]-L-valine provides the ester of the title compound as a colorless oil in 83~ yield after flash chromatography (9/1 cyclohexane/ethyl acetate). The ester is hydrolyzed with LiOH.H20 in a manner analogous to that described previously in example 1 for the preparation of N-(R)-[[[(l,l-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]phenylacetyl]-L-valine to provide the title compound in 58~ yield as a white solid:
mp 110-113°C; IR (KBr) vmax 3387, 2958, 2932, 2897. 2860, 1719, 1626, 1531, 1251, 1097, 839 cm'1; 1H NMR (CDC13) d 7.24-7.12 (m, 7 H), 4.54 (dd, 1 H, J=8.7, 4.5 Hz), 4.32 (t, 1-H, J=4.8 Hz), 2.76-2.55 (m, 2 H), 2.36-2.25 (m, 1 H), 2.19-2.07 (m, 1 H}, 2.02-1.90 (m, 1 H), 1.00 (d, 3 H, J=7.2 Hz), 0.97 (d, 3 H J=6.9 Hz}, 0.97 (s, 9 H), 0.13 (s, 3 H), 0.10 (s, 3 H); 13C NMR (CDC13) d 175.64, 174.08, 141.69, wa vgrnza~y ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~r.Trus~~ro~2m 128.42, 128.30, 125.77, 72.73, 59.64, 36.98, 30.75, 30.02.
25.67, 19. OS, 17.93, 17.54, -4.79. -5.15; mass spectrum, m/z 394 (M+ + 1), 393 (N+), 378, 336 (100), 289, 117, 91, 73; [a]ZED +13.7° is 1.00, CH30H). Anal. Calcd for Ca1H35N~aSi: C, 64.08; H, 8.96; N, 3.56. Found: C, 63.87;
H, 9.07; N, 3.45.
Step B
P_r_eparation of 3~,4(S R)1-2,4 5-Trideoxy-4-[j2-[[2-[((i,1-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxyl-i-axo-4-_phenyibutyl]amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-5-[4-(phenvlmethoxv)phenvll-N-(phe~ylmethvl)-L-ctlvcero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e): (R)-[j2-[(1,1-Dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]-4-phenylbutyryl]-L-vaiine is coupled with 4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydraxy-5-(4-benzylaxy)phenyl-N-(phenylmethyl)pentanamide prepared in example 1, step D under standard coupling conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously, such as in example 2, step A, to provide the title compound after flash chromatography (6~ acetone in CHZC12) as a tan foam in 61~ yield: mp 62-67°C; 1H NMR (CDC13) d 7.44-7.11 (m, 17 H), "7.04 (d, 2 H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.86 (d, 2 H, J=8.7 Hz), 6.11 (d, 1 H, J=8.i Hz), 5.01 (s, 2 H), 4.71 (dv 1 H, J=6.9 AZ), 23 4.52 (dd, 1 H, J=14.6, 6.5 Hz), 4.35 (dd, 1 H, J=14.4. 5.4 Hz), 4.28 (t, 1 H, J=4.8 Hz), 4.15-3.93 (m, 3 H), 2.91 (d, 2 H, J=7.8 Hz), 2.72 (ddd, 1 H, J=I3.2, 12.0, 4.8 Hz), 2.57 (ddd, 1 H, J=13.5, 12.3, 5.4 Hz), 2.15-1.90 (m, 3 H), 0.98 (S, 9 H), 0.87 (d, 3 H, J=2.4 Hz), 0.85 (d, 3 H, J=2.1 Hz), 3G 0.14 (s, 3 H), 0.10 (s, 3 H); 1gF NMR (CDC13) d -117.17 (dd, J=259, 15 Hz), -118.62 (dd, J=259, 10 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 844 (M+ + 29), 816 (M+ + 1), 758, 469, 441, 423 (100), 91: [a]Z~ti -30.6° (c 0.547, CH3aH). Anal. Calcd far CqgH5gF2NgDg5i: C, 67.70; H, 7.29; N, 5.15. Found: C, 67.32.
35 H, 7.22; N, S.1S.
wo 9s~ozasy ~ ~ '~ ~ i L ~ rcTmsysronm Step C
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', steps (f) and (g): The above prepared alcohol is oxidized under Swern conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously in example 1, step G to provide the protected ketone as a light brown oil in 72$ yield after flash chromatography (6~ acetone in CHgClz). Deprotection of the ketone (217mg) in a manner analogous to that described previously in example 1, step G
provides the title compound after flash chromatography (6, 10, and finally 15$ acetone in CHZC12), 104 mg (58~) as a light yellow glass. Crystallization from CH2C12/ether and three recrystallizations from ethyl acetate/pentane provides 34 mg (19~) of title compound as a white solid: SR
(KBr) v",ax 3394, 3300, 1686, 1651, 1534, 1513, 1498, 1243, 698 cm-1; 1H NMR (DMSO-dfi) d 9.76-9.69 (m, 1 H) 8.70-8.66 (m, 1 H), 7.52-7.11 (m, 19 H), 6.88 and 6.87 (2d, 2 H
total, J=8.7 Hz), 5.73 (t, 1 H, J=5.8 Hz), 5.03 and 5.00 (2s overlapping m, 3H total, J=8.3 Hz), 4.35 (apparent d, 2 H, J=6.1 Hz), 4.26-4.20 (m, 1 H), 3.94-3.87 (m, 1 H), 3.15-3.06 (m, 1 H), 2.73-2.58 (m, 2 H), 1.96-1.6fi (m, 3 H), 0.77 and 0.76 (2d, 3 H total, J=6.7 Hzy, 0.63 and 0.53 (2dr 3 H
total, J=6.8, 6.6 Hz); 19F NMR (DMSO-dg) d -110.35 (d, J=268 Hz), -110.47 (d, J=268 Hz), -112.14 (d, J=268 Hz), -112.20 (d, J=268 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 700 (M+ + 1), 680, 622, 439 (10D), 421, 254, 91.~
WO 9Gf0:~~J9 " (~ ' ) g PCTIUS95IQ72d1 C l '~ ~ ~ ~. .) Example 5 _PreDaration of N-[1-([ 3 3-Difluoro-4-([2-methyl-1-j-{phenvlmethoxy)methyl]-prcpyl]amino]-2,4-dioxo-1-[[4-iohenylmethoxy)phenyl]-methyllbutyllamino]carbonwl]-2-methvlpropwl]-8-oxo-4-morpholinepropanamide.
O~ O
~N NH~ ~ CF H
NH ~ OBn O O ~ O O
Stag A
Preparation of [1 (R) 3~ 4(S)]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-4-L[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)-carbonyl)aminol-2 2-difluoro-N-[2-methyl-1-L(phenylmethoxy)methyl]propel]-5-(4-(phezylmethoxy)phen~l L
L--alycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme A, step (b): To a stirred solution of O-benzyl-D-valinol (5.42 g, 28.0 mmol) in CH2Clz (15 mL) is added a 2 M solution of (CH3)3A1/toluene (14.0 mL, 28.0 mmol) over 20 minutes. During the addition more CHZC12 (10 mL) is added to convert the resulting paste to a thin slurry. As the addition proceeds, a solution again forms with vigorous gas evolution as it warms to reflux. After the addition is complete, the solution is allowed to stir at reflex for IS minutes as gas evolution subsides. The solution is allowed to cool to room temperature and a solution of 4-tart-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenylpentanoic acid, ethyl ester (5.38 g, 11.2 mmol, prepared in example 1) in CHSClz (20 mL) is added over 15 minutes with moderate gas evolution. The resulting solution is heated at reflex overnight. The reaction mixture is cooled to 0°C and carefully quenched with excess methanol. The resulting solution is washed with 1 N HC1. The aqueous layer is extracted with ether.
The combined organic extracts are washed with water, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated WO 9610299 ~ I ,' r~ ~ ~ ~ PCTJUS95/07241 _q7_ under vacuum to provide after flash chromatography (4:1 cyclohexane/ethyl acetate) 5.5 g (78~) of title compound as a beige powder.
Step B
Preparation of [1 (R), 3f~, 4(S)1-4-Amino-2 4 5-trideoxy-2,2-difluoro-N-[2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]propel]-5-(4-(phenvlmethoxy)phenyl]-L-glvcero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme A, step (dj: A solution of the above prepared alcohol (3.6 g, 5.7 mmolj in HC02H (50 mL) is allowed to stir at room temperature for 3 hours. The solution is then concentrated under vacuum at 35°C. The residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate and aqueous sodium bicarbonate is added with vigorous stirring. The layers are separated and the organic layer is washed with water.
The combined aqueous layers are again extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts are dried anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide 3.0 g (99~) of the title compound as an orange oil.
Step C
Preraration of [1 (R), 3E, 4(S)1-2 4,5-Trideoxy-4-([2-[[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutvl]amino]-2,2-difluoro-N-[2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]propel]-S-[4-(phenyl-methoxv)Phenyl]-L-glycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme D, step (a): The above pregared amine is coupled under standard conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously, such as exmaple 2, step A, with N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-valine (1.21 g. 5.61 mmol) to provide, after flash chromatography (9:1 CH2C12/ethyl acetate), 2.3 g (60~) of title compound as a yellow powder.
~i'O9fV02~t99 ~ ~ ~ C~ ~ L ~ PCTlU595/072~17 Step D
PtEDaration of [1 fR3 3~F 4(S)]-A-[I2-Amino-3-methyl-i--_oxobutyl]amino]-2,4 5-trideoxv-2,2-difluoro-N-[2-methyl-1-j_(~tcenylmethoxyDmethyl ]-prooyl ]-5-[ 4- .
(phenylmet~'foxy)p~'teriyll-L-~11yC2r0-pentanamlde.
Reaction Scheme D, step(b): A solution of the above prepared amide (2.0 g, 2.8 mmol) in HCOyH (25 mL} is allowed to stir at room temperature for 6 hours. The solution is concentrated under vacuum at 30°C and the residue is IO dissolved in ethyl acetate. Aqueous sodium biearbonate is added with vigorous stirring. White solids precipitate out which are filtered and found to be the formats salt of the (S)-amino alcohol. The organic layer of the filtrate is separated, washed with water, dried aver anhydrous i5 magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide an amber oil containing some white solids; boor the (R)- and (S)-amino alcohol and the lactam by-product are present. The residue is slurred in CHC13 for 1 hour and the precipitated solids, again the formats salt of the (S)-2D amino alcohol, are collected. The filtrate is concentrated under vacuum and the residue dissolved in CHaClz and additional formats salt of the (S)-amino alcohol is collected. Flash chromatography of the residual oil (5:1 CHyClz/ethyl acetate to remove the lactam, then 9:1 CHZCIz/
27 CH30H) provides a yellow semi-solid which is the (R)-amino alcohol contaminated with 5% of the formats of the (S)-amino alcohol. Yield: 800 mg (43~) of the formats salt of the (S)-amino alcohol and 640 mg (37~) of the (R)-amino alcohol. To a stirred suspension of the formats salt of the a 30 (S)-amino alcohol (800 mg, 1.19 mmol) in ethyl acetate is added 10~ aqueous sodium bicarbonate. After 2 hours at roam temperature, the solids dissolve. The organic layer is separated, washed with water, dried over anhydrous .
magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum 35 to provide 712 mg (95~) of title compound as a white , powder: mp 160-164°C; IR (KBr) umax 3383, 3327. 1676. 1632, 1530, 1514, 1244, 1109 cm-1; 1H NMR (CDC13) d 7.73 (d, 1 H, -WO 46lQ2q99 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ f~ ~ PCT/tiS95J07241 J = 6.9 Hz), 7.43-7.29 (m, 10 H), 7.10 (d, 2 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.90 (d, 2 H, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.78 (d, 1 H, J = 9.0 Hz}, 5.56 (bs, 1 H), 5.04 (s, 2 H), 4.55 (d, 1 H, J = 12.0 Hz), 4.47 (d, 1 H, J = 12.0 Hz), 4.33-4.18 (m, 2 H), 3.92-3.83 (m, 1 H), 3.60 (dd, 1 H, J = 9.6, 3.6 Hz), 3.45 (dd, 1 Hr J = 9.6, 3.6 Hz), 3.16 (d, 1 Hr J = 3.9 Hz), 3.03-3.00 (m, 2 H), 2.18-1.93 (m, 2 H), 1.44 (bs, 2 H), 0.94 (d, 6 H, J
= 6.9 Hz), 0.85 (d, 3 H, J = 6.9 Hz), 0.53 (d, 3 H, J =
6.9 Hz); 19F NMR (CDC13) d -110.67 (dd, J = 259, 5 Hz), -121.74 (dd, J = 258, 18 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 654 (M+ +
29), 626 (M+ + 1), 325, 92, 91 (100), 72. Anal. Calcd for C35Hq5F2N305: C, 67.18; H, 7.25; N, 6.72. Found: C, 67.34;
H, 7.21; N, 6.66.
Step E
Preparation of [1 (R), 3~r 4iS)]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-2,2-difluoro-4-[(3-methyl-2-([3-(4-morpholinyl)-1 3-dioxopropyl]amino]-1-oxobutyl]amino]-N- 2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]propyl]-5-[4-(phenyl-methoxy)phenyl)-L-alycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme D, step (c): The (R)-amino alcohol prepared above (169 mgr 0.270 mmol) is coupled under standard coupling conditions described previously, such as example 2, step A, with 2-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)ethanoic acid (49 mg, 0.28 mmol, compound (B) prepared in example 5a) to provide, after flash chromatography (3~ CH30H/CHC13), 185 mg (88$) of title comgound as a tan powder: mp 87-94°C;
IR (KB,) vmax 3428, 3325, 1651, 1535, 1512, 1454, 1238, 1115 cm 1; 19F NMR (CDC13) d -116.11 (d, J = 259 Hz), -119.49 (dd, J = 259, 15 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 809 (M+ +
29), 781 (M+ + 1) 509, 255, 243, 227, 88 (100).
Step F
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme D, step (d): The above prepared alcohol (177 mg, 0.283 mmol) is oxidized under Swern conditions in a manner analogous to that described in w°a ~~ro:~v9 2 ~ c~ c) ~ ~ ~ PcTros9vo~zar example 1, step G to provide 170 mg (1D0~)af the final title compound after flash chromatography (3~ CH3QH/CHCI3).
Recrystallization from CH2C12/ether provides 49 mg (28$) of final title compound as pale tan powder: mp 119-128°C; IR
(KBr) v,~$X 3306, 1661, 1638, 1539, 1514, 1954, 1238, 1117 cm'1; 1H NMR {CDCI;) d 7.77 and 7.75 and 7.61 and 7.47 (4d, 1 H total, J = 7.1, 7.1, 8.7, 8.9 Hz respectively), 7.43-7.29 {m, 1D H), 7.16-7.03 (m. 3Hj, 6.91-6.72 and 6.38-6.35 (2m, 3 H total), 5.74 and 5.53-5.36 and 5.24-5.17 (bs and 2m, 1 H total) 5.D2 (s, 2 H), 4.56 and 4.48 (2d, 1 H total, J = 12.1 Hz), 4.55 and 4.47 (2d, 1 H total, J = 12.0 Hz), 4.27 and 4.23 and 4.12 (add, 1 H total, J = 8.8, 5.3 and 8.7, 5.7 and 7.3, 5.1 Hz respectively), 3.89-3.80 (m, 1 H), 3.69-3.59 (m, 7 H). 3.52-3.90 {m, 3 Hj, 3.32-3.21 (m. 3 H), 2.94-2.75 (m, 1 H), 2.29-1.87 (m, 2 H), 0.94 and 0.93 and 0.92 and 0.91 and D.89 and 0.88 and 0.84 and 0.81 and 0.80 and 0.76 and 0.59 and 0.55 (12d, 12 H total, J = 6.8 and 7.0 and 7.D and 6.9 and 6.9 and 7.0 and 7.0 and 7.0 and 6.8 and 6.8 and 6.9 and 6.$ Hz respectively); i9F NMR
(CDC1;) d -114.46 (d, J = 274 Hz), -112.74 {sj, -113.47 (or J = 274 Hz), Hydrate: -114.43 (d, J = 253 Hz), -116.47 (d, J = 254 Hz), -120.63 (d, J = 253 Hz), -122.73 {d, J = 253 Hz); mass spectrum, mjz 807(M+ + 29). 779 (M'~ + 1), 401, 361, 243 (100), 227; exact mass calcd for CqzH53FaNqOg 779.3831, found 779.3878.
W09ClU2a99 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/US95J07241 Example 5a Preparation of 4-Morpholine acetic acid trifluoroacetic acid salt (A1 and 2-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)ethanoic acid (B).
O O
-CH2 OHsCF3C02H ~ -~ ~~~-OH
l0 Preparation of 4-Morpholine acetic acid, 1 1-dimethylethyl ester.
To a stirred solution of t-butyl bromoacetate (1.61 mL, 10.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL) is added morpholine (1.74 mL, 20.0 mmol). The suspension is stirred for 1.5 hours and then concentrated under vacuum. The residue is dissolved in methylene chloride (50 mL) with saturated sodium carbonate (50 mL). The layers are separated and the aqueous is extracted methylene chloride (2 x 25 mL). The organic extracts are combined, washed with saturated sodium carbonate (20 mL), brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum.
The residue is triturated with ethyl acetate (15 mL), filtered and the filtrate concentrated under vacuum to provide the title compound (2.01 g) as a colorless oil; TLC
Rf = 0.45 (ethyl acetate, silica gel).
Preparation of final title compound (A) Trifluoroacetic acid (15 mL) is added to the above prepared ester (1.00 g, 4.97 mmol). The solution is stirred for S hours and then concentrated under vacuum to provide a yellow oil. This is triturated with diethyl ether (25 mLj to provide the final title compound (A) (1.06 82~) as an off white solid; mp 118-121°C.
WO 96i(12~199 PCTiU895I072.ti ~'i~ rl~::i -sz-Preparation of 2-(4-Morpho~invlcarbonvl)ethanoic acid, methyi ester.
To a solution of methylmalonyl chloride (10.0 g, 73.2 mmo1) in methylene chloride (200 mL) at 0°C is added rapidly dropwise a solution of morpheline (16.0 g, 0.183 mmol, 16.0 mL) in methylene chloride (50 mL). The reaction is stirred for 4 hours at room temperature. The reaction is then filtered anti the filtrate is diluted with additional methylene chloride (200 mL). This is then washed with 1 N
HC1, saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine. The organic is then concentrated under vacuum to provide a yellow ail, which is purified by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate, silica gel) to provide the title compound (9.7 g, 71~) as a pale yellow oil; Af = 0.28 (ethyl acetate).
Preparation of final title compound (B).
To a solution of the above prepared amide (1.70 g, 9.08 mmol) in methanol (45 mL) is added 1N lithium hydroxide (10 mL, 9.99 mmol). The reaction is stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. The pH is adjusted to 3 with 1N
HCL and the reaction is concentrated under vacuum. The residue is recrystallized from acetonitrile to provide the titie'compound (B) (0.216 g, 14$) as a white solid.
W9 9fif02499 ~ '~ ~ ~ '~ L ~ PC"fIUS95/d724I
Example 6 j1R-(1R*,2S*)]-a, a-Difluoro-Y-[[2-(R)-([(hvdroxy)phenylacetyl]-amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-N-[2-methyl-1-[(phenvlmethoxy)methyl]propel]-6-oxo-4-(~henylmethoxy)-benzenepentanamide.
Bn OH
/ ~ ~OBn w O i w i \
Step A
Preparation of [1 (A), 3~, 4(S)1-2,4,5-Trideoxy-4-[[2-([4-([2-[([[(1,1-dimethyl-ethyl)dimethvlsilyl]oxy]phenvlacetvl]amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-2,2-difluoro-N-[2-methyl-1-((phenylmethoxy)-methyl]propel]-5-[4-fPhenylmethoxy)-phenyl]-L-qlycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e): (1 (R), 3~, 4(S)]-4-Amino-2,4,5-trideoxy-2,2-difluoco-N-[2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]propyl]-5-[4-(phenyl-methoxy)phenyl]-L-glycero-pentonamide (0.87 g, 1.6 mmol) prepared in example 5, step B, is coupled under standard coupling conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously, such as example 2, step A, with (R)-O-tert-butyldimethyl-silylmandelic acid (0.44 g, 1.2 mmol) prepared in example 1 to provide the title compound, after flash chromatography (3:2, then 1:l hexane/ethyl acetate), 0.36 g (35~) as a yellow oil: IR (film) Vmax 3405, 3325, 2959, 2932, 2895, 2876, 2861, 1684, 1657, 1512, 1470, 1454, 1244, 1221, 1179, 1098, 864 cm-1: 1gF NMR (CDC13) b -117.20 (d, J = 258 Hz), -118.99 (s), -120.55 (d, J = 262 Hz); mass spectrum (CI, 70 eV), m/z 874 (M+ + 1), 509, 221 (100):
exact mass calcd for CqgH66FZNgO~Si 874.4638, found 874.4651.
~19~~~~
VVQ 96tt1tq99 PCTfU6951072q 1 Step B
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', steps (f) and (g): The above prepared alcohol{345 mg, 0.39 mmol) is oxidized under Swern conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously in example 1 to provide after flash chromatography (3:2 hexane/ethyl acetate), 154 mg ( 45~) of the ketone as a yellow glass: IR (film) vex 3408, 3298.
2961, 2932, 2861, 1655, 1613, 1514, 1470, 1454, 1246. 1179, 1098, 1072, 839 cm-l; 1gF NMR (CDG13) c8 -112.6$ (5), -117~29 (d, J = ~53Hz), -120.03 (d, J = 253 Hz); mass spectrum (CI, 70 eV), m/z 872 (M+ + 1), 221 (IQOj, 197; exact mass calcd for Cq9H6qFZN307Si 872.4482, found 872.4500.
To a stirred solution of ketone in CHZCla (4 mL) is added TFA/HZO (9:1, 1 mL). The reaction mixture is allowed to stir at room temperature for 7 hours and then ccncentrated under vacuum. The residue is dissolved in CH2C12 and the solution is washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrate under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (1:1 hexane,~ethyl acetate) to provide 85 mg (64~) of the final title compound as a white powder: IR {filmy vmg% 3397, 3314, 2965, 2934, 2874, 1750, 1688, 1663. 1532, 1514, 146$s 1454, 1242, 1179, 1113, 826 cm-1; 19F NMR (CDC13) 8 -112.30 (d, J
= 271 Hz), -113.50 {d, J = 271 H2), -117.54 (dr J = 254 Hz), -119.32 (d, J = 254 Hz); mass spectrum (CI, 70 eV), m/z 788 (M+ + 1), 107 (I00), 91. Anal. Calcd for Cq~Hq9FzN30'~0.6H20: C, 67.19; H, 6.58; N, 5.47. Found: C, 67.11; H, 6.55; N, 5.39.
, W09Gl02J99 ~ ~ ~ PCTJU595/(17241 Example 7 Preparation of N-[1-([[3.3-Difluoro-4-[[2-methyl-1-((phenylmethoxy)-methyl]-propyl]aminol-2 4-dioxo-1-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]- methyl]-butyllamino]carbonyl]-2-methylpropyl]-6-(4-morpholinyl-carbonyl)-3-pyridinecarboxamide.
O ~ nR., O v JH~ CF H
~H ~ OBn O O
Step A
Preparation of 6-(4-Morpholinylcarbonyl)-3-pyridinecarboxylic Acid.
To a stirred 1 M solution of 0-tert-butyl-N,N '-dicyclohexylisourea [see Mathias, L., Synthesis, 570, 1979, far preparation] in CH2C12 (20 mL) at 5°C under nitrogen is added 1.49 g (8.24 mmol) of 2-methyl isocinchomeronate (see Isagawa, K., et al., Nippon Kagaku Zasshi, 88, 553, 1967, for preparation] in portions over 2 minutes' After 15 minutes, the cold water bath is removed. As dicyclohexylurea begins to precipitate, the reaction mixture is again be placed in a cool water bath at 15-20°C. The mixture is diluted with CH2C12 (5 mL) and allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. The mixture is then diluted with CHZC12 (30 mL), filtered, and the blue-green solids are washed with CH2ClZ . The filtrate and washings are diluted with ether and washed with dilute aqueous sodium bicarbonate, water, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide 1.36 g of light blue solids. Flash chromatography (55:45 cyclohexane/ethyl acetate) provides 1.01 g (52~) of the diester below W09Gf02494 r ~,1 y PCTIi1S95J07242 O
l~
CH30 ~J
O
as white crystals. Recrystallization from ether/pentane provides the above diester as matted white needles: mp 111-112°C; TR (KBr) V~ax 3420, 2984, 1711, 1379, 1310, 1290, 1246, 1134, 1126, 746 cm~l; TH NMR (CDC13) $ 9.26 (d, 1 H, J
= 2~1 Hz), $.39 (dd, 1 H, J = 8.1, 2.1 Hz), 8.19 (dd, 1 Hr J = 8.1, 0.7 Hz), 4.04 (s, 3 H), 1.63 (s, 9H); mass spectrum (EI), m/z 238 (M+ + 1), 237 (M+), 182, 179, 164, 57, (100); CI m/z 238 (M+ + 1), 210, 182 (100). Anal. Calcd for C12H15N04: C, 60.75; H, 6,37; N. 5.90. Found: C, 60.80;
H, 6.3I; N, 5.75. A solution of the above diester (935 mg, 3.94 mmol) and morpholine (2.0 mL, 23 mmol) in THF (6 mL) are stirred at reflux under nitrogen for 24 hours.
Additional morpholine (2.0 mL, 23 mmol) is added and heating continued. After 3 more days, the solution is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate and the solution is washed twice with water.
Th,e organic layer is concentrated under vacuum to provide 1.01 g of light yellow solid. Two recrystallizations from etherJpentane, with filtration through filter aid, provide 542 mg (47%) of amide ester below O
O~ I \ O
~N
O
as fine cream-colored crystals: mp 91-93°C; IR (KBr) V,~nx 2984, 2965, 1707, 1634, 1370, 1317, 1287, 1169, 1132, 1117 Cm-1; 1H NMR (CDC13) $ 9.13 (dd, 1 A, J = 2.1, 1.9 Hz), 8.36 (dd, 1 H, J = 8.1, Z.l Hz), 7.75 (dd, 1 H, J = 8.1, 0.9 Hz), 3.83 (s, 4 H), 3.73-3.55 (m, 4 H), 1.62 (s, 9 H);
mass spectrum, mfr 293 (M+ + 1), 292, 123, 86 (100). Anal.
Calcd for ClSHZoN2Oq: C, 61.63; H, 6.90; N, 9.58. Found: C, .wo 9sroza~9 ~ ~ (~ ~ ~ ~ r~ rc~rrus9sro7aai _57_ 61.62; H, 6.91; N, 9.64. HCl gas is bubbled through a solution of the above amide ester (103.5 mg, 0.354 mmol) in CH3N0z (4-5 mL) for 20-25 minutes. After standing for an additional 20 minutes, the solution is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is triturated with acetone to provide the title compound (acid) as a pale yellow solid.
The material is combined with crude acid from a similar experiment (from 502 mg 14) and recrystallized from acetone to provide (335 mg (69~) of title compound as short, thick 1D white needles: mp 181-183°C; IR (KBr) v~,ax 2928, 2872, 1717, 1601, 1285, 1262, 1111 cm 1; 1H NMR (CD;OD) 8 9.26 (d, 1 H, J = 1.1 Hz), 8.78 (dd, 1 H, J = 8.1, 2.0 Hz), 8.0 (d, 1 H, J = 8.1, Hz), 3.80 (s, 4 H), 3.67 (run, 2 H), 3.51 (nm, 2 H); mass spectrum, m/z 277 (M+ + 41), 265 (M+ + 29), 238, 237 (M+ + 1, 1D0). Anal. Calcd for CylHlzNZOa: C, 55.93; H, 5.13; N, 11.86. Found: C, 56.15; H, 5.32; N, 11.46.
Step B
Preparation of [1 (R1, 3~L 4(S)]-2,4 5-Trideoxy-2,2-difluoro-4-((3-methyl-2-[[(6-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)-3-pyridinyljcarbonyl]aminoj-1-oxobutyl]-aminol-N-(2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl)-propylj-5-[4-_(phenylmethoxy)phenyl)-L-alycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme D, step (c): The (S)-amino alcohol (185 mg, 0.296 mmol) prepared in example 5, step D, is cougled with the above prepared acid (77 mg, 0.33 mmol) under standard coupling conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously, such as examgle 2, step A, to provide after flash chromatography (5'k CH30H/CHClg), 227 mg (91~) of the title compound as a white powder: mp 218-220°C;
IR (KBr) v",ax 3287, 1674, 1663, 1636, 1557, 1539. 1514, 1244, 1115 cm 1; 1H NM.R (CDC1; + DMSO-d6) d 9.05 (d, 1 H, J
= 1.8 Hz), 8.29 (dd. 1 H, J = 8.1, 2.1 Hz), 8.03 (d, 1 H, J
= 9.3 Hz) 7.70 (d, 1 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.46 (d, 1 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.37-7.22 (m, 11 H), 7.09 (d, 2 H, J = 8.1 Hz), 6.67 (d, 2 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 5.89-5.85 (m, 1 H), 4.88 (d, 1 H, S
wo 9s~oza99 ~ ~ ~ " ~ .~ j rrrms~~ro7aai J L
-Sa-= ii.7 Hzj, 4.83(d, 1 H, J = i1.7 Hzjr 4.54 (d, 1 H, J =
i2.0 Hz)r 4.47 (d, 1 H, J = 12.0 Hzj, 4.45-4.35 (mr 1. H), 4.31 (t, 1 H, J = 9.0 Hz), 4.24-4.13 (m, 1 H)r 3.92-3.82 (m, 1 H), 3.77 (s. 4 H), 3.64-3.48 (m, 6 H). 3.08-3.02 (m, 1 H), 2.76 (dd, 1 H, J = 14.4, 10.5 Hz), 2.15-1.92 (m, 2 H), 0.94 (d, 6 H. J = 6.9 Hz), 0.88 (d, 6 H, J = 6.6 Hz):
19F NMR (CDC13 + DMSO-dg) & -109.78 (d, J = 256 Hz), -122.05 (dd, J = 256. 19 Hzj: mass spectrum, mJz 872 (M+ + 29), 844 (M+ + 1), 509 (100), 418, 318. 290. 219. Anal. Calcd for CQ6HSSFZN50g: C. 65.47: H. 6.57: N, 8.30. Found: C, 65.07:
H, 6.65: Nr 9.12.
Step C
prev~aration_ of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme D, step id3~ mhe above prepared alcohol (196 mg, 0.232 mmol) is oxidized under under Swern conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously in example 1, to provide 196 mg (1000 of crude final title compound as an orange oil after flash chromatography (3~ CT330H/CHC13). Recrystallization from C32C'_2Jpentane, then CH2C12/ ether, provides 100 mg (Sl~s) of pure final title compound as cream granules: mp 108-135°C:
IR (KBr) vex 3422, 3306, 1638, 1535, 1514, 1.454, 1115 cm-i; ZH NMR (CBC13) d 8.95-8.87 (m, 1 H), 8.16 and 8.i3 and 8.12-8.08 (2dd and m. I H total, J = 2.2, 1.1 Hz), 7.74 and 7.71 <~d 7.68-7.67 (2dd and m, 1 H total, J = 5.8, 0.7 Hzj, 7.43-7.27 (m, 10 H), 7. I4-7.04 and 7.13 and 7.09 and 7.06 (m and 3d, 2 H total, J = 8.5, 8.8, 8.8 Hz respectively), 6.95-6.77 and 6.88 and 6.85 (m and 2d, 4H total, J = 8.7 Hzj, 6.49 and 6.39 and 6.23 (3d, 1 H total, J = 7.2, 6.7, 9.G Az respectively), 5.60-5.56 and 5.46 and 5.33-5.21 (m and bs and m, 1 H total), 5.02 and 4.98 and 4.93 (3s, 2 H
total) 4.57-4.40 (m, 3A), 3.81 (bs, 5 H), 3.67-3.59 (m, 5 H), 3.50-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.27 (m, 1 H)r 2.95-2.76 (mr 1 3~ H), 2.17-1.91 (m, 2 H), 0.96-0.88 and 0.83 and 0.82 and 0.71 and 0.59 (m and 4d, i2 H total, J = 6.8 Hz): 19F NMR
(C~C13) d -111.54 (d, J = 270 Hz), -112.47 (''r J = 269 W0 9(/02x99 PCT/US95/07241 C ~ '~ '~~ ~
Hz), -113.76 (d, J = 270 Hz), -114.62 (d, J = 270 Hz), Hydrate: -114.80 (d, J = 253 Hz), -118.53 (s), -118.68 (s), -122.82 (d, J = 259 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 870 (M+
+ 29), 842 (M* + 1), 197, 194, 91 (100); exact mass calcd for Cq5H5qF2NgOg 842.3940, found 842.3994. Anal. Calcd for Casxs3FZNS08: C, 65.62; H, 6.35; N, 8.32. Found: C, 64.80;
H, 6.46; N, 8.27.
Example 8 Preparation of 7.7-Difluoro-4,I2-bis(1-methylethyl)-6,8 11-trioxo-1-phenyl-9-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyllmethyl]-2-oxa-5,10,13-triazatetradecan-14-oic Acid. 3-Pvridinvlmethvl Ester.
Bn NI ~ O
-' O~NH
~OBn p ~ O O
Step A
Preparation of N-[(3-Pyridinylmethoxy)carbonylj-L-valine.
To a stirred suspension of L-valine methyl ester 27 hydrochloride (2.0 g, 12 mmol) in toluene (15 mL) is added triphosgene (1.78 g, 6 mmol) and DMF (0.15 mL, 2 mmol).
The heterogeneous mixture is allowed to stir at room temperature for 30 minutes. To this mixture is added tributylamine (0.1 mL, 0.4 mmol) dropwise over 2 minutes.
The reaction mixture is heated to reflux for 1 hour.
Analysis by IR spectroscopy shows a strong signal at 2250 cm-1, indicating the presence of isocyanate. The now homogeneous solution is cooled to 0°C and 3-pyridylcarbinal (0.9 mL, 9 mmol) is added dropwise over 10 minutes. A
white precipitate forms during the addition. The reaction mixture is warmed to room temperature and is allowed to stir for 16 hours. Additional 3-pyridylcarbinol (1.8 mL, 11d 9fi1U2~9J ~ ~~ ~ ' y ~ PCTII1S95107241 18 mmal) is added and the cloudy mixture is heated to reflux for 3 hours. The solution is concentrated under vacuum, diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with three portions of water. The solution dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide an oil. Flash chromatography (8:1 CH2C12/C2H50H) of the oil provides 1.46 g {60~) of N-[(3-pyridinylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-valine, methyl ester as a yellow oil: 1H NMR (CDC13) d 8.61 (s, 1 H), 8.56 (d, 1 H, J
= 6.5 Hz), 7.71 (d, 1 H, J = 10.2 Hz), 7.29 (dd, 1 H, J =
8.1, 6.6 Hz), 5.38 {bs, 1 H), 5.13 (s, 2 H), 4.29 {dd, 1 H, J = 8.2. 5.9 Hz), 2.12 {m, I H), 0.92 (d, 3 H, J = 6.3 Hz), 0.88 (d, 3 H, J = 6.3 Hz); (n]Z~p +9.25° (c 0.85, CHC13).
Anal. Calcd for C13H1aNp04: C, 58.65; H, 6.77; N, 10.53.
Found: C, 57.627 H, 7.03; N, 10.47.
Alternatively the N-[(3-pyridinylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-valine, methyl ester can be prepared as follows: L-valine methyl ester (4.25 g, 34 mmol, freshly prepared ~rom the hydrochloride salt by neutralization with 50~ aqueous NaOH) is added to a stirred mixture of 1,1 '-carbonyldiimidazole (4.86 g, 30 mmol) in CH2Clg {30 mL) over 15 minutes. After 15 more minutes, 3-pyridylcarbinol (5.0 mL, S1 mmol) is added dropwise to the homogeneous solution. The resulting solution is heated at 45°C for 3 hours and then allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. The CH2Cla is removed under vacuum, and the residue is dissolved in toluene (70 mL). The solution is heated at 70°C for 6 hours, and then concentrated under vacuum. The residue is dissolved in CHZC12 and the resulting solution is washed three times with water, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrate to provide an oil, which is purified by flash chromatograghy to provide 4.6 g (51~) of the N-[{3-pyzidinylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-valine, methyl ester as a yellow oil.
WO 96102499 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '~ ~ PCTlUS95l07241 To a stirred solution of the N-[(3-pyridinylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-valine, methyl ester (1.4 g, 5.3 mmol) in CH30H (6 mL) is added LiDH~H20 (0.24 g, 5.8 mmol). The heterogeneous mixture is allowed to stir at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture is diluted with water until completely homogeneous, acidified with 0.5 N HC1 (11.6 mL, 5.8 mmol) and concentrated under vacuum to provide a white solid, which is crystallized from 8:1 CHZCIz/CzH50H to the title compound 0.53 g (40%) as a white crystalline solid: mp 242-244°C; 1H NMR (DMSO-dG) d 8.9 (m, 2 H), B.5 (d, 1 H, J = 8 Hz), 8.05 (m, 1 H), 7.7 (d, 1 H, J = 9 Hz), 5.22 (s, 2 H), 3.9 (m, 1 H), 2.05 (m, 1 H), 0.85 (m, 6 H).
Step B
Preparation of [1 (R), 3~, 4(S)]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-2,2-difluoro-4-((3-methyl-1-oxo-2-[[(3-pvridinylmethoxv)carbonyl]amino]butyl]amino]-N-[2-methyl-1-((phenylmethoxy)methyl]propel]-5-(4-iphenyl-methoxy)phenyl)-L-alycero-pentanamide.
The amino alcohol prepared in example 5, step D (0.28 g, 0.53 mmol) is coupled with the above prepared acid (0.19 g, 0.74 mmol) under standard coupling conditions described previously, such as example 2, step A to provide, after crystallization from ethyl acetate, 0.20 g (50~) of title compound as a white powder: mp 187-191°C; IR (KBr) vmax 3426, 3300, 2960, 1698. 1674, 1657, 1541, 1512, 1246, 1177, 1151, 1105, 1028, 698 cnil; 1H NMR (DMSO-dg) d 8.58 (d, 1 H, J = 1.6 Hz), 8.49 (dd, 1 H, J = 4.7, 1.4 Hz), 7.76 (d, 1 H, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.46-7.24 (m, 13 H), 7.13-7.07 (2d, 2 H total, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.88 and 6.81 (2d, 2 H total, J = 8.8, 8.3 Hz), 8.34, 7.97, and 6.18 (3d, i H total), 5.08 and 5.D3 (d and s, 2 H total, J = 5.7 Hz), 4.99 (d, 2 H, J = 2.2 Hz), 4.46 (d, 2 H, J = 3.8 Hz), 4.21 (m, 1 H), 4.06-3.92 (m, 1 H), 3.87-3.73 (m, 2 H), 3.52 (d, 2 H, J = 6.9 Hz), 2.93 (d, 1 H, J = 12.2 Hz), 2.6 (m, 1 H), 1.93-1.75 (m, 2 H), 0.87 (apparent t, 8 H, J = 6.6 Hz), 0.68 (dd, 4 H, J = 6.8, 6.6 ~V09fi;112499 1.", 4_ rt . PCTftiS9il07241 ~~ I:;A~~
Hz); 19F NMR (DMSO-db) d major diastereomer: -108.9 (dd. J
= 251. 7 Ha), -119.8 (dd. J = 245, 19 Hz), minor diastereomer: -111.6 (dd, J = 252, 8 Hz), -117.1 (dd. J
= 250, 18 FIz); mass spectrum, m/z 761 (M+ + 1), 555, 138.
121, 110, 92. Anal. Calcd for Cq2HgoF2Na0~: C, 66.32; H, 6.58: N, 7.37. Found: C. b2.43; H, 6.36; N. 6.79.
Step C
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme D, step (d): In a manner analogous to that described previously in example 1, the above prepared alcohol is oxidized under Swern conditions to provide after flash chromatography (8:1 CH2Clz/CzH50H), 100 mg (505) of final title compound as a white powder: mp 108-111°C; IR
(KBr) vmax 3416, 3308, 2963, 1696, 1660, 1537, 1514, 1246, 1115, 1028 cm'i; ;H NMR (DMSO-d6) d 8.91 (d, 1 H, J = 8.8 Hz). 8.58-8.51 (m, 2 H), 7.75 (d, 1 H, J = 7.7 Hz). 7.45-7.23 (m, i2 H), 7.16 (d. 1 H, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.90(d, Z H, J
= 8.6 Hz), 5.06-4.99 1m. 5 H). 4.45 (d, 2 H. J = 3.1 Hz), 3.92-3.8 (m, 2 H), 3.52 (m, 2 H}, 3.10 (dd, 1 H, J = 14.9.
3.1 Hz), 2.69 (dd, 1 H, J = 14.1, 9.9 Hz}, 1.87 (m, 2 H), 0.84 and 0.78 (2dd, 10 H total. J = 10.8, 7.1 Hz and J =
6.4. 4.8 Hz respectively), 0.60 (dd, 2 H, J = 8.7. 6.9 Hz);
1~C NMR (DMSO-d5) 8 171.2 157.15. 155.8, 149.t7, 148.95, 148.9. 138.3, 137.1, 135.5, 132.6, 130.2, 130.07, 128.8, 128.7, 128.37, 128.1fi, 127.75, 127.67, 127.6, 127.5, 127.44. 127.36. 123.43, 114.5, 71.9, 69.5, 69.45. 69.1, 69.0, 63.16, 59.6, 55.25, 54.76, 54.fi7, 33.8, 33.75, 30.35, 28.8, 28.77. 19.4. 19.33, 18.98, 18.59. 17.86. 29F NMR
(DMSO-dg) d -111.36 (d, J = 272 Hz), -114.36 (d, J = 270 Hz). -112.96 (s). -117.06 (d, J = 255 Hz}, -120.00 (d, J =
250 Hz); mass spectrum. m/z 759 (M+ f 1}, 460, I10, 91.
Anal. Calcd for C42HqgFaNqO~~H20: C, 64.94; H., 6.44; N, 7~22~
Found: C, 64.70; H, 6.36; N, 7.24.
-W096102.t99 ~ ~ r~ ~ ~ ~. ~ PCTIUS95I07241 Example 9 Preparation of 1R-(1R*,2S*)]-a,a-Difluoro-Y-II3-methyl-2-[I4-(4-morpholinylsulfonyl)benzoyl]aminol-1-oxobutyl]aminol-N- 2-methyl-1-j(phenylmethoxy)methyl]propyll-g-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy)-benzenepentanamide.
.,\ OBn ~N
l0 \ ~ \ O
O ~ NH~ CF2 NH
H ~ ~Bn O ~ O O
Step A
Preparation of [1 (R) 3~, 4(S)]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-2 2-difluoro-4-[[3-methyl-2-[[4-(4-marpholinylsulfonyl)benzoyl]amino]-1-oxobutyl]-amino]-N-[2-methvl-1-[(phenvlmethoxy)methyllpropy11-5- 4-(phenyl-methoxy)phenyl]-L-glvcero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme D, step (c): The (S)-amino alcohol prepared in example 5, step D (161 mg, 0.26 mmol) is coupled with the acid (77 mg, 0.28 mmol) of the following structure O~ ~ CO2H
~1NI ~O ~ /
S
a O
(prepared as described by Sycheva, T.P. et al., Shornik Statei Obshchei Khim, Akad. Nauk S S S R , 1, 568-571 (1953)] under standard coupling conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously, such as example 2, step A, to provide after flash chromatography (i:1 ethyl acetate/CA2C12), 140 mg (62~) of the title compound as a white solid. Recrystallization from ethyl acetate/cyclohexane provides the title compound as a white powder: mp 172.5-190.5°C (172.5-174, then 189.5-190.5°C); IR
~~~i~'C
w~o v6iaiagv r. J rcrws~sra~aa~
(K.BL) v~,$x 3420, 3322, 2965, 1643, 1534, 1514, 1171. 1113 cm 1; 1H NN1R (CDC13) d 7.90 (d. 2 H. J = 8.4 Hz), 7.79 (d, 2 H, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.4-7.25 (m, 10 H), 7.0B (d, 2 H, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.78 (d overlapping m, 4 H, J = 8.5 Hz), 6.65 (d, 1 H, J = 8.6 Ha), 4.93 (s, 2 H), 4.53 (d, 1 H, J = 12.0 Hz), 4.47 (d, 1 H, J = 12.0 Hz), 4.45-4.24 (m, 4 H), 3.82 (m, 1 H), 3.73-3.65 (nm, 4 H), 3.62 (dd, 1 H, J = 9.7, 4.1 Hz), 3.46 (dd, 1 H, J = 10.0, 3.9 Hz), 3.1-2.85 (m, 6 H), 2.12 (m, 1 H), 1.98 (m, 1 H), 0.97-0.89 (m, 12 H); i9F NMR
1C (CDC13) d -110.1$ (dd, J = 261, 4 Az), -121.09 (dd, J =
261, 18 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 879 (M+ + 1, 100), 527, 325. 254. Anal. Calcd for CQ6H56F2N40yS: C, 62.85; H, 6.42;
N, 6.37. Found: C, 62.65: H, 6.43; N, 6.26.
Step B
_Preparation of final title comtround.
Reaction Scheme D, step (d): In a manner analogous to that described in example I the above prepared alcohol (133 mg, 0.151 mmol) is oxidized under Swern conditions to 2C provide 82 mg of a mixture of diastereomers of final title ccmpound after flash chromatography {3:2 ethyl acetate/cyclohexane). The mixture partially crystallizes from cyclahexane/ethyl acetate upon evaporation of the solvent. The tacky pale yellow solid is triturated with ether to provide 59 mg (44~) of a single diastereamer of final title compound as a white powder: mp 114-116°C; IR
(KHr) vmax 3426, 2971, 1686, 1663, ISI2, 1171, 1115 cm-1;
1H NMR (CDC13) d 7.92 (d, 2 H, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.81 (d, 2 H, J
= 8.3 Hz), 7.41-7.29 (m, i0 H), 7.06 (d, 2 H, J = 8.6 Hz).
6.85 (d, 2 H, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.78 (d, 2 H, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.29 (d, 1 H, J = 6.7 Hz), 5.26 (m, 1 H), 4.99 (s, 2 H, major peak), 4.55 (d, 1 H, J = 12.0 Hz), 4.48 {d, I H, J = 12.0 Hz), 4.43 (dd, I H, J = 8.4, 6.4 Hz), 3.84 (m, 1 H)r 3.72 (narrow m, 4 H), 3.63 (dd, 1 H, J = 9.8, 3.8 Hz), 3.47 (dd, 1 H, J = 9.7, 3.8 Hz), 3.3.1 (dd, 1 H, J = 14.4, 5.0 Hz), 3.00-2.87 (m, 5 H), 2.14 (m, 1 H), 2.00 (m, 1 H), 0.96 (d, 3 H, J = 6.7 Hz), 0.95 (d, 3 H, J = 6.7 Hz), 0.94 (d, 3 H, W096I02499 w PCT/US95/072d1 ~~~~~~5 J = 6.7 Hz), 0.92 (d, 3 H, J = 6.7 Hz); 19F NMR (CDC13) d -112.45 (d, J = 270 Hz), -113.69 (d, J = 270 Hz),-117.94 (d, J = 255 Hz), -119.29 (d, J = 255 Hz); mass spectrum (CI), m/z 905 (M+ + 29), 877 (M+ + 1), 525, 507, 401, 353 (100), 197. 107. Anal. Calcd for C46H5dF2NaO9S~0.5 H20: C, 62.36;
H, 6.26; N, 6.32. Found: C, 62.24; H, 6.30; N, 6.27.
Example 10 Preparation of [1R-(1R*,2S*)]-a,a-Difluoro-y-[ 3-methyl-2-I[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]amino]-1-oxobutyl]amino]-N-[2-methyl-1-[(phenvlmethoxv)methyl]propel]-&-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy)-benzenepentanamide.
O __ O
JH~ CF NH
~H ~ Bn ~ O O
Step A
Preparation of [1 (R), 3E 4(S)1-2,4 5-Trideoxy-2 2-difluoro-4-[[3-methyl-2- [4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyllamino]-1-oxobutyll-amino]-N- 2-methyl-1-[iphenylmethoxv)methyljpropyl]-5-[4-(phenvl-methoxy)phenyl]-L-ctlycero-pentanamide Reaction Scheme D, step (c): The (R) amino alcohol (171 mg, 0.274 mmol) prepared in example 5, step D is coupled with 4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoic acid (68 mg, 0.29 mmol, prepared in example 10a) under standard coupling conditions, such as example 2, step A, in a manner analogous to that described previously to provide, after flash chromatography (3~ CH30H/CHC13), 217 mg (94~) of the title compound as a yellow powder: IR (KBr) vm8x 3428, 3322, 1636, 1534, 1512, 1456, 1279, 1258, 1244, 1115 cm 1;
19F NMR (CDC13) d -110.19 (d, J = 259 Hz), -117.26 (d, J =
259 Hz), -120.14 (d, J = 259 Hz), -121.40 (dd, J = 259. 20 ~~~°.:)i~~
~'O 9G!(12499 PCT1t1S951072q1 -s6-Hz) + impurities; mass spectrum, m~'z 871 (M* + 29), 843 (M* + 1), 527, 509, 329, 317 (100), 289, 250, 218.
Step B
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme Dr step (d): The above prepared alcohol is oxidized under Swern conditions as follows: To a stirred solution of the above prepared alcohol (215 mg, 0.255 mmol) in anhydrous CH2C12 (3 mL) and anhydrous DMSO
l0 (0.36 mL, 5.1 mmol) at -45°C is added 2 M oxalyl chloride/CH2C12 (1.0 mL) over 5 minutes. The solution is allowed to stir at -40 to -30°C for 2.5 hours. The solution is then cooled to -70°C and diisopropylethylamine (0.67 mL, 3.8 mmol) is added over 5 minutes. The solution is allowed to warm to room temperature, diluted with CHZC12, washed twice with water, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (3$ CH;OH/CHCI3) to provide 210 mg (98~) of final title compound as an amber oil.
Recrystallization from CHZC12/pentane provides 80 mg (37%) of final title compound as an amber powder: mp 87-92°C; IR
(K73r) vx,ax 3306, 1636, 1534, 1514, 1454, 1279, 1258, 1244, 1115 cm-i; 1H NMR (CDC13) b 7.82-7.75 (m, 2 H), 7.48-7.30 (m, 12 H), 7.11-7.04 (m, 2 H), 6.91-6.82 (m, Z H), 6.7$ (d, 1 H, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.68(d, 1 H, J = 8.7 Hz), 6.44 and 6.33 (2dr 1 H, J = 6.9 Hz), 5.31-5.22 (m, 1 H), 5.05-4.94 (m, 2 H), 4.57-4.38 (m, 3 H), 3.88-3.28 (m, 1.2 H), 2.94-2.81 (m, 1 H), 2.16-1.93 (m, 2 H), 0.96-0.58 (m, 12 H); 19F NMR
(CDC13) d -lI1.56 (d, J = 270 Hz), -112.56 (d, J = 270 Hz), -113.63 (d, J = 270 Hz), -114.54 (d, J = 270 Hz), Hydrate:
-113.53 (d, J = 292 Hz), -114.85 (d, J = 252 Hz), -118.71 (d, J = 292 Hz), -122.88 (d, J = 252 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 869 (M* + 29), 841 (M* + 1), 525, 317, 279, 218, 197.
157 (100); exact mass calcd for C4~H55F2Nq08 841.3988, found 841.4043. Anal. Calcd for Cq7HSqHZNqOg: C, 67.13; H, 6.47; N, 6.66. Found: C, 65.80; Hr 6.60; N, 6.69.
W096I(t2-199 ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ P'CTlUS95/072:11 Example 10a Prepara'ion of 4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoic acid.
N-O '~ ~ O-OH
Preparation of 4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoic acid methyl ester.
To a stirred suspension of monomethyl terephthalate (25.0 g, 0.14 mmol) in methylene chloride (500 mL) and dimethylformamide (4 mL) is added dropwise oxalyl chloride (12.1 mL, 0.14 mol} with vigorous gas evolution. After gas evolutions ceases, the reaction is stirred for 45 minutes and then cooled in an ice-water bath. Morpholine (48.4 mL, 0.56 mol) is then added resulting in an exotherm. After the addition is complete the reaction is allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture is then washed with 0.5 N HC1 (2 x 500 mL), half-saturated sodium bicarbonate (2 x 500 mL), water (2 x 500 mL) and brine (300 mL). The reaction is dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide the title compound (33.8 g, 98~) as a white solid; mp 74-76°C.
Preparation of final title compound.
to a stirred solution of the above ester (50.1 g, 0.20 mmol) in methanol (800 mL) is added 1N lithium hydroxide (241 mL, 0.24 mol) followed by water (160 mL). After stirring at room temperature for 7 hours, additional water (100 mL) is added. The reaction is then stirred an additional 24 hours and then concentrated to remove the methanol. The aqueous is extracted with methylene chloride (2 x 100 mL) and diethyl ether (200 mL). The aqueous layer was then cooled in an ice-water bath and acidified to pH 1 with 12 N HCI (ca. 20 mL). Filtration provides crude white solid. The solid material is suspended in methylene chloride (2 L) and heated to reflux. It is then cooled to W09G1(1i499 ~- r 1 ~7r . L ~ PCT7U59i107Z-t1 room temperature, treated with anhgdrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated under vacuum to provide the final title compound (92.2 g, 89~) as a white solid; mp 194-196°C.
~WO 9G!02499 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~. ~ PCTlU59510'72.11 Example 11 Preparation of N-(1-[((3,3-Difluoro-4-[[2-methyl-1-((phenylmethoxy)methyl]-propyl]amino]-2,4-dioxo-1-[[4-jphenylmethoxy)phenyl]-methyl)butyl]amino)carbonyl]-2-methylpropyl)-4-marpholineacetamide.
O
N~NH~ ~OBn '~~0~( ~v ~ o o ~
O
Step A
Preparation of[1 (R), 3E, 4(S)]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-2 2-difluora-4-([3-methyl-2-[[(4-morpholinyl)acetyl]amino]-1-axobutvl)amino]-N-(2-methyl-1-I(phenylmethoxy)methyl]propyll-5-[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl)-L-qlycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme D, step (c): The (R, S)-amino alcohols (201 mg, 0.321 mmol) prepared in example 5, step D are coupled with 4-morpholine acetic acid, trifluoro acid salt (92 mg, 0.35 mmol, compound (A) prepared in example 5a) under standard coupling conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously [with the addition of 1.1 eq. of NMM] to provide after flash chromatography (4~ CHgOH/CHC13), 224 mg (92~) of title compound as a beige powder: mp 110-117°C; IR (KBr) vr,gx 3298, 2963, 1674, 1649, 1545, 1512, 1238, 1115, 698 c:a 1; 19F NMR (CDClg) d major diastereomer-110.56 (dd, J = 260, 5 Hz), -120.79 (dd, J = 260, 18 FIz);
mass spectrum, m/z 781 (M+ + 29), 753 (M* + 1, 100), 752 (M*), 291, 100, 91.
Step B
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme D, step (d): In a manner analogous to that described in example 1 the above prepared alcohol (206 mg, 0.274 mmol) is oxidized under Swern conditions to W09G1~2499 ~ 1 '~ y.j [ ~ fJ PCTlU59.~~1(172d1 _70_ provide 170 mg (83%) of an orange glass after flash chromatography (3% CH30H/CHC13). Recrystallization from CH2Ci2/ether provides 70 mg (34%) of final title compound as sticky amber crystals: mp 48-53°C; IR (CHC13) vmax 2969, 1686, 1512, 1242, 1117, 760, 750, 731 cm-1; 1H NMR (CDClg) d 7.55-7.50 (m, 1 H), 7.43-7.29 (m, 10 H), 7.14-7.07 (m, 2 H), 6.92-6.78 (m, 3 H), 6.52-6.49 and 6.40-6.37 (2m, 1 H
total), 5.33-5.19 (m, 1 H), 5.03 (apparent d, J = 3.6 Hz), 4.55 (d, 1 H, J = 11.9 Ha), 4.48 and 4.47 (2d, 1 H total, J
= 1.1.9 Hz), 3.88-3.80 (m, 1 H), 3.74-3.61 (m, 5 H), 3.50-3.44 (m, 1 H), 3.32-3.25 (m, 1 H), 2.99-2.81 (m, 3 H), 2.49-2.46 (m, 4 H'), 2.14-I.95 (m, 2 H), 1.28-1.24 and 0.95-0.70 and 0.50 (2m and d, 12 H total, J = 6.7 Hz); 19F NMR
(CDC13) d -111.32 (d, J = 273 Hz), -112.96 (s), -114.64 (d, J = 272 Hz); mass spectrum. m/z 779 (M+ t 29), 751 (M+ +
1), 226, 100 (100), 86; exact mass calcd for C~;Hg3FZNq07 751.3882, found 751.3892. Anal. Caicd for CdIH5gF2N407~I.3Hg0: C, 63.60; H, 6.77; N, 7.24. Found: C, 63.64; H, 6.80; N, 6.84.
Example 12 Preparation of N-(1-[([3,3-Difluoro-4-[[2-methyl-1-j(phenYlmethoxy)methyl]-propS~I]amino]-2 4-dioxo-l~(4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]methyl]-butyl]amino]carbonyl]-2-methyl~ropY1]-1H-imidazole-1-acetamide.
n O v /~~ NH CF NH
iv v N Tf H ~ Bn ~HCI
O O O
N
Step A
Preparation of 1H-Imidazole-1-acetic Acid.HCl.
To a stirred solution of imidazole (1.50 g, 22.0 mmol) in CHZClz (25 mLj at 0°C under nitrogen is added drapwise tent-butyl bromoacetate (1.62 mL, 10.0 mmol). The ice bath WO 9G/U2.199 ~ ~ ~ .~7 ~ ~ ~ PCT/U595/07241 is removed and the solution is allowed to stir at room temperature for 22 hours. The solution is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is partitioned between ethyl acetate/ water. The organic layer is washed with water and concentrated under vacuum to provide 1.22 g (678) of tert-butyl IH-imidazole-I-acetate as a white crystalline solid:
mg 110-113°C; 1H NMR (CDC13) d 7.49 (s, 1 H), 6.95 (s, 1 H), 4.59 (sr 2 H), 1.47 (s, 9 H). HC1 gas was bubbled through a solution of the tent-butyl 1H-imidazole-1-acetate IO in CH3NOi (4-5 mL) for 20-25 minutes. After standing far 20 minutes more, the solution is concentrated under vacuum and recrystallized from CH3CN/CH30H to provide the title compound in 70~ yield: mp 206-209°C; 1H NMR (DMSO-dfi) d 9.12(d, 1 H, J = 1.4 Hz), 7.73 (narrow m, 1 H)r 7.68 (d, 1 H, J = 1.4 Hz), 5.15 (s, 2 H). Anal. Calcd for CSH6N20~~HC1: C, 36.94; H, 4.34; N, 17.23. Found: C, 37.21; H, 4.36; N, 17.39.
Step B
Preparation of[1 (Ri, 3~, 4(S)]-2.4 5-Trideoxy-2,2-difluoro-4-((2-[(1H-imidazol-1-ylacetyl)amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-N-[2-methyl-1-((phenylmethoxy)methyl]~ropyl]-5- 4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-L-glycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme D, step (c): To a solution of the (R)-amino alcohol (205 mg, 0.328 mmol) prepared in example 5, step D in anhydrous CHZC12 (4 mL) and anhydrous DMF (7 mL) is added 1H-imidazole-1-acetic acid~HC1(56 mgr 0.34 mmol) prepared above and NMM (35 uL, 0.32 mmol). Not all of the 1H-imidazole-1-acetic acid dissolves. HOBT (53 mg, 0.34 mmol) and EDC (66 mg, 0.34 mmol) are then added and the resulting mixture is allowed to stir overnight at room temperature. The mixture is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate. The organic 3~ layer is washed with water, 10~ aqueous sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide yellow solids which WO961t12q99 ~ .~ t~ ~ ~ l ~ PCTfiIS95107241 -7z-contain two major spots by TLC (10~ CH30H/CHC13). The two compounds are separated by chromatography (the first is eluted with 4~ CH3DH/CHC13, the second with 1:1 CH30H/CFTC13). The less polar material is the formamide of of the starting material while the more polar material is the title compound (110 mg, 459) which is isolated as a white powder: mp I90-193°C: IR (KBr) vmax 3430, 3297, 1678, 1647, 1549. 1512, 1240, 1082 c:a I; 19F NMR (CDC13 + DMSO-d6) d major diastereomer -115.66 (dd, J = 259, 7 Hz), -120.48 (dd, J = 253. 18 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 762(M# f 29), 734 (M' + 1), 91 (100).
Step C
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme D, step (d): In a manner analogous to that described in example 1 the above prepared alcohol (101 mg, 0.138 mmol) is oxidized under Swern conditions tc provide 101 mg (1008) of an orange oil after flash chromatography (2:1 CHC13/CH30H). Recrystallization from CH2C12/pentane provides 50 mg (50~) of final title compound as a beige solid: mp 112-116°C; IR (KBr) vm8x 3428. 3295, 2963, 1647. 1551, 1512, 1240, 1113, 698 cm I; IH NMR (DMSO-d6) ~ 9.00 and 8.93 and 8.66 and 8.64 (4d, 1 H total, J =
9.0, 9Ø 7.2, 7.2 Hz respectively), 8.16 (apparent triplet, l H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.59 (bs, 1 H)r 7.46-7.26 (m, 11 H), 7.15 8nd 7.14 (2d, 1 H total, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.06 (bs, 1 H)r 6.90 and 6.89 (apparent 2d, 3 H, J = 8.7 Hz), 5.05 (s, 2 H), 5.01 (dd. 1 H, J = 7.5. 3.4 Hz), 4.79-4.61 (m, 2 H), 4.50-4.39 (mr 2 H), 4.30-4.20 (m, I H), 3.85-3.76 (m, 1 H), 3.54-3.50 ('m, 2 H), 3.20-3.08 (m, 1 H), 2.72-2.57 (m, 1 H), 2.00-1.72 (m, 2 H), 1.27-1.21 and 0.87-0.69 and 0.61-0.52 (m, 1Z H total); I9F NMR (DMSO-db) 8 -108.87 (d, J = 267 Hz), -109.82 (dr J = 268 Hz), -111.37 (d, J = 268 Hz), -112.32 (d, J = 254 Hz), 112.58 (d, J = 268 Hz), -117.61 (d, J = 254 Hz); mass spectrum, mjz 760 (M+ r 29), 732 (M+ +
l), 712, 180, 91 (100), 69; exact mass calcd for CqOHqeF2N506 732.3573, found 732.3541. Anal. Calcd for CqoHq7F2NS06~2H20:
f:
wo ysroa.syy L~ ~ °~ ._j E ~ J rc°rnrs~sro~zal C, 62.57; H, 6.69; N, 9.I2. FOUnd: C, 62.07; H, 6.49; N, 9.05.
Example 13 Preparation of [1-[[[3,3-Difluoro-2 4-dioxo-1- 4-(phenvlmethoxy)phenyl]-methyl]-4-((2-pyridinylmethyl)aminolbutyl]amino]carbonyl]- 2-methvlpropyl]-carbamic Acid, 3-Pyridinylmethvl Ester.
N'/ ~ o ~O~ H. X CF2 -NH ~N~
~/ ~ ~/ ~ ~~,~/H
O /' O O
Step A
Preparation of [1 (R) 3~]-2.4 5-Trideoxy-4- [(1 1-dimethvlethoxy)carbonyl]-amino]-2 2-difluoro-5- 4-(phenylmethoxy)-phenyll-N-(2-pyridinylmethyl)-L-glycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme A, step (b): To a stirred solution of 4-tart-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenylpentanoic acid, ethyl ester (1.5 g, 3.1 mmol) prepared in example 1 step B, in dry THF (16 mL) is added 2-(aminomethyl)pyridine (0.38 mL, 3.8 mmol). The homogeneous solution is heated at reflux for 4 hours and then allowed to cool to room temperature. A thick white precipitate forms upon cooling which is filtered and washed with ether to provide 0.80 g (48~b) of title compound as a white powder: mp 166-170°C; zH NMR (DMSO-d6) d 9.23 (bs, 1 H), 8.51 (m, 1 H), 7.78 (t, 1 H, J = 7.5 Hz), 7.5-7.25 (m, 8 H), 7.12 (d, 2 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.91 (d, 2 H, J = 8.4 Hzj, 6.69 (d, 1 H, J = 10.4 Hz), 6.19 (d, 1 H, J = 8.9 Hz), 5.08 (s, 2 Hj, 4.58-4.32 (m, 2 H), 4.15-3.91 (m, 1 H), 3.82 (m, 1 H), 2.95 (d, 1 H, J = 10.9 Hz), 1.15 (s, 9 H);
19F NMR (DMSO-dbj d major diastereomer: -103.30 (dd, J =
253, 9 Hz), -117.67 (dd, J = 252, 17 Hz), minor wo vsx~zavv ~ ~ c~ ~ ~ '~ ~ rcTms9~c3~2ai L
diastereomer: -111.37 (dd, J = 254, 8 Hz), -121.27 (dd, J
= 2s6, is Hz).
Step H
Preparation of [3~, 4(S}]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-2,2-difluoro-4-((3-methyl-1-oxo-2-[[(3-pyridinylmethoxy}carbonyl]amino]butyl]amino]-5-(4-jphenylmethoxy)phenyl]-N-(2-pyridinylmethyl}-L-qlycero~
pentanamide.
Reaction Schemes A and A', steps {d) and (e): The above grepared amide (0.2 g, 0.4 mmol) is deprotected in a mannec analogous to that described previously in example 5, step H by treatment with HCOyH. The free amine is then coupled with N-[(3-Pyridinylmethoxy)carbonyl7-L-valine (0.38 g, 1.5 mmol), prepared in example 8, under standard coupling conditions in a manner analoqous to that described previously to provide after recrystallization from ethyl acetate, 0.09 g (40$) of title compound as a white powder:
mp 201-210°C; 1H NMR (DMSO-dg) d 9.48 (bs, 1 H), 8.79 (m, 1 H}, 8.65 (m, 2 H}, 8.02-7.85 (m, 3 H), 7.39-7.65 (m, 9 H), 7.24 (d, 2 Hr J = 8.5 Hz), 6.96 (d, 2 H, J = 8.5 Hz), 6.48 (d, 1 H, J = 10.4 Hz), 5.25 (d, 2 H, J = 3.8 Hz}, 5.14 {s, 2 H), 4.63-4.55 (m, 2 H}, 4.36 (m, 1 H), 4.17 (m, 1 H), 3.91 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.8, 6.0 Hz) 3.14-3.03 (m, 1 H), 2.81-2.55 (m, 1 H), 1.95 (m, 1 H), 0.81 (dd, 6 H, J = 9.1, 7.0 Hz); 1vF NMR (DMSO-ds) & -110.17 (dd, J = 254, 11 Hz), -119.79 (dd, J = 247, 16 Hz).
Step C
Pre oration of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f}: The above prepared alcohol (0.08 g, 0.1 mmol) is oxidized under Swern conditions in an analogous manner to that described previously, such as example l, step G, from Z M oxalyl chlccide/CHZCly (0.6 mL, 1 mmol), DMSO (0.19 mL, 2.6 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.41 mL, 2.4 mmol), 0.04 g (50~) to provide the final title compound as a tan powder: mp 90-wo ~suza99 ~ ~ . ~~ ~ ~ z ~ rcTnrsgsio7za~
95°C; IR (KBr) v",ax 3401, 3306, 1699, 1599, 1437, 1298.
1242, 1178, 1113, 1026 cm l; 1H NMR (CDC13) d 8.63-8.52 (m, 2 H), 8.42 and 8.19, and 8.05 (3m, 2 H total), 7.77-7.62 (m, 2 H), 7.46-7.22 (m, 9 H), 7.18 (t, 1 H, J = 5.5 Hz), 7.05 (d, 2 H, J = 8.2 Hz), 6.89 (d, 2 H, J = 8.2 Hz), 5.35 and 5.22 (2d, 1 H total, J = 8.5 Hz), 5.10 (s, 2 H), 5.05 (s, 2 H), 4.87-4.66 (m, 1 H), 4.60-4.48 (m, 1 H), 3.81 (dd, 1 H, J = 9.2, 6.7 Hz), 3.32 and 3.27 (2d, 1 H total, J =
5.2 and 4.8 Hz), 3.18 and 3.13 (2d, 1 H total, J = 9.2 and 8.4 Hz) 1.91 (m, 1 H), 1.31 (d, 1 H, J = 6.8 Hz), 0.73 and 0.78 and 0.82 (3d, 5 H total, J = 6.8 Hz); 19F NMR (CDC13) d -110.48 (d, J = 276 Hz), -113.38 (s), -113.51 (d, J = 276 Hz), Hydrate: -118.75 (d, J = 254 Hz), -120.75 (d, J = 255 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 674 (M+ + 1), 460, 348, 280, 272, I5 252, 207, 138, 110 (100)r 92.
Example 14 Preparation of [1-[[(3 3-Difluoro-2,4-dioxo-1-[[4-jphenylmethoxy)phenyl]-methyll-4- (3-~'ridinylmethvl)amino]butyl]amino]carbonyl]-2-methvlpropyl]-carbamic Acid 3-PVridinylmethyl Ester N~ ~ O a /
N
~O~NH~ CF2 .NH
~/ ~'I( ~/ ~ ~II(H
O ~ O O
Step A
preparation of [1 (R), 302,4,5-Trideoxv-4-f[(1 1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyll-amino)-2 2-difluoro-5-[4-phenylmethoxy)-phenyl]-N-(3-pyridinvlmethyl)-L-alycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme A, step (b): The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to that described in example 13, step A from 4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-~Wb 9(i1~2.199 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '~ (') PCTtUS9iJQ7241 L
hydroxy-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenylpentanoic acid, ethyl ester (1.5 g, 3.1 mmol) prepared in example i step B, and 3-(aminomethyl)pyridine (0.38 mL, 3.8 mmol). The precipitated solids are washed with ether and are recrystallized from ethyl acetate to provide 0.808 {458) of title compound as a white powder: mp 158-160°C; IH NMR
(CDC13) d 8.55 (bs, 2 H), 7.7 {d, 1 H, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.5-7.2 (mr 8 H), 7.1 (d, Z B, J = 8.4 H2), 6.9 (d, 2 H, J = 8.3 Hz), 5.0 (s, 2 H), 4.9 (d, 1 H, J = 9.8 Az), 4.5 (d, 2 H. J
= 2.6 Bz), 4.1-3.9 (m, 2 H), 3.0-2.8 (m, 2 H), 1.4 (s, 9 H); igF NMR (DMSO-db) d -110.84 {d, J = 272 Ha), -122.56 (dd, J = 273, 21 Hz); mass spectrum, mfz 542 (M~ + 1), 486.
442, 424, 344, 244, 224, 197. 109. 91.
Step B
Preparation of (3~~.4(S)]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-2,2-difluoro-4-[[3-meth -1-oxo-2-([(3-pyridinvlmethoxv)carbonyl]aminolbutvl]amino]-5-(4-(phenyl-methoxy)phenyll-N-(3-pyridinylmethyl)-L-dlycero-peiltanamide.
Reaction Schemes A and A', steps (d) and (e): The above prepared amide (0.Z7 g, 0.49 mmol) is treated with 97~
HCOZH. The reaction mixture became homogeneous within 5 minutes. The solution is allowed to stir at roam temperature foz 3 hours. Zt is then concentrated under vacuum. The yellow oil is then dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed twice with aqueous 1 N sodium bicarbonate, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide the corresponding free amine as a yellow solid (0.18 g, 0.41 mmol). This is dissolved in a 1:1 mixture of CHZC12/ DMF (6 mL). To this stirring solution at room temperature is added BOBT (0.07 g, 0.5 mmol), NMM {0.05 mL, 0.5 mmol), N-[{3-pyridinylmethoxy)carbonyl)-L-valine {0.13 g, 0.52 mmol), prepared in example 8 , and EDC (0.1 g, 0.5 mmol) in that order. After 16 hours, the mixture is diluted with CHZC12 and washed with water. A white precipitate separates, WO 96/02499 > ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/LTS95l07241 _77,-which is filtered, washed several times with ether, and recrystallized from ethyl acetate to provide 0.12 g (458) of title compound as a white powder: mp 195-196°C; 1H NMR
(DMSO-d6) 8 8.7-8.4 (m, 4 H), 7.75 (d, 1 H, J = 10.4 Hz), 7.65 (d, 1 H, J = 11.2 Hz), 7.5-7.3 (m 7 H), 7.15 (d, 2 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.9 (d, 2 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 5.12 (s, 2 H), 5.08 (s, 2 H), 4.5-4.2 (m, 3 H), 4.1-3.9 (m, 2 H), 2.8-2.6 (m, 2 H), 2.0 (m, 1 H), 0.8 (m, 6 H); 19F NMR (DMSO-dg) d -111.2 (d, J = 257 Hz), -122.05 (dd, J = 250, 20 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z b7b (M+ + 1), 567, 424, 150, 138, 110 (100), 92. Anal. Calcd for Cg6Hg9F2NSOs: C, 63.31; H, 5.87; N, 10.25. Found: C, 63.07; H, 5.90; N, 10.23.
Step C
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f): The above prepared alcohol is oxidized under Swern conditions in a manner analogous to example 1 as follows: To a slightly cloudy solution of the above prepared alcohol (0.08 g, 0.12 mmol) in CH2C12 (2 mL) and DMSO (0.21 mL) at -45°C is added 2M
oxalyl chloride/CH2C12 (0.6 mL, 1 mmol) over 5 minutes. The solution is allowed to stir at -35 to -45°C for 2.5 hours and is then cooled to -78°C. Diisopropylethylamine (0.42 mL, 2.4 mmol) is added over 5 minutes. The solution is allowed to warm to room temperature over 1.5 hours, is diluted with CH2C12 and washed with water. The yellow precipitate which forms is filtered and washed three times with ether to provide 0.04 g (50$) of final title compound as a tan powder: mp 103-105°C; IR (KBr) vmBX 3422, 3295, 2965, 1b97, 1649, 1537, 1512, 1244 cm l; 1H NMR (DMSO-db) d 9.19 (bs, 1 H), 8.61-8.43 (m, 4 H), 7.75-7.59 (m, 2 H), 7.45-7.28 (m, 7 H), 7.09 (d, 2 H, J = 8.5 Hz), 6.81 (d, 2 H, J = 8.5 Hz), 5.09-4.98 (m, 4 H), 4.50-4.26 (m, 3 H), 3.90-3.61 (m, 2 H), 3.12 (m, 2 H), 2.55 (m, 1 H), 1.79 (m, 1 H), 1.27 (t, 5 H, J = 8.6 Hz), 0.77 (t, 1 H, J = 6.2 Hz);
19F NMR (DMSO-dfi) 8 minor diastereomer: -111.34 (apparent doublet, J = 184 Hz), major diastereomer: -113.24 (d, J =
r W09fif02499 ~ ~ J ' ~.7 PCTftIS951f172dt _7$_ 254 Hz), -117.56 (d, J = 254 Hz): mass spectrum, mfz 674 (M' + 1}, 565, 460, 252, 207, 143, 138, 110 (100), 92.
Anal. Calcd for C3sH3TF2N5Ds~2HZD~ C, 60~93: H, 5.78: N, 9.87. Found: C, 60.00; H, 6.15; N, 9.56.
Example 15 Preparation of (1-([[3,3-Difluoro-2,4-dioxo-1-I[4-(phenylmethoxv)-phenyl]-methyl]-4-((2-pyridinylmethyl)amino]butyl]-amino]carbonyl]- 2-methvlpropyll-carbamic Acid 2-PVridinylmethyl Ester.
O H~ CF2 .NH "wN~
N ~~I(H
O ~ O O
Step A
Preparation of N-[(2-PVridinylmethoxy}carbonyl]-L-valine Methyl Ester.
In a manner analogous to the preparation of N-[(3-pyridinylmethoxy)carbonyl[-L-valine in example 8, the title compound is prepared from L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride (5.0 g, 30 mmol), triphosgene (4.66 g, 15.7 mmol), and (n-Bu)3N (0.05 mL, 0.4 mmol); however, 2-pyridyl-carbinol (10.0 mL, 100 mmol, 3.3 equivalents) is added dropwise to the intermediate isocyanate. Flash chromatography as in example 8 provides 2.63 g (33g) of 3o title compound as a yellow oil: IR (neat) vmax 3345, 2965, 1726, 1533, 1439, 1314, 1271, 1236. 1213, 11D5 cm-1; rH NMR
(CDC13) d 8.61 (d, 1 H, J = 4.6 Hz), 7.7 (td, 1 H, J = 7.6, 1.8 Hz), 7.38 (d, 1 H, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.27 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.3.
4.6 Hz), 5.45 (d, l H, J = 8.9 Hz), 5.25 (s, 2 H), 4.35 (dd, 1 H, J = 9.2, 4.7 Hz), 3.75 (s, 3 H), 2.24 (m, 1 H), 1.0 (d, 3 H, J = 6.8 Hz), 0.9 d, 3 H. J = 6.8 Hz); 13C NMR
(CDC13) 8 172.4, 156.2, 155.9, 149.4, 136.7, 122.7, 121.6, SVO 9G/0?~t99 ? ~ t~ ~ ~ ' ~ pC'f/US95I07341 _79-67.4. 59.1, 52.1, 31.2, 18.9, I7.5; mass spectrum, m/z 267 (M+ + 1, 100), I36, 110.
Anal. Calcd for C13H1gN204: C, 58.65; H, 6.77; N, 10.53.
Found: C, 58.25; H, 6.86; N, 10.46.
Step B
Preparation of N-[(2-PyridinvlmethoxvJcarbonyll-L-valine.
Hydrolysis of the above ester (2.5 g, 9.4 mmol) with LiOH~H20 (0.79 g, 18.8 mmol) in CH30H in a manner analogous to that described previously in example 8 provides 2.0 g (85Ps) of the title compound as a white solid: IR (KBr) vmax 3366, 3065, 2963, 2936, 1722, 1616. 1602, 1577, 1526, 1433, 1279, 1250, 1219, 1109, 764, 627 cm 1; 1H NMR (DMSO-dG) d 8.58 (d, 1 H, J = 4.7 Hzj, 7.96 (t, 1 H, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.6 (d, 1 H, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.43 (d, 1 H, J = 7.5 Hz), 7.4 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.5, 5.2 Hz), 5.15 (s, 2 H), 3.9 (dd, 1 H, J = 8.5, 5.9 Hz}, 2.1 (m, 1 H), 0.92 (dd, 6 H, J = 6.6, 3.7 Hzj; 1~C
NMR (DMSO-dG) d 173.1, 156.3, 156.2, 148.6, 137.4, 123.0, 121.4, 65.9. 59.6, 29.5, I9.1, 18.0; mass spectrum, m/z 253 (M+ + 1), 237, 209, 136 (100), 109, 92, 65.
Step C
Preparation of [3~, 4(S11-2 4,5-Trideoxy-2,2-difluoro-4-L[3-methyl-1-oxo-2-[[(2-~ridinylmethoxy)carbonyl]amino]butyllamino]-5-[4-(phenyl-methoxvlohenyll-N-(2-pyridinylmethyll-L-qlycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Schemes A and A', steps (d) and (e): The [1 (R), 3~]-2,4,5-trideoxy-4-[[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-amino]-2,2-difluoro-5-[4-(phenylmethoxy)-phenyl]-N-(2-pyridinylmethyl)-L-glycero-pentonamide (0.34 g, 0.63 mmol) grepared in example 13, step A, is deprotected as in example 13, step (d) and coupled with the above prepared acid (0.21 g, 0.82 mmol) under standard coupling conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously to provide 0.14g (30~) of title compound as a white powder: mp 224-225.5°C; IR (KBr) vmax W'O 96102a99 PCTIi?595107241 i ~ ~~.'.
_so_ 3291, 1697, 1680, 1657. 1618, 1599, 1572. 1537, 1512, 1454.
1439, 1398, 1341, 1300, 1244. 700 cm-l; 1H NMR (DMSO-dg) d 9.31 (bs, 1 H), 7.82-7.71 (m, 3H), 7.48-7.Z3 (m, 10 H), 7.10 (d, 2 H, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.82 (d, 2 A, J = 8.6 Hz), 5.05-4.95 (m, 4 H), 4.47 (d, 2 H, J = 5.8 Hz), 4.23 (m, 1 Hy, 4.04 (m, 1 H), 3.79 (t, 1 H, J = 6.0 Hz), 4.40 and 3.69 and 3.14 (3m, 1 H total), 2.94 (d, 1 H, J = 13.0 Hz), 2.63 (dd, 1 H, J = 14.6, 10.8 Ha), 1.83 (m, 1 H), 0.70 (dd, 5 H, J = 9.2, 7.1 Hz), 0.57 and 0.47 (2d, 1 H total, J = 6.9 Hz); 13C NMR (DMSO-d6) d 170.1, 157.4, 156.7. 156.6, 155.7.
148.97, 148.8, 137.2, 136.8, 130.76, 130.21, 128.4, 127.7, 127.5, 122.75, 122.25, 121.0, 120.8, 114.2, 69.0, 66.2, 60.38. 49.9, 44.1, 44Ø 34.0, 30.3, 19.2, 17.95; 19F NMR
(DMSO-ds) d major diastereomer: -110.07 (d, J = 248 Hz), -119.9 ((d. J = 252 Hz), minor diastereomer: -110.03 (dm, J
= 250 Hz). -118.34 (dm, J = 250 Hz), -111.72 (dm, J = 250 Hz), -123.5 (dm, J = 250 Hzy; mass spectrum. m/z 676 (M*
+ 1), 595, 557, 110, 92 (100y.
Step D
Preparation o~ final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f): The above alcohol (0.13 g, 0.19 mmol) is oxidized under Swern condition in a manner analogous to that described previously in example 1 to provide after flash chromatography (8:1 CHgCl2/G~HgOHy 0.04 g (30%) of a 1:1 mixture of the final title compound as a tan powder: mp 140-142°C; IR (KBr) vaax 3304, 1695, 1668, 1537, 1514, 1439, 1296. 1244, 1109, 1042 cca l; 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) d 9.09 and 8.85 and 8.09 (d, m, d, 1 H total), 8.56 (m, 1 H), 8.17 (m, 1 H), 7.78-7.65 (m, 2 H), 7.45-7.15 (m, 10 H), 7.05 (d, 2 H, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.89 (d. 2 H, J = 8.6 Az), 5.56 and 5.43 (2d, I A total, J = 9.2, 9.2 Hz), 5.30-4.95 (m, 5 H), 4.84-4.45 (m, 2 H), 3.85-3.7 (m, 1 H), 3.32-3.27 (2d,1 H, J = 4.9, 4.0 Hz), 3.16-2.80 (2m, 1 H), 1.90-1.70 (m, 1 H), 0:83-0.75 (m, 5 H), 0.56 (d, 1 H, J = 6.8 Hz); 19F
NMR (DMSO-ds) 8 -110.07 (d, J = 275 Hz), -113.25 (agparent d. J = 9 Hzy, -113.45 (d, J = 276 Hz), Hydrate: -118.5 (d, ~ly~f~Y~S
W'O 9Gln:al9 PCTIUS95lD7241 J = 257 Hz), -121.00 (d, J = 253 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 674 (M+ 1), 460, 143, 110, 92.
W09GI02-i99 ~ ~ ~ ~ .~ ~ 5 PCTYUS95f0724!
_82_ Example I6 Preparation of [1-[[[3 3-Difluorc-2 4-dioxo-1-[[4-~phenvlmethoxyi-phenyl]-methyl]-4-C(3-pyridinylmethyl)amino]butyl]-amino]carbonyll- 2-methvlpropvl]-carbamic Acid 2-Pyridinylmethyl Ester.
/ \ o . .~ / \n]
l0 N O H CF2 NH
N
O ~ O O
Step A
Preparation of (3~, 4(S)]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-2,2-di.fluoro-4-Cf3-methyl-1-oxo-2-([(2-yridinylmethoxy)carbonyl]amino]butyl]amino]-5-[4-(phenyl-methoxy)phenyl]-N-(3-pyridinylmethyl)-L-c7lycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Schemes A and A', steps (d) and (e): The [1 (R), 3L]-2,4,5-trideoxy-4-[[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-amino]-2,2-difluoro-5-[4-(phenylmethoxy)-phenyl]-N-(3-gyri.dinylmethyl)-L-glycero-pentonamide (0.357 g, 0.709 mmol) prepared in example 14, step A. is deprotected as in example 14, step (d) and coupled with N-[(2-pyri.dinylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-valine (0.157 g, 0.620 mmol) prepared in example 15, under standard coupling conditions described previously to provide after treating the crude material with hot CH30H, filtering, and concentrating under uacuum, 180 mg (54%) of title compound as a white powder: IR (KBr) v~,ax 3298, 1697, 1680, 1659, 1537, 1512, 1298. 1244, 1103 cm-1: 1R Nt2R (Dt'LSO-ds) 8 9.36-9.32 (m, 1 H), 8.52-8.46 (m, 3 H), 7.82-7.68 (m, 3 H), 7.41-7.26 (m, 7 H), 7.19 (d, 1 H, J = 9.6 Hz), 7.07 (d, 2 g~ J = 8.4 Hz), 6.81 (d, 2 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.Z7 (d, 1 H, J
= 7.2 FIz), 5.12 (d, 1 H, J -- 13.5 Hz), 5.06 (d., 1 H, J =
13.5 Hz), 5.02 (d, 1 H, J = 12.0 Hz), 4.97 (d, 1 H, J =
I l ,.I V L ,J
W 0 9(10299 PCTIUS9510724I
12.0 Hz), 4.44 (dd, 1 H, J = 15.3, 6.0 Hz), 4.35 (dd, 1 H, J = 15.3, 5.7 Hz), 4.24-4.15 (m, 1 H), 4.1I (dd, 1 H, J =
10.5, 5.1 Hz), 4.06-3.95 (m, 1 H), 3.79 (dd, 1 H, J = 9.3, 6.9 Hz), 2.93-2.88 (m, 1 H), 2.60 (dd, 1 H, J = 13.8, 11.1 Hz), 1.82-1.77 (m, 1 H), 0.71 (d, 3H, J = 6.9 Hz), 0.68 (d, 3H, J = 6.9 Hz}; 1~F NMR (DMSO-dfi) 8 -109.87 (dd, J = 252, 8 Hz), -120.07 (dd, J = 253, 17 Hz}; mass spectrum, m/z 704 (M+ + 29), 67b (M+ + 1), 424, 241, 138, 110, 92 (100).
Anal. Calcd for C36H3gF2N506: C, 63.99; H, 5.82; N, 10.36.
1D Found: C, 60.62; H, 5.97; N, 9.83.
Step B
Preoaratioa of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f): In a manner analogous to that described previously in example 1, the above prepared alcohol (152 mg, 0.225 mmo1) is oxidized under Swern conditions to provide after flash chromatography (19:1 CHClg/CH3OH) 104 mg (688} of final title compound which is recrystallized twice from CH2C12/pentane to provide 34 mg (22~) of final title compound as a cream powder: mp 97-102°C; IR (KBr) vmax 3405, 3324, 1699, 1534, 1512, 1437, 1242, 1178, 1113 cm-1; 1H NMR (CDC13) d 8.56-8.51 (m, 3H), 7.71-7.62 (m, 2 H), 7.43-7.19 (m, 10 H), 7.10-7.05 (m, 2 H), 6.91-6.83 (m, 2 H), 6.48-6.37 (m, 1 H}, 5.48-5.10 (m, 3H), 5.02 and 5.00 (2s, 2 H total), 4.61-4.46 (m, 2 H}, 3.90 and 3.87-3.81 (dd and m, 1 H total, J = 8.7, 6.1 Hz), 3.36-3.23 (m, 1 H), 2.91-2.73 (m, 1 H total), 2.07-1.88 (m, 1 H), 0.86 and 0.79 and 0.76 and 0.75 and 0.61 and 0.59 (6d, 6 H total, J = 6.6 Hz); 19F NMR (CDC1;) d -111.65 (d, J
= 277 Hz), -111.73 (d, J = 276 Hz), -113.15 (d, J = 276 Hz), -113.20 (d, J = 277 Hz), Hydrate: -115.64 (d, J = 257 Hz), -116.55 (d, 3 = 256 Hz), -120.42 (d, J = 256 Hz), -121.55 (d, J = 256 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 702 (M+ + 29), 674 (M+ + 1), 138, 110, 92 (100). Anal. Calcd for C36H37F2N506: C, 64.18; H, 5.54; N, 11.87. Found: C, 61.96;
H, 5.80; N, 10.38.
WO 961112.199 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCTIUS95~~172d1 Example 17 Preparation of N-14-(N-{2-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)am~na-2 2-difluora-1 3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-(3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
O
~H ~ °
O~ o O
Step A
Preparation of N-tritvl-D-valinol.
A solution of D-valinol (4.95 g, 48.06 mmal), triethylamine (7.4 mL, 52.87 mmol) and trityl chloride (14.74 g, 52.87 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (75 mL) is stirred for 17 hours at room temperature. The organic solution is washed with water (2 x 75 mL), dried aver anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting oil is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate/petroleum ether, 15/85) to provide the title compound (1.3.5 g, 81~;); (1f=0.45 (ethyl acetate petroleum ether. 15/85).
Step B
Preparation of N-trityl-O-3-pyridvlmethvl-D-valinol.
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, to a suspension of sodium hydride (1.3 g, 30 mmol, 55~ dispersion in oil, previously washed twice with pentane) in dry DMF (3 mL) is added with stirring, a solution of N-trityl-D-valinol (3.45 g, i0 mmol) in DNdF (23 mL). The reaction is stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature and then cooled to 0°C and tetrabutylammonium iodide (0.37 g, 1 mmol) is added. Then 3-picolyl chloride HC1 {1.81 g, 11 mmo1) is added to the reaction in portions over 5 minutes. After addition is WO 96f02~99 ~ ~ ~ ,~ ~ ~ J PCTlUS95/07241 _85-complete, the cooling bath is removed and the mixture allowed to stirr for I7 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture is then cooled with an ice bath and hydrolyzed with water (100 mL). The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL). The organic extracts are washed with water (2 x 50 mL), combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting yellow oil is gurified by flash chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate, 9/1, Rp=0.42) to provide the title compound (3.4 g, 78B) as an oil.
Step C
Preparation of O-3-pyridvlmethyl-D-valinol.
A solution of N-trityl-O-3-pyridylmethyl-D-valinol (3.63 g, 8.3 mmol) in formic acid (30 mL) is kept for 5.5 hours at room temperature. The formic acid is removed under vacuum and the residue is dissolved in water (100 mL). The mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL, 50 mL) to remove the trityl alcohol. The aqueous phase is then made basic with saturated sodium carbonate (50 mL) and 4N sodium hydroxide (3 mL). The aqueous mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x 50 mL). The organic extracts are rinsed with brine (2 x 50 mL), combined, dried over sodium sulfater filtered and concentrated under vacuum to grovide the title compound (1.32 g, 82g) Rg=0.12 (silica gel, dichloromethane/methanol, 8/2).
Step D
Preparation of N-[4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxv)phenyl-pentylj-O-(3-ridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (b); A solution of the ester (1.14 g, 2.38 mmol, prepared in examgle 1, step B) and of O-3-pyridylmethyl-D-valinol (1.32 g, 6.8 mmol, prepared in step C above) in dry tetrahydrofuran (1.5 mL) is heated for 2 days under reflux. After cooling, the reaction mixture WO 9G102~99 P~"1°~S9e/07241 2~~j~1~5 -ax-is diluted with ethyl acetate (5 mL), pentane (10 mL) and the precipitate is collected by.filtration. The filtrate is rinsed with pentane and recrystallized from dichloromethane/methanol/gentane to provide the title compound (0.8 g, 54~) as a white solid, Rg=0.5 (silica gel, ethyl acetate); mass spectrum, m/z 628 (t~+).
Step E
Preparation of N-[4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-~N-(benzyloxy)rshenyl-pentyl]-O-(3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (d); The title compound is obtained in 91~ yield following the deprotection procedure in an analogous manner described in Example 17, step C;
mass spectrums m/z 528 (MH+).
Step F
Preparation of N- 4-(N-(2-pyridvlmethyl~oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2 2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxv)phenyl-pentyll-O-(3-oyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
v~ Reaction Scheme A', step (e); To a solution of N-(2-pyridylmethyloxycarbonyl)-L-valine (0.101 g, 0.4 mmol, prepared in Example 15, step 8), in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) are added under an atmosphere of nitrogen, N-hydroxybenztriaxole hydrate (0.115 g, 0.4 mmolj, 1-ethyl-3(3-dimethyiaminopropyl)carbodiimide (0.085 g, 0.44 mmol) and DMF (1 mL). The reaction mixture is allowed to stir for 30 minutes at room temperature and N-[4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(N-(benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-(3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol (0.211 g, 0.4 mmol, prepared above) in DMF (1 mL) is added. The reaction is allowed to stir for 15 hours, then diluted with ethyl acetate (80 mL) and washed with water (2 x 80 mLj. The aqueous rinses are extracted with ethyl acetate ;80 mLj. The combined organic extracts are dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (2x, silica gel, 1V0 9610299 ~ ~ ~ w~ j ~l ~ PCTlUS951a7241 _87-dichloromethane/ethanol, 95/5, RE=0.15) to provide the title compound (0.170 g, 56%); mass spectrum, m/z 762 (MH+).
Step G
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f); Ta a solution of oxalyl chloride (0.195 mL, 2.23 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (0.5 mL) at -60°C is added slowly under an atmosphere of nitrogen, freshly distilled dimethyl sulfoxide (0.316 mL, 4.46 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.5 mL). After 10 minutes of stirring at -60°C, the temperature is allowed to rise to -15°C. A mixture of a solution of the alcohol prepared above (0.170 g, 0.223 mmol) in dichloromethane (7 mL) and dimethylsulfoxide (0.5 mL) is added to the reaction dropwise. The reaction is then stirred for 1.75 hours at -15°C and then cooled to -78°C. Diisopropylethylamine (0.93 mL, 6.69 mmol) is added and the reaction is stirred an additional 10 minutes. The reaction is then allowed to warm to room temperature and is diluted with dichloromethane (25 mL). The reaction mixture is washed with water (2 x 25 mL). The aqueous washes are extracted with dichloromethane (25 mL). The combined organic extracts are dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate, Rf=0.17) followed by recrystallization from dichloromethane/pentane to provide the title compound (0.12D g, 71%); mass spectrum, m/z 76D (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) d 9.12-8.96 (m, 1H), 8.66-8.55 (m, 2H), 7.96-7.85 (m, 1H), 7.85-7.75 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.35 (m, 7H), 7.30-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.08-6.83 (m, 2H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 5.17-5.05 (m, 3H), 4.65-4.53 (m, 2H), 4.07-3.87 (2m, 2H), 3.72-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.14 and 2.86-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.09-1.83 (m, 2H), 1.27-0.67 (m, 12H); 19F NMR
(DMSO-db, T=60°C) & (CgF6) 52.94 (d, J=269 Hz), 52.30 (d, J=270 Hz), 51.25 (d, J=270 Hz), 50.35 (d, J=269 Hz).
Anal. Calcd for CqlH~7N507F2, 0.25 HZO: C,.64.43; H, 6.26; N, 9.16;
1V0 9E/(12-199 PC'T/US9SI07241 J ~ ~?~ j I L_ -$8-Found C, 64.24; H, 6.25; 2d, 9.01.
Example 18 Dreparation N-(4-(N-{3-pyridvlmethyl}oxvcarbonyl-L-valylDamino-2 2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl.-oentyl)-O-(3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
N
Step A
Dreparation of N-I4-tN-~3-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2 2-difluoro-3-hvdroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyi-pentyl)-0-(3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e): The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the coupling procedure described in Example 17, Step Fr utilizing the amine prepared in Example 17, Step E, and the acid prepared in Example 8, Step A. The title compound is obtained in 84~k yield, Rg=0.43 (silica gel, dichloromethanejethanol, 95j5)~
mass spectrum, m,~z 762 (MH+).
Anal. Calcd for C4lHqgNg0~F2~0.5 H20: C, 63.88; H, 6.54: N.
9.08;
Found C, 63.87: Hr 6.47; N, 9.06.
3G Step B
Preparation of Finai Title Compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the Swern Oxidati.an described in Example 17, Reaction Scheme A', step (f), utilizing the above alcohol. The title compound is obtained in 50~ yield, Rf=G.1 (silica gel, ethyl acetate):
1H NMR (DMSO-d5) 8 9.04-8.90 (m, 1H), 8.71-8.50 (m, 3H), 7.90-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.60-6.85 (m, 12H), 5.27-5.02 (m, 5H), r y WO 96!02.199 j .~ ; L J PCT1U595107241 _89_ 4.50-4.66 (m, 2H), 3.85-4.07 (m, 2H}, 3.72-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.12 and 2.85-2.65 (m, 2H); 2.05-1.8 (m, 2H), 1.20-0.59 (m, 12H); 19F NMR (DMSO-dg) d (CgFg) 52.93 (d, J=268 Hz), 52.15 (d, J=269 Hz), 50.92 (d, J=269 Hz), 49.68 (d, J=268 Hz); hydrates, 49.31 (d, J=254 Hz), 48.31 (d, J=254 Hz), 46.22 (d, J=254 Hz), 44.68 (d, J=254 Hz).
Anal. Calcd for Cq1H47N507F2, H20: C, 63.31; H, 6.35; N, 9.00;
Found C, 62.56; H, 6.26; N, 8.66.
Example 19 Preparation of N-(4-(N-{3-pyridylmethyl}oxyearbanvl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-dilluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyll-O-methyl -D-valinol.
S \ a N
O H~ CF2 NH
H ~ CH3 O ~ O O
Step A
Preparation of N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-D-valinol.
A solution of D-valinol (5.1 g, 49.4 mmol) and di-tert-butyldicarbonate (10.9 g, 50 mmol), in methanol (60 mL) is stirred for 17 hours at room temperature. The reaction is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetateJpetroleum ether, 3/7, R~=0.37) to provide the title compound in quantitative yield (10.07 g) as a colorless oil; mass spectrum, m/z 204 (MH+).
1V0 961i12.i99 PCTfUS951072~tt Step B
Preparation of N-tert-Butoxycarbonyl-O-methyl-D-valinol.
To a solution of N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-D-valinol (5.075 g, 25 mmol) and methyl iodide (27.5 mL of a 1M solution in tetrahydrofuran, 27.5 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (45 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen at 0°C, is added with stirring, potassium-tert-butoxide (3.086 g, 27.5 mmol) in 3 portions. The reaction mixture is kept at room temperature for 5.5 hours, then hydrolyzed with a saturated solution of sodium chloride and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 300 mL). The organic extracts are washed with brine (2 x 300 mL), combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate/petroleum ether, 1/9, Rf=0.25) to provide the title compound (2.93 g, 54%) as an oil.
Step C
Preparation of O-methyl-D-valinol.
A solution of N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-O-methyl-D-valinol 12~93 g. 13.5 mmol) in dry ether saturated with hydrogen chloride (11 mL) is stirred at room temperature for 3.5 hours. The reaction is then concentrated under vacuum.
Pentane (50 mL) is added to the residue, followed by addition of diethylamine (7 mL). The mixture is then stirred for 10 minutes and the solid is removed by filtration. The filtrate is concentrated under vacuum(150 bars) at room temperature to provide the title compound (1.30 g, 82%) as a colorless oil.
Step D
Preparation of N-[4-tert-butoxvcarbonvlamina-2.2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-axo-5-(4-benzyloxy)Phenyl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinal.
Reaction Scheme A, step (b); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure of Example i7. Step D, from the ester of Example 1, step B and the WO96102.199 ~ ~ ~ '~) ~ ~ ~ PCT/US95/07241 above pzepared O-methyl-D-valinol followed by flash chromatography (78$ yield); Rf=0.19 (minor) and 0.09 (major) (silica gel, ethyl acetate/petroleum ether, 35/65);
mass spectrum, m/z 551 (MH+), 568 (MNHq+).
Step E
Preparation of N-[4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hvdroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyi]-O-methyl-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (d); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the deprotection procedure of Example 17, step C, from N-[4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-butyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinol prepared above (quantitative yield); mass sgectrum, mJz 451 (MH+).
Step F
Preparation of N-[4-(N-{3-pyridvlmethvl}oxycarbonvl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyioxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the coupling method described in Example 17, step F, from N-[4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzylaxy)phenyl-pentyl)-O-methyl-D-valinol prepared above and the acid prepared in Example 8, Step A. Purification by crystallization (ethyl acetate plus 108 ethanol/gentane) provides the title compound in 58~ yield; mass spectrum, m/z 685 (MH+).
Steg G
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f); The final title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the Swern Oxidation described in Example 17, step G from N-[4-(N-{3-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)ghenyl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinol prepared above (15~ yield, Rf=0.1, silica gel, wo mraa.~vv L ~ r~, ~~ ~ , rrrrL~svseo~aa~
,.:,~J
dichloromethane/ethyl acetate, 4/6): 1H NMR (DMSO-d~) 5 9. a7-8.93 (m, 1H), 8.87-8.50 (m, 2H), 8.40-8.31 (m, 1H), 7.94-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.60-6.59 (several m, I1H), 5.29-5.01 (m, 5H), 4.10-3.78 (m, 2H',), 3.58-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.25 (several s, 3H), 3.30-3.08 and 2.85-2.63 (m, 2H), 2.11-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.04-D.48 (m, 12H); 19F N~iR {DMSO-dg) d (CsF~) 53.27 (d, J=267 Hzj, 52.60 (d, J=269 H2), 51.32 {d, J=269 Hz), 49.76 (d, J=267 Hz), 49.89 (d, J=254 Hz}, 48.61 (d, J=254 Hz}, 46.49 {d, J=254 Hz), 44,73 {J=2S4 Hz); mass spectrum, mfz 683 (MH+).
Anal. Calcd for C36HqqNqO~F2, HyO: C, 61.70; H, 6.62; N, 7.99:
FOUnd Cv 62. D7: H, 6.46: N, 7.84.
IS Example 20 Preparation of N-{4-(N-~3-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2 2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzylaxv}phenvl-pentyll-O-(2-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
za j o ', N
O' f!H~-~ tF2~NH
'..' N H O
O ~ O O N
2~ i Step A
Preparation of N-tritvl-O-2-pyridylmethyi-D-valinol.
The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in Example 17. step B from the alcohol of Example 17, step A and 2-picolyl chloride HC1, in 81% yield, Rp=0.52 (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate, 9f1).
Step B
Preparation of O-2-pyridylmethyl-D-valinol.
The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in Example 17. step C from N-R'O 9~f02-199 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 'j ~ PCT/IiS95107241 _93_ trityl-O-2-pyridylmethyl-D-valinol prepared above, in 80~
yield.
Step C
Preparation of N-[4-tent-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyll-O-(2-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (b); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in Example 17, Step D, from the ester of Example 1, step B
and O-2-pyridylmethyl-D-valinol, prepared above, in 63$
yield, Rp=0.65 (silica gel, ethyl acetate).
Step D
Preparation of N-[4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5 (4-benzylaxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-(2-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (d); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the deprotection procedure described in Example 17, step C from N-[4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-(2-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol, prepared above, in 91i: yield which is used directly in the next step; mass spectrum, m/z 628 (MH+).
Step E
Preparation of N-(4-(N-~3-oyridylmethvl)oxvcarbonvl-L-valvl)amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-(2-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in Example 17, step F from the amine prepared above and the acid prepared is Example 8, Step A, in 53~ yield, Rg=0.14 (major) and 0.08 (minor) (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethanol, 95/5); mass spectrum, m/z 762 (MR+).
~'1'~~1~'i wo y6rtozav~ rcw;irsvsra7zaa Step F
Preparation of final title camnound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f); The final title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the Swern Oxidation procedure described in Example 17, step G from the above prepared alcohol, in 72~ yield, Rp=0.09 (silica gel, ethyl acetate); 1H NMR (CDC13) d 8.65-8.53 (m, 1H), 7.79-7.64 (m, 2H)r 7.53-6.80 (several m, I4H), 6.60-6.10 (several m, 2H), 5.57-5.33 (m, 1H), 5.30-5.30 (m, 3H), 4.99 (s, 2H), 4.68-4.56 (m, 2H,), 4.03-3.85 (m, 2H), 3.85-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.24 and 2.97-2.75 (m, 2H), 2,13-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.05-0.57 (m, 12H); xsF NMR (CDC13) d (C6Fg) 50.26 (d, J=271 Hz), 49.97 (d, J=263 Hz), 49.18 (d, J=261 Hz)r 48.60 (d, J=271 Hz), 45.17 (d, J=252 H2), 45.10 (dr J=251 H2), 41.77 (d, J=252 Hz), 40.91 (d, J=251 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 760 (MH+).
Anal. Calcd for CalH~7N50aF2~ C, 64.81; H, 6.23; N, 9.22;
Found C, 62.91; H, 6.16; N, 8.66.
WO96If12~99 PCTIUS95/072a1 Example 21 Preparation of N-[4-(N-{2-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(9-{3-ovrzdvlmethvl}oxv)phenyl-oentyl)-O-(3-pyridylmethy1~-D-valinol.
O ~ /N
l0 O /
N~ 0 NH CF2 NH
H ~ O
is o ~ a o Step A
Preparation of 4-tern-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3 hydroxv-5-(4-hydroxy)phenvl pentanoic acid, ethyl ester.
20 Reaction Scheme A, step (c1); A solution of 4-tert butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-5-[(4 benzyloxy)phenyl)pentanoic acid, ethyl ester (0.719 g, 1.5 mmol) in ethanol (50 mL) is kept for 7.5 hours under an atmosphere of hydrogen in the presence of 10% palladium on 25 charcoal (0.079 g). The hydrogen atmosphere is then exchanged with a nitrogen atmosphere, the suspension is filtered and the filtrate is concentrated under vacuum to provide the title compound (O.SOOg, 83%), Rp=0.51 (silica gel, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 1/1).
Step B
Preparation of N-[4-tert-butoxvcarbonvlamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-hydroxy)phenyl-pentyl)-O-(3-pyridylmethvl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (b); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in Example 19, step D, from the above prepared ester and 14'O JbIG2a94 ~ f ~ ~ ~ ~ PCTfUS9ii07241 the amine prepared in Example 17, step C, in 82% yield, Rp=0.46 (silica gel, ethyl acetate).
Step C
Preparation of N-[4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difli.ioro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5- 4-hydroxy)pheayl-pentyl]-O-f3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (c2); A mixture of N-(4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-hydroxy)phenyl-pentyl)-O-(3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol (0.376 g, 0.7 mmol, prepared above), 3-picolyl chloride HC1 (0.161 g, 0.98 mmol), cesium carbonate (0.775 q, 2.38 mmol) and potassium iodide (0.016 g, 0.098 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (7 mi) is stirred for 66 hours under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction mixture is diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and washed with water (2 x SO mL). The aqueous rinses are extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL).
The combined organic extracts are dried over anhydrous sodium sulfa e, filtered and concentrated under vacuum.
The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate/methanol, 95/5, Rf=0.25) to provide the title compound (0.245 g, 56%): mass spectrum m,~z 629 (MH+).
Step D
Preparation of N-[4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-j4-{3-pvridvZmethvl}oxv)phenyl-pentvl]-O-(3-p~rrzdvlmethvl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (d); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the deprotection procedure described in Example 17, steg C from N-[4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydraxy-1-oxo-5-(4-hydroxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-(3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol prepared above, in 84% yield; mass spectrum m/z 529 (MH+).
~~ dc~~~~
WO 96tti2.199 PCTN595l072a1 Steer E
Preparation of N-[4-_{2-pYridylmethyl}axycarbanyl-L-v_alyl)amino-2 2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-(3-~ idylmethyl?oxy)phenyl-pentyl)-O-(3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e): The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the coupling procedure described in Example 17, step F, from the above prepared amine and the acid prepared in Example 15, step B, in 568 yield, Rf=0.20 (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethanol, 95/5):
mass spectrum m/z 763 (MH*).
Step F
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step {f); The final title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the Swern Oxidation procedure described in Example 17, step G from the above prepared alcohol, in 708 yield, Rg=0.19 (silica gel, ethyl acetate/acetone, 1/1); mass spectrum m/z 761 (MH+): 1H NMR
{DMSO-dg) d 9.11-8.97 (m, 1H), 8.80-8.50 (m, SH), 8.50-8.30 (m, 1H), 8.13-7.70 (m, 4H), 7.69-6.60 (m, 8H), 5.40-5.00 (m, SH), 4.71-4.49 (m, 2H), 4.10-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.80-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.51-3.30 and 2.86-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.12-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.17-0.47 (m, 12H); 19F NMR (DMSO-dg) d (CgFg) 52.91 (d, J=268 Hz), 52.11 (d, J=269 Az), 50.86 (d, J=269 Hz), 50.42 (d, J=268 Hz), 49.34 (d, J=254 Hz), 48.39 (d, J=254 Hz), 46.17 (d, J=254 Hz), 44.63 (d, J=254 Hz).
Anal. Calcd for CapHqgN607FZ: C, 63.15: H, 6.09; N, 11.05:
Found C, 62.26: H, 6.24; N, 10.76.
W09Gi02.t99 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~"j PCTlLtS951072d1 Examol_e 22 Preaaration of N-(4-iN-~2-pyridy~methyl}oxycarbonyl-L-v_alyl)amino-2 2-di~luoro-1 3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxv)phenvl-pentvll-O-(2-pyridvlmethvl)-D-valinol.
n O
O~NH
O /
O ~ O O
Step A
Pr_epa _ration of N-[4-{2-pvridvlmethyl}oxycarbonvl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-(2-pyridvlmethyl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A', step {e); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the coupling procedure described in Example 17, step F from the amine prepared in Example 20, Reaction Scheme A, step {d) and the acid prepared in Example 15, step B, in 57~ yield, Rf=0.17 (major) and 0.12 (minor) (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethanol, 95/5); mass spectrum mjz 762 (MH+)~
Step B
Preparation o~ ~inal title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step {f); The final title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the Swern Oxidation procedure described in Example 17, step G from the above prepared alcohol, in 80% yield, Rf=0.22 (silica gel, ethyl acetate); mass spectrum m/z 760 (N1H+); 1H NMR (CDC1;] 6 8.63-8.48 {m, 2H), 7.77-7.60 {m, 2H), 7.55-6.80 (several m, 13H), 6.49-6.02 (several m, 2H), 5.55-5.30 (m, 1H), 5.30-4.95 (several m, SH), 4.72-4.52 (m, 2H), 4.05-3.82 (m, 2H), 3.82-3.35 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.23 and 2.97-2.77 (m, ZH), 2.13-1.83 (m, 2H), 1.05-0.54 (m, 12H); 19F NMR (CDC13) d {CSFG) 50.18 (d, J=271 Hz), 49.87 (d, J=277 Hz), 49.02 (d, J=271 WO 96102499 ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCTlU595/07241 _99_ Hz), 48.41 (d, J=271 Hz), 44.97 (d, J=252 Hzj, 44.78 (d, J=252 Hz), 41.85 (d, J=252 Hzj, 41.12 (d, J=252 Hz).
Anal. Calcd for CQIH47N507FZr HzO; C, 63.31; H, 6.35: N, 9.00;
Found C, 63.37; H, 6.19; N, 8.85.
Example 23 Preparation of N-[4-(N-{2-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinol.
n O /
, ~O~NH~ CF H
~H ~ OCH3 O ~ O O
Step A
Preparation of N-[4-{2-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e); The title compound is grepared in a manner analogous to the coupling procedure described in Example 17, step F from the amine prepared in Example 19, Reaction Scheme A, step (d) and the acid prepared in Example 15, step B, in 558 yield, RE=0.23 (silica gel, ethyl acetate); mass spectrum m/z 685 (MH+j.
Anal. Calcd for CgSHqgNqOTFZ, 0.5 HZO; C, 62.32; H, 6.83; N, 8.08;
Found C, 62.36; H, 6.64; N, 7.91.
Step B
Preparation of the final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f);The final title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the Swern Oxidation procedure described in Example 17, step G from the above prepared alcohol, in 44~ yield, Rp=0.3 (silica gel, W096Iti2a99 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCTfUS95!(i724t dichloromethane~'ethyl acetate, 3/7); mass spectrum mjz 683 (MHO'); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) & 9.10-8.92 (m, 1H), 8.67-8.51 (m, 2H), 7.95-7.87 (m, 1H), 7.64-6.82 (several m. 11H), 5.30-5.03 (m, SH), 4.10-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.78(m, 1H), 3.60-3.37 (m,2H), 3.35-3.25 (several s, 3Hj, 3.32-3.10 and 2.87-2.68 (m, 2H), 2.14-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.10-0.60 (m, 12H); 19F
NMR (DMSO-db) & (C6F6) 52.80 (d, J=267 Hz), 52.21 (d, J=269 Hzj, 50.93 (d, J=269 Hz), 52.21 (d, Ja269 Hz), 50.93 (d, J=269 Ha), 49.36 (d, J=267 Hz).
Anal. Calcd for C36H4aNq07FZ, 0.5 HyO; C, 62.51; H, 6.56; N, 8.10;
Found C, 62.65; H, 6.50; N, 7.93.
Example 24 Preparation of N-{4-(N-{2-pyridylmethyi}oxycarbonyl-L-walyl)amino-2 2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-f4-benzyloxyjphenyl-p_ent~~1]-O-benzyl-D-valinol.
n O~NH
SOB n O ~ i w Step A
Preparation of N-[4-(N-{2-pvri.dylmeth~l~ oxvearbanyl-L-valyl)amino-2 2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-3C '?benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-benzyl-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the coupling procedure described in Example 17, step F from the amine prepared in Example 5, step B and the acid prepared in Example 15, step B in 52~; yield, Rg=0.28 (silica gel, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 3/7).
Step B
Preparation of the final title compound.
21~~1~5 WO 9d102.t99 PCT/U595107241 Reaction Scheme A', step (f); The final title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the Swern Oxidation procedure described in Example 17, step G from the above prepared alcohol, in 62~ yield, Rf=0.07 (Alumina neutral Act III, tetrahydrofuran/dichloromethane/water, 20/10/0.2), Rf=0.27 (silica gel, ethyl acetate/petroleum ether,7/3);
mass spectrum m/z 759 (MH+); 1H NMR (CDC13) d 8.73-8.51 (m,lH), 7.79-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.42-6.45 (several m, 18H), 5.7D-5.10 (m, 4H), 5.06-4.93 (m, 2H), 4.58-4.40 (m, 2H), 4.05-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.58 and 3.55-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.20 and 3.00-2. HD (m, 2H), 2.13-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.1D-0.50 (m, 12H); 19F NMR (CDC13) d (C6F6) 50.67 (d, J=273 Hz), 49.5D (broad s), 48.35 (d, J=273 Hz), 47.24 (d, J=255 Hz), 45.70 (d, J=255 Hz), 42.01 (d, J=255 Hz) 40.00 (d, J=255 Hz).
Anal. Calcd for Cg2HqgNq07F2, 0.5 H20: C, 65.70; H, 6.43; N.
7.30;
Found C, 65.69; H, 6.25; N, 7.19.
Example 25 Preparation of N-t4-(N-(3-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenvl-pentyl]-O-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-1-ethyll-D-valinol.
a ~/
N
O~NH~ CF2 ,NH ~O~
O ~ O O
Step A
Preparation of N-trityl-0-(2-(2-methoxvethoxv)-1-ethvll-D-valinol.
The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the alkylation procedure described in Example 17, step B
from the compound prepared in Example 17, step A and 2-(2-W0 96~(12~99 r/ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '~ PCTIU$J5/0'241 methoxyethoxy)ethyl-1-bromide in 8b~ yield, Rg=0.74 (silica gel, acetone/petroleum ether, 2/8).
Step B
_Preparaticn of O-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-1-ethvll-D-valinol.
. A solution of N-trityl-O-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-1-ethyl]-D-valinol (1.0 g, 2.28 mmol, grepared above) in dry ether saturated with hydrogen chloride (20 mL) is kept for 2.5 hours at room temperature. The reaction is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gear dichloromethane first to elute the trityl alcohol and then dichloromethane/diethylamine.
95/5. Rg=0.20) to provide the title compound (0.46 g, 1000 as a colorless oil.
Step C
Preparation of N- 4-tert-butoxyearbonylamino-2 2-difluoro-3 hydrpxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyT-pentyl]-O-[2-i2-m_ethoxyethoxy)-1-ethyl]-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (b); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in Example 39. step D from the ester of Example 1, step B
and O-[2-(f-methoxyethoxy)-1-ethyl]-D-valinol, prepared above, in 518 yield, Rg=0.37 (silica gel, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 3/7).
Step D
Preparation of N-[4-amino-2 2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-1-e_thyl]-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (d); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the deprotection procedure described in Example 17, step C from N-[4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-1-ethyl]-D-valinol, prepared above. in 97~ yield which is used directly in the next step; mass spectrum m/z 539 (M,H+).
2~ y~1 ~~
1y'0 9GJ(12.i99 PCT/ITS95107241 Step E
Preparation of N-[4-(N-(3-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-L2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-1-ethyl]-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the coupling procedure described in Example 17, step F from the amine prepared above and the acid prepared in Example 8, step A, in 52~
yield, Rf=0.18 (silica gel, ethyl acetate); mass spectrum m/z 773 (MH+).
Step F
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f); The final title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the Swern Oxidation procedure described in Example 17, step G from the above prepared alcohol, in 76~ yield, Rg=0.09 (silica gel, ethyl acetate); mass spectrum mjz 771 (MH'~); 1H NMR (DMSO-ds) d 9.05-8.88 (m, 1H), 8.77-8.55 (m, 2H), 8.40-8.27 (m, 1H), 7.94-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.76-6.55 (several m. 11H), 5.31-4.97 (m, 5H), 4.10-3.79 (m, ZH), 3.76-3.37 (m. 10H), 3.32 (s, 3H), 3.29-3.11 and 2.89-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.09-1.79 (m. 2H), 1.i1-0.44 (m, 12H); 19F NMR (DMSO-d6) d (C6F6) 52.97 (d, J=267 Hzj, 52.12 (d, J=269 Hz), 50.88 (d, J=269 Hz), 49.45 (d, J=254 Hz), 45.35 (d, J=267 Hz), 48.17 (d, J=254 Hz), 46.17 (d, J=254 Hz), 44.31 (d, J=254 Hz).
Anal. Calcd for CqpHSZNaOSF2: C, 62.32; H, 6.80; N, 7.27;
Found C, 61.78; H, 6.77; N, 7.12.
~1~~~~5 wo v6rozavv rrrarsvsrD~2a~
Example 26 Pr~arationof N-[4-(N-{3-pyridvlmethyl}oxycarbonyl.-L.-, valyl)amino-2,2-diflucro-1,3-diaxo-5-(4-{2-N-morpholyl]ethyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-0-methyl-D-valinol.
V
l ~ ~ \lV.~~
O
to aH Lr2 rah ~ O O
Step A
preparation of N-(4-tent-butoxycarbonylamino-2,.2-difluoro-~droxy-1-oxo-5-(4-hydroxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (b); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in Example 17, Step D, from the ester of Example 21, step A
and the amine prepared in Example I9, step C, in 838 yield, Rg=0.15 (silica gel, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 6/4);
mass spectrum m/z 46I (l~fF3+) .
Step B
Preparation of N-[4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-(2-N-morpholvl~ethyloxy)phenvl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (cy); A mixture of N-[4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluarc-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-hydroxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinol (1.117 g, 2.43 mmol, prepared above), N-(2-chloroethyl)morpholine HC1 (0.633 g, 3.40 mmol), cesium carbonate (2.69 g, 8.26 mmol) and potassium iodide (0.056 g, 0.34 moral) in dry DMF (20 mL) is stirred for 149 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture is then diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and washed with brine (2 x 1D0 mL). The aqueous washes are extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The combined organic extracts are dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, W09G/02449 ~ ~ ~ ) ~ '~' ~ PCT/US95107241 filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate, Rp=O.i8) to provide the title compound (0.993 g, 71~;).
Step C
Preparation of N-[4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5--(2-N-morpholyl}ethyloxylphenvl-pentvl]-O-methyl-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (d); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the deprotection procedure described in Example 17, step C from N-[4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-{2-N-i5 morpholyl}ethyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinol, prepared above, in 858 yield which is used directly in the next step.
Step D
Preparation of N-[4-(N-{3-pvridvlmethvl}oxvcarbonvl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxv-1-oxo-5-(4-{2-N
morpholyl}ethylaxy)phenyl-pentyll-O-methyl-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in Example 17, Step F from the amine prepared above and the acid prepared in Example 8, step A, in 80$ yield, Rg=0.19 (silica gel, ethyl acetate/methanol, 9/1); mass spectrum m/z 708 (MH+).
Step E
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f); A mixture of the above prepared alcohol (0.280 g, 0.396 mmol), 1,1,1-triacetoxy-1,1-dihydra-1,2-benziodoxol-3(lAy-one (0.672 g, 1.583 mmol, Dess-Martin periodinane) and tert-butanol (0.075 mL, 0.792 mmol) in freshly distilled dichloromethane (10 mL, distilled over Py05) is stirred for 15 minutes at room temperature. The reaction mixture is then hydrolyzed with -, W'0 9l>102 f39 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PC'ItUSJ5li172d1 isoprapanol (1.2 mL) and concentrated under vacuus~. The residue is suspended in dichioromethane (3 mL), filtered through a Flurapore filter which is rinsed with dichloromethane (2 x I mL). The filtrate is concentrated under vacuum and the residue purified by flash chromotagraghy (2x, silica gel, dichloramethane%methanal, 99J1 to remove the by-products of the Dess-Martin Reagent, then 98/2 and 96/4 to elute the title compound) to provide the title compound (0.112 g, 28~), Rf=0.11 (dichloromethane/methanol, 95/5); mass spectrum m/z 706 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 8 8.99-8.70 (m, 1H), 8.64-8.43 (m, 3H), 7.82-7.73 (m, 1H), 7.47-6.70 (several m, 6H), 5.16-4.92 (m, 3H), 4.08-3.95 (broad s, 2H)r 3.95-3.71 (m, 1H}, 3.71-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.48 (broad s, 4H), 3.43-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.22-3.18 (2s, 3H}, 3.24-3.03 and 2.77-2.56 (m, 2H), 2.54-2.34 (m, 4A), 2.02-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.10-0.50 (m, 12H);
1gF NMR (DMSO-d5) d (CSFg) 52.87 (d, J=267 Hz}, 52.22 (d, J=269 Hz), 50.91 (d, J=269 Hz), 49.38 (d, J=267 Hz).
Anal. CalCd ~ar CgSHqgN50gF2~0.5 H20; Cr 58.81; H, 7.05; N, 9.80;
Found C, 58.61; H, 6.88; N, 9.93.
2~~~1~5 W O 9G!(12499 PCTNS95l07241 In a further embodiment the present invention provides a method of treating a patient afflicted with a viral infection comprising the administration thereto of an effective antiviral amount of a compound of formula (I).
. The term "viral infection" as used herein refers to an abnormal state or condition characterized by viral transformation of cells, viral replication and proliferation. Viral infections for which treatment with a compound of formula (I) will be particularly useful include retroviruses such as but not limited to HTLV-I, HTLV-II, HTLV-III (HIV virus), murine leukemia virus, feline leukemia virus, cytomegalovirus(CMV), avian sarcoma virus and the like. In addition treatment with a compound of formula (I) would be useful in treating a wide range of states of, HIV infection: AIDS, AAC (AIDS related complex), both symptomatic and asymptomatic, and actual or potential exposure to HIV. For example, the compounds of this invention are useful in preventing infection by HIV after suspected past exposure to HIV by, e.g., blood transfusion, accidental needle stick, or exposure to patient blood during surgery.
An "effective antiviral amount" of a compound of formula (I) refers to an amount which is effective, upon single or multiple dose administration to the patient, in controlling the growth of the virus or in prolonging the survivability of the patient beyond that expected in the absence of such treatment. As used herein "controlling a viral infection" refers to slowing, interrupting, arresting or stopping the viral transformation of cells or the replication and proliferation of the virus and does not necessarily indicate a total elimination of the virus.
The present invention further provides a method of inhibiting HIV protease in a patient in need thereof 2~'~~1~~
Vf0 96~'(t2~99 PCT/II595f071:11 comprising administering to said patient an effective inhibitory amount of a compound of formula (T).
It is understood that patients suffering from a retrovirus, such as HTLV-III are in need of an HIV protease inhibitor such as a compound of formula (I).
As used herein, the term "gatient" refers to a warm-blaoded animal, such as a mammal, which is afflicted with a particular viral infection. It is understood that humans, mice and rats are included within the scope of the term "patient".
Administration of a compound of formula (I) to a patient results in inhibition of HIV protease in the patient. Thus, by treatment of a patient with a compound of formula (I) retroviruses, such as HTLV-III, are inhibited or suppressed.
A patient is in need of treatment with an agent which inhibits HIV protease, such as a compound of formula (i), where the patient is suffering from certain viral infections for which HiV protease is implicated as a.
contributing factor in the progression of the disease.
Based on standard clinical and laboratory tests and procedures, an attending diagnostician, as a person skilled in the art, can readily identify those patients who are in need of trea ment with an agent which inhibits HIV
protease, such as a compound of formula (I).
An "effective inhibitory amount" of a compound of formula (I) is that amount which is effective, upon single or multiple does administration to a patient, in providing an inhibition of HIV protease.
21'~~' ~5 WO 961t12~99 PCTIUS951U7241 -i09-As used herein the term "effective amount" refers to an effective antiviral or inhibitory amount of a compound of formula (I). An effective amount can be readily determined by the attending diagnostician. as one skilled in the arty by the use of known techniques and by observing results obtained under analogous circumstances. In determining the effective amount or dose, a number of factors are considerec by the attending diagnostician, including, but not limited to: the species of mammal; its size, age, and general health; the specific viral infection involved; the degree of or involvement or the severity of the viral infection; the response of the individual patient; the particular compound administered; the mode of administration; the bioavailability characteristics of the preparation administered; the dose regimen selected; the use of concomitant medication; and other relevant circumstances.
An effective amount of a compound of formula (I) is expected to vary from about 0.1 milligram per kilogram of body weight per day (mg/kg/day) to about 100 mg/kg/day.
Preferred amounts are expected to vary from about 0.5 to about 10 mg/kg/day.
In effecting treatment of a patient afflicted with a viral infection, a compound of formula (I) can be administered in any form or mode which makes the compound bioavailable in effective amounts, including oral and parenteral routes. For example, compounds of formula (I) 3Q can be administered orally, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, intravenously, transdermally, intranasally, rectally, and the like. Oral administration is generally preferred. One skilled in the art of preparing formulations can readily select the proper form and mode of administration depending upon the particular characteristics of the compound selected, the viral wo ~croza9y rcr~trs~sro~zai infection to be treated, the stage of the infection, and other relevant circumstances.
The compounds of formula (I) can be administered alone .
S or in the form of a pharmaceutical composition in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable caeeiers or excipients, the proportion and nature of which are determined by the solubility and chemical properties of the compound selected, the chosen route of administration, and standard pharmaceutical practice. The compounds of the invention, while effective themselves, may be formulated and administered in the form of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts for purposes of stability, convenience of crystallization, increased solubility and the like.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides compositions comprising a compound of formula (I) in adatixture or otherwise in association with one or more inert carriers. These compositions are useful, for example, as assay standards, as convenient means of making bulk shipments, oz as pharmaceutical co-~positions. An assayable amount of a compound of formula (I) is an amount which is readily measurable by standard assay procedures and techniques as are well known and appreciated by those skilled in the art. Assayable amounts of a compound of formula (I) will generally vary from about 0.001% to about 75% of the composition by weight. Inert carriers can be any material which does not degrade or otherwise covalently react with a compound of formula (I). Examples of suitable inert carriers are water; aqueous buffers, such as those which are generally useful in high Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) analysis; organic solvents, such as acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, hexane and the like; and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
More particularly, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a WO 96102x99 ~ ~ ~ ,J ~ 4 .~ PCTlUS9g107241 therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) in admixture or otherwise in association with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
The pharmaceutical compositions are prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art. The carrier or excipient may be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material which can serve as a vehicle or medium for the active ingredient. Suitable carriers or excipients are well known in the art. The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for oral or parenteral use and may be administered to the patient in the form of tablets, capsules, suppositories, '-5 solution, suspensions, or the like.
The compounds of the present invention may be administered orally, for example, with an inert diluent or with an edible carrier. They may be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the compounds may be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, chewing gums and the like.
These preparations should contain'at least 4% of the compound of the invention, the active ingredient, but may be varied depending upon the particular form and may conveniently be between 4$ to about 70~ of the weight of the unit. The amount of the compound present in compositions is such that a suitable dosage will be obtained. Preferred compositions and preparations according to the present invention are prepared so that an oral dosage unit form contains between 5.0-300 milligrams of a compound of the invention.
The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like may also contain one or more of the following C "' WO 96/02199 ~ ~ ~ .J ~ cr. ~ PCT/IS995/072d1 adjuvants: binders such as microcryscalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; excigients such as starch or lactose, disintegrating agents such as alginic acid, Primogel, corn starch and the like; lubricants such as , magnesium stearate or sterotex; glidants such as colloidal silicon dioxide; and sweetening agents such.
as sucrose or saccharin may be added or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methg~l saiicylate or ozange flavoring. When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it may contain, in addition to materials of the above type, a liquid carrier such as polyethylene glycol or a fatty oil. Other dosage unit forms may contain other various materials which modify the physical form of the dosage unit, for example, as coatings. Thus, tablets I5 or pills may be coated with sugar, shellac, or other enteric coating agents. A syrup may contain, in addition to the present compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings and flavors. Materials used in preparing these various compositions should be pharmaceutically pure and non-toxic in the amounts used.
For the purpose of parenteral therapeutic administration, the compounds of the present invention may be incorporated into a solution or suspension.
These preparations should contain at least 0.1~ of a compound of the invention, but may be varied to be between 0.1 and about 50% of the weight thereof. The amount of the inventive compound present in such compositions is such that a suitable dosage will be obtained. Preferred compositions and preparations according to the present invention are prepared so that a parenterai dosage unit contains between 5.0 to 100 milligrams of the compound of the invention.
The solutions or suspensions may also include the one or more of the following adjuvants: sterile diluents such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol cr methyl paraben;
antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite;
chelating agents such as ethylene diaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
The present invention is also directed to combinations of the HIV protease-inhibitory compounds with one or more agents useful in the treatment of AIDS, such as, for example, with known antiviral agents suitable for treating HIV 1 and HIV 2 viral infections, e.g., AZT, with or without a PNPase inhibitor, or in conjunctive therapy with DDI and a PNPase inhibitor.
W0 9GI0~499 ~ 9 ~ ~ ~ "~ ~ FC'I'fLTS4,~s107Z~11 oL
The compounds of this invention may be assayed fc-their HIV-protease inhibition using the following published techniques.
Preparatian of Retroviral Enzyme and Assay for Inhibition of the Prctease A) Preparation of Retroviral Enzyme IO To prepare the recombinant protease, the HIV protease is expressed via E. Coli by the published work of C. Guenet, et ai., in European Sournal of Pharmacology.
Molecular Pharmacology Section, i72 (1989) 443-451.
B) Assay for inhibition of Recombinant Viral Protease Inhibition of the reaction of the protease with a peptide substrate [Ser-Gln-Asn-Tyr-Pro-Ile-Val-NH2, Km = 1 mM] are in 50 mM Na acetate, 10~ glycerol, 5~
ethyleneglycol, pH 5.5, at 37°C for 1 hour. Various concentrations of inhibitor in 10 ~1 DMSO are added to 80 u1 of assay soiutian and the reaction is initiated by the addition of 10 u1 (1.& pp) of recombinant protease. The reaction is quenched with I6 y~l of 4 M
perchloric acid. Products of the reaction are separated by HPLC (VYDAC wide pore 5 cm C-18 reverse phase, acetonit-ile gradient, 0.1~ trifluoroacetic acid). The extent of inhibi=ion of the reaction is determined from the peak heights of the products. HPLC of the products, independently synthesized, provide quantitation standards and confirmation of the product composition.
By following the techniques referenced above, as well as by utilization of other known techniques, as well as by comparison with compounds known to be useful for treatment of the above-mentioned disease states, it is believed that adequate material is available to enable one of ordinary skill in the art to practice the invention.
WO 9G!02499 ~ ~ ~ ~ 1 L ~ PCT/US95/07241 As is true for most classes of compounds found to be useful in the pharmceutical industry, certain subgeneric groups and certain specific compounds are more preferred such as those exemplified and shown in the following charts.
R'O 9b;02.199 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCTIUS95l(172d1 _ 116 -~- x x O r~~, 1pz c~
O
O
O
O
h h x k O O
h h O O
a y :u J, h C7 N
s 1! L r1 '-t N N h h .i 6 E
ri .-~ .0C .0C
h h C4 .d .~ O O
a s. E 6 RWr Z 2 f ~ I
N h M >, t >, I ?, N ~~ N N N N N
" y.. C .r C ,.r C
I N 1 N 1 !U 1 N
c S~ c ,D sr 13 a p a n, ~ a O O O O
, CL On i1 O O O O
N N N m .,~ ...1 h .'~ h h x x x x .~ .-a ,-a h h a, h r t ~ t v w h ~, ~, h ro ro ro ro .., .., .., -., y, s, a s, h a, ~, a, a, a. a fl.
I 1 t W n N M N M N
WO 96t02~99 ~ ~ ~, °~ ~ L PCTIUS95I07241 m v Qz O z m x ~ o n n 3~
ri r1 e1 r1 s .c Y L y~
N N N N
r1 r1 r~
ri r1 ri Pe O O O ~.-I
N
w. a sa ø, O O O ~.-I
I J, I >, 1 ~, 1 J, N N N N N N N N
~. C ~ G ,.u G '... C
aT ~ ~ S7 cr .O c S7 ri '-i O O O
GI
Y~ is I O O O
L ~ m O
'.1 --f .,~
% X
O O
O
r1 r1 t t ~r y y N N
ro ro ro .., .~, .., a a a o I
m m m >
m N
~~'~r~!~
W0 9GI~2.~99 FGT/Il595/072d1 - ~~s -~>
y Z ~Z
a a a x a 7, x x ,ir o 0 y a ~ >. >.
_ s L
ri N L 1.f 7, C G1 N
N .-i CJ 1=
W O .G
L
A A
a x ro ro O O -a .a E .-t s~ s.
I A A A
N , t1, ~,-1 C I r1 t ri 1 5, UW "~ 7, n'~ A
N N .Q N V N
.r C .-. C
I d 1 I d 1 N
C p r1 r3 r1 A A ~ Ti w a A w O O L O
S~ ~ S~
a o 1 0 N t1! t~ Gi a -a A A A A
x x x x .-a .-~
A A A A
.G t L L
1J 1) .t~ J.J
v N N C1 ~ ~
/1~'' ,~ r N
-i 1 A A A A
ro ro ro a .a .a -a .a V W' iv tt ?, >s >, A
a o, c~ w 1 I I t o f~'7 N N N N N
W4 96I11:~99 ~ ~ ~ Pt.'T/US95107241 2 ~ ~ ..a o ~_ 5 r z O z a a a r a ..c a, -I.-I ~, >. .-r O ?~ ~ N ~ N Q ,?~
.-~,C N r1 C .-1 a .C N
Pd f1 C 5r G7 ?v f17 ~
:a v 'O 9 ~J ~ C!
O d .-I .-, .N t. O
E s. >, N a, E
2 x ~ O
~ O 2 x -, o I ,~ 1 a ~- a 1 r1 f~7 3, M ?i I ri N 7r ~ .C .C N
S.' ~ L ..~ J.~ ~--~ .G
t t~ I N I v 1 1.i a' y ~' E c E c v ~i r-1 .~ 'i 0 o O
N
O
O a O O
U1 t!7 N N
.a _,~ .H ...i Q ~ O ~ O
04 ~ o aT-- o ~ o C~~ C~ ~~ C~
° ° Q
N
W09bIf12S99 ~ ~ ~ ~ ', ~ PCT.iiIS9SJ072aI
O s O
u1 O p w .....
r.1 r-1 r! r1 h fi '-f ~ ti '13 r-1'i T-1 O Yi ...Wr .-i 9, O >, W CL G N C 9! C 17, G' 4 N p, <y CL N ~ 1L
o ~ ..i .c? .., a o a a a o. E
2 % 2 x Z x Z %
-- O - O -~ O ~ O
I r1 I r1 I ri 1 r1 N ~y N ~y N ~ N
~, r " a t y t ~ I v t y a~ at c O .a d c d .t ~, a 3, ~, >.
c4 rz a a O O O O
H 4 7.1 L
O O O O
VA q1 N N
.,.~ .,y .,y x x o O
O
O z t .c y O
x o ~o E E
...
p ~ W
M N
C~
p O t11 N N
~i~,~;~~
W09G142a99 PCTIUS95f07241 - i21 z O Z
' Ci O O O
N ,.-I
w ~a .~ ro ~I
~ ?i .i ,?i .-I~ N _ N N S-n N
W G7r C >, N C N C
a x E ~ a ' ~ .
.
z x N '' a '' z z -- o c o o '~ I r1 N ?n ~ N N
.C
I 1.~ I y m' N V' ~ N ~ N
'1 O
Y~ 4 Fa O O ~ L
N UI ii N
..i ..-i ."1 X
O
'1 Jv y ~ Q
v AS ,~ O
z~ ~
C~
o N O
C~
O
N
W0 96~'U2499 PCTJLrS95l(i7241 The following list illustrates compounds according to the present invention;
1, a,a-difluoro-Y-[((2-(Rj-[I(hydroxyjphenylacetyl]amino}-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-6-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy}-N-(phenylmethylj-benzene-pentanamide;
2. [fi5-(6R*, 9R*, 138*)]-4,4,-di~luoro-9-(1-1D methylethylj-3,5,8,11-tetraoxo-1,13-diphenyi-6-[(4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]methyl]-12-oxa-2,1,10-triazatetradecan-14-oic acid, methyl ester;
3. a,a-difluora-y-[[3-methyl-I-oxo-2-[((1-oxo-trans-3-1; phenyl-2-propenyl)amino]butyljamino]-9-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxyj-N-(phenylmethyl)-benaene-pentanamide;
4. a,a-difluoro-Y-[[2-(2-hydroxy-1-oxo-4-(ghenylbutyl)amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-~-oxo-4-20 (phenylmethoxyj-N-(phenylmethyl)-benzene-pentanamide;
5. N-[1-[[[3,3-difluoro-4-[[2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]-propyl]amino]-2,4-dioxo-1-([4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-methyl]butyl]amino]carbonyl]-2-25 methylpropyl]-g-oxo-4-morpholinepropanamide;
6. [1R-(1R*,25*)]-a, a-difluoro-y-((2-(R)-[({hydroxy)phenylacetyl]-amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-N-[2-methyl-1-((phenylmethoxy)methyl]propyl]-3-oxa-4-30 (phenylmethoxy)-benzenepentanamide;
7. N-[1-([[3,3-difluoro-4-([2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)-methyl]-propyl]amino]-2,4-dioxo-1-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]- methyl]-butyl]amino]carbonyl]-2-35 methylpropyl]-6-{4-morpholinyi-carbonyl)-3-pyridinecarboxamide;
WO 9G!02499 ~~ ~ PCTIUS95/072a1 8. 7.7-difluaro-4,12-bis(1-methylethyl)-6.8,11-trioxo-1-phenyl-9-((4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]methyl)-2-oxa-5,10,13-triazatetradecan-14-oic acid, 3-pyridinylmethyl ester;
9. [1R-(1R*,2S*)]-a,a-difluoro-y-[(3-methyl-2-([4-(4-morphalinylsulfonyl)benzoyl]amino]-1-oxabutyl]amino]-N-[2-methyl-i-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]propyl]-8-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy)-benzenepentanamide;
Z0. (1R-(1R*,2S*)]-a,a-difluoro-y-[[3-methyl-2-[[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]amino]-1-oxobutyl]amino]-N-[2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]propyl]-g-oxa-4-(phenylmethoxy)-benzenepentanamide;
O
N~NH~ ~OBn '~~0~( ~v ~ o o ~
O
Step A
Preparation of[1 (R), 3E, 4(S)]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-2 2-difluora-4-([3-methyl-2-[[(4-morpholinyl)acetyl]amino]-1-axobutvl)amino]-N-(2-methyl-1-I(phenylmethoxy)methyl]propyll-5-[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl)-L-qlycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme D, step (c): The (R, S)-amino alcohols (201 mg, 0.321 mmol) prepared in example 5, step D are coupled with 4-morpholine acetic acid, trifluoro acid salt (92 mg, 0.35 mmol, compound (A) prepared in example 5a) under standard coupling conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously [with the addition of 1.1 eq. of NMM] to provide after flash chromatography (4~ CHgOH/CHC13), 224 mg (92~) of title compound as a beige powder: mp 110-117°C; IR (KBr) vr,gx 3298, 2963, 1674, 1649, 1545, 1512, 1238, 1115, 698 c:a 1; 19F NMR (CDClg) d major diastereomer-110.56 (dd, J = 260, 5 Hz), -120.79 (dd, J = 260, 18 FIz);
mass spectrum, m/z 781 (M+ + 29), 753 (M* + 1, 100), 752 (M*), 291, 100, 91.
Step B
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme D, step (d): In a manner analogous to that described in example 1 the above prepared alcohol (206 mg, 0.274 mmol) is oxidized under Swern conditions to W09G1~2499 ~ 1 '~ y.j [ ~ fJ PCTlU59.~~1(172d1 _70_ provide 170 mg (83%) of an orange glass after flash chromatography (3% CH30H/CHC13). Recrystallization from CH2Ci2/ether provides 70 mg (34%) of final title compound as sticky amber crystals: mp 48-53°C; IR (CHC13) vmax 2969, 1686, 1512, 1242, 1117, 760, 750, 731 cm-1; 1H NMR (CDClg) d 7.55-7.50 (m, 1 H), 7.43-7.29 (m, 10 H), 7.14-7.07 (m, 2 H), 6.92-6.78 (m, 3 H), 6.52-6.49 and 6.40-6.37 (2m, 1 H
total), 5.33-5.19 (m, 1 H), 5.03 (apparent d, J = 3.6 Hz), 4.55 (d, 1 H, J = 11.9 Ha), 4.48 and 4.47 (2d, 1 H total, J
= 1.1.9 Hz), 3.88-3.80 (m, 1 H), 3.74-3.61 (m, 5 H), 3.50-3.44 (m, 1 H), 3.32-3.25 (m, 1 H), 2.99-2.81 (m, 3 H), 2.49-2.46 (m, 4 H'), 2.14-I.95 (m, 2 H), 1.28-1.24 and 0.95-0.70 and 0.50 (2m and d, 12 H total, J = 6.7 Hz); 19F NMR
(CDC13) d -111.32 (d, J = 273 Hz), -112.96 (s), -114.64 (d, J = 272 Hz); mass spectrum. m/z 779 (M+ t 29), 751 (M+ +
1), 226, 100 (100), 86; exact mass calcd for C~;Hg3FZNq07 751.3882, found 751.3892. Anal. Caicd for CdIH5gF2N407~I.3Hg0: C, 63.60; H, 6.77; N, 7.24. Found: C, 63.64; H, 6.80; N, 6.84.
Example 12 Preparation of N-(1-[([3,3-Difluoro-4-[[2-methyl-1-j(phenYlmethoxy)methyl]-propS~I]amino]-2 4-dioxo-l~(4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]methyl]-butyl]amino]carbonyl]-2-methyl~ropY1]-1H-imidazole-1-acetamide.
n O v /~~ NH CF NH
iv v N Tf H ~ Bn ~HCI
O O O
N
Step A
Preparation of 1H-Imidazole-1-acetic Acid.HCl.
To a stirred solution of imidazole (1.50 g, 22.0 mmol) in CHZClz (25 mLj at 0°C under nitrogen is added drapwise tent-butyl bromoacetate (1.62 mL, 10.0 mmol). The ice bath WO 9G/U2.199 ~ ~ ~ .~7 ~ ~ ~ PCT/U595/07241 is removed and the solution is allowed to stir at room temperature for 22 hours. The solution is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is partitioned between ethyl acetate/ water. The organic layer is washed with water and concentrated under vacuum to provide 1.22 g (678) of tert-butyl IH-imidazole-I-acetate as a white crystalline solid:
mg 110-113°C; 1H NMR (CDC13) d 7.49 (s, 1 H), 6.95 (s, 1 H), 4.59 (sr 2 H), 1.47 (s, 9 H). HC1 gas was bubbled through a solution of the tent-butyl 1H-imidazole-1-acetate IO in CH3NOi (4-5 mL) for 20-25 minutes. After standing far 20 minutes more, the solution is concentrated under vacuum and recrystallized from CH3CN/CH30H to provide the title compound in 70~ yield: mp 206-209°C; 1H NMR (DMSO-dfi) d 9.12(d, 1 H, J = 1.4 Hz), 7.73 (narrow m, 1 H)r 7.68 (d, 1 H, J = 1.4 Hz), 5.15 (s, 2 H). Anal. Calcd for CSH6N20~~HC1: C, 36.94; H, 4.34; N, 17.23. Found: C, 37.21; H, 4.36; N, 17.39.
Step B
Preparation of[1 (Ri, 3~, 4(S)]-2.4 5-Trideoxy-2,2-difluoro-4-((2-[(1H-imidazol-1-ylacetyl)amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-N-[2-methyl-1-((phenylmethoxy)methyl]~ropyl]-5- 4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-L-glycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme D, step (c): To a solution of the (R)-amino alcohol (205 mg, 0.328 mmol) prepared in example 5, step D in anhydrous CHZC12 (4 mL) and anhydrous DMF (7 mL) is added 1H-imidazole-1-acetic acid~HC1(56 mgr 0.34 mmol) prepared above and NMM (35 uL, 0.32 mmol). Not all of the 1H-imidazole-1-acetic acid dissolves. HOBT (53 mg, 0.34 mmol) and EDC (66 mg, 0.34 mmol) are then added and the resulting mixture is allowed to stir overnight at room temperature. The mixture is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate. The organic 3~ layer is washed with water, 10~ aqueous sodium bicarbonate, brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide yellow solids which WO961t12q99 ~ .~ t~ ~ ~ l ~ PCTfiIS95107241 -7z-contain two major spots by TLC (10~ CH30H/CHC13). The two compounds are separated by chromatography (the first is eluted with 4~ CH3DH/CHC13, the second with 1:1 CH30H/CFTC13). The less polar material is the formamide of of the starting material while the more polar material is the title compound (110 mg, 459) which is isolated as a white powder: mp I90-193°C: IR (KBr) vmax 3430, 3297, 1678, 1647, 1549. 1512, 1240, 1082 c:a I; 19F NMR (CDC13 + DMSO-d6) d major diastereomer -115.66 (dd, J = 259, 7 Hz), -120.48 (dd, J = 253. 18 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 762(M# f 29), 734 (M' + 1), 91 (100).
Step C
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme D, step (d): In a manner analogous to that described in example 1 the above prepared alcohol (101 mg, 0.138 mmol) is oxidized under Swern conditions tc provide 101 mg (1008) of an orange oil after flash chromatography (2:1 CHC13/CH30H). Recrystallization from CH2C12/pentane provides 50 mg (50~) of final title compound as a beige solid: mp 112-116°C; IR (KBr) vm8x 3428. 3295, 2963, 1647. 1551, 1512, 1240, 1113, 698 cm I; IH NMR (DMSO-d6) ~ 9.00 and 8.93 and 8.66 and 8.64 (4d, 1 H total, J =
9.0, 9Ø 7.2, 7.2 Hz respectively), 8.16 (apparent triplet, l H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.59 (bs, 1 H)r 7.46-7.26 (m, 11 H), 7.15 8nd 7.14 (2d, 1 H total, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.06 (bs, 1 H)r 6.90 and 6.89 (apparent 2d, 3 H, J = 8.7 Hz), 5.05 (s, 2 H), 5.01 (dd. 1 H, J = 7.5. 3.4 Hz), 4.79-4.61 (m, 2 H), 4.50-4.39 (mr 2 H), 4.30-4.20 (m, I H), 3.85-3.76 (m, 1 H), 3.54-3.50 ('m, 2 H), 3.20-3.08 (m, 1 H), 2.72-2.57 (m, 1 H), 2.00-1.72 (m, 2 H), 1.27-1.21 and 0.87-0.69 and 0.61-0.52 (m, 1Z H total); I9F NMR (DMSO-db) 8 -108.87 (d, J = 267 Hz), -109.82 (dr J = 268 Hz), -111.37 (d, J = 268 Hz), -112.32 (d, J = 254 Hz), 112.58 (d, J = 268 Hz), -117.61 (d, J = 254 Hz); mass spectrum, mjz 760 (M+ r 29), 732 (M+ +
l), 712, 180, 91 (100), 69; exact mass calcd for CqOHqeF2N506 732.3573, found 732.3541. Anal. Calcd for CqoHq7F2NS06~2H20:
f:
wo ysroa.syy L~ ~ °~ ._j E ~ J rc°rnrs~sro~zal C, 62.57; H, 6.69; N, 9.I2. FOUnd: C, 62.07; H, 6.49; N, 9.05.
Example 13 Preparation of [1-[[[3,3-Difluoro-2 4-dioxo-1- 4-(phenvlmethoxy)phenyl]-methyl]-4-((2-pyridinylmethyl)aminolbutyl]amino]carbonyl]- 2-methvlpropyl]-carbamic Acid, 3-Pyridinylmethvl Ester.
N'/ ~ o ~O~ H. X CF2 -NH ~N~
~/ ~ ~/ ~ ~~,~/H
O /' O O
Step A
Preparation of [1 (R) 3~]-2.4 5-Trideoxy-4- [(1 1-dimethvlethoxy)carbonyl]-amino]-2 2-difluoro-5- 4-(phenylmethoxy)-phenyll-N-(2-pyridinylmethyl)-L-glycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme A, step (b): To a stirred solution of 4-tart-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenylpentanoic acid, ethyl ester (1.5 g, 3.1 mmol) prepared in example 1 step B, in dry THF (16 mL) is added 2-(aminomethyl)pyridine (0.38 mL, 3.8 mmol). The homogeneous solution is heated at reflux for 4 hours and then allowed to cool to room temperature. A thick white precipitate forms upon cooling which is filtered and washed with ether to provide 0.80 g (48~b) of title compound as a white powder: mp 166-170°C; zH NMR (DMSO-d6) d 9.23 (bs, 1 H), 8.51 (m, 1 H), 7.78 (t, 1 H, J = 7.5 Hz), 7.5-7.25 (m, 8 H), 7.12 (d, 2 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.91 (d, 2 H, J = 8.4 Hzj, 6.69 (d, 1 H, J = 10.4 Hz), 6.19 (d, 1 H, J = 8.9 Hz), 5.08 (s, 2 Hj, 4.58-4.32 (m, 2 H), 4.15-3.91 (m, 1 H), 3.82 (m, 1 H), 2.95 (d, 1 H, J = 10.9 Hz), 1.15 (s, 9 H);
19F NMR (DMSO-dbj d major diastereomer: -103.30 (dd, J =
253, 9 Hz), -117.67 (dd, J = 252, 17 Hz), minor wo vsx~zavv ~ ~ c~ ~ ~ '~ ~ rcTms9~c3~2ai L
diastereomer: -111.37 (dd, J = 254, 8 Hz), -121.27 (dd, J
= 2s6, is Hz).
Step H
Preparation of [3~, 4(S}]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-2,2-difluoro-4-((3-methyl-1-oxo-2-[[(3-pyridinylmethoxy}carbonyl]amino]butyl]amino]-5-(4-jphenylmethoxy)phenyl]-N-(2-pyridinylmethyl}-L-qlycero~
pentanamide.
Reaction Schemes A and A', steps {d) and (e): The above grepared amide (0.2 g, 0.4 mmol) is deprotected in a mannec analogous to that described previously in example 5, step H by treatment with HCOyH. The free amine is then coupled with N-[(3-Pyridinylmethoxy)carbonyl7-L-valine (0.38 g, 1.5 mmol), prepared in example 8, under standard coupling conditions in a manner analoqous to that described previously to provide after recrystallization from ethyl acetate, 0.09 g (40$) of title compound as a white powder:
mp 201-210°C; 1H NMR (DMSO-dg) d 9.48 (bs, 1 H), 8.79 (m, 1 H}, 8.65 (m, 2 H}, 8.02-7.85 (m, 3 H), 7.39-7.65 (m, 9 H), 7.24 (d, 2 Hr J = 8.5 Hz), 6.96 (d, 2 H, J = 8.5 Hz), 6.48 (d, 1 H, J = 10.4 Hz), 5.25 (d, 2 H, J = 3.8 Hz}, 5.14 {s, 2 H), 4.63-4.55 (m, 2 H}, 4.36 (m, 1 H), 4.17 (m, 1 H), 3.91 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.8, 6.0 Hz) 3.14-3.03 (m, 1 H), 2.81-2.55 (m, 1 H), 1.95 (m, 1 H), 0.81 (dd, 6 H, J = 9.1, 7.0 Hz); 1vF NMR (DMSO-ds) & -110.17 (dd, J = 254, 11 Hz), -119.79 (dd, J = 247, 16 Hz).
Step C
Pre oration of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f}: The above prepared alcohol (0.08 g, 0.1 mmol) is oxidized under Swern conditions in an analogous manner to that described previously, such as example l, step G, from Z M oxalyl chlccide/CHZCly (0.6 mL, 1 mmol), DMSO (0.19 mL, 2.6 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.41 mL, 2.4 mmol), 0.04 g (50~) to provide the final title compound as a tan powder: mp 90-wo ~suza99 ~ ~ . ~~ ~ ~ z ~ rcTnrsgsio7za~
95°C; IR (KBr) v",ax 3401, 3306, 1699, 1599, 1437, 1298.
1242, 1178, 1113, 1026 cm l; 1H NMR (CDC13) d 8.63-8.52 (m, 2 H), 8.42 and 8.19, and 8.05 (3m, 2 H total), 7.77-7.62 (m, 2 H), 7.46-7.22 (m, 9 H), 7.18 (t, 1 H, J = 5.5 Hz), 7.05 (d, 2 H, J = 8.2 Hz), 6.89 (d, 2 H, J = 8.2 Hz), 5.35 and 5.22 (2d, 1 H total, J = 8.5 Hz), 5.10 (s, 2 H), 5.05 (s, 2 H), 4.87-4.66 (m, 1 H), 4.60-4.48 (m, 1 H), 3.81 (dd, 1 H, J = 9.2, 6.7 Hz), 3.32 and 3.27 (2d, 1 H total, J =
5.2 and 4.8 Hz), 3.18 and 3.13 (2d, 1 H total, J = 9.2 and 8.4 Hz) 1.91 (m, 1 H), 1.31 (d, 1 H, J = 6.8 Hz), 0.73 and 0.78 and 0.82 (3d, 5 H total, J = 6.8 Hz); 19F NMR (CDC13) d -110.48 (d, J = 276 Hz), -113.38 (s), -113.51 (d, J = 276 Hz), Hydrate: -118.75 (d, J = 254 Hz), -120.75 (d, J = 255 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 674 (M+ + 1), 460, 348, 280, 272, I5 252, 207, 138, 110 (100)r 92.
Example 14 Preparation of [1-[[(3 3-Difluoro-2,4-dioxo-1-[[4-jphenylmethoxy)phenyl]-methyll-4- (3-~'ridinylmethvl)amino]butyl]amino]carbonyl]-2-methvlpropyl]-carbamic Acid 3-PVridinylmethyl Ester N~ ~ O a /
N
~O~NH~ CF2 .NH
~/ ~'I( ~/ ~ ~II(H
O ~ O O
Step A
preparation of [1 (R), 302,4,5-Trideoxv-4-f[(1 1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyll-amino)-2 2-difluoro-5-[4-phenylmethoxy)-phenyl]-N-(3-pyridinvlmethyl)-L-alycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Scheme A, step (b): The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to that described in example 13, step A from 4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-~Wb 9(i1~2.199 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '~ (') PCTtUS9iJQ7241 L
hydroxy-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenylpentanoic acid, ethyl ester (1.5 g, 3.1 mmol) prepared in example i step B, and 3-(aminomethyl)pyridine (0.38 mL, 3.8 mmol). The precipitated solids are washed with ether and are recrystallized from ethyl acetate to provide 0.808 {458) of title compound as a white powder: mp 158-160°C; IH NMR
(CDC13) d 8.55 (bs, 2 H), 7.7 {d, 1 H, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.5-7.2 (mr 8 H), 7.1 (d, Z B, J = 8.4 H2), 6.9 (d, 2 H, J = 8.3 Hz), 5.0 (s, 2 H), 4.9 (d, 1 H, J = 9.8 Az), 4.5 (d, 2 H. J
= 2.6 Bz), 4.1-3.9 (m, 2 H), 3.0-2.8 (m, 2 H), 1.4 (s, 9 H); igF NMR (DMSO-db) d -110.84 {d, J = 272 Ha), -122.56 (dd, J = 273, 21 Hz); mass spectrum, mfz 542 (M~ + 1), 486.
442, 424, 344, 244, 224, 197. 109. 91.
Step B
Preparation of (3~~.4(S)]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-2,2-difluoro-4-[[3-meth -1-oxo-2-([(3-pyridinvlmethoxv)carbonyl]aminolbutvl]amino]-5-(4-(phenyl-methoxy)phenyll-N-(3-pyridinylmethyl)-L-dlycero-peiltanamide.
Reaction Schemes A and A', steps (d) and (e): The above prepared amide (0.Z7 g, 0.49 mmol) is treated with 97~
HCOZH. The reaction mixture became homogeneous within 5 minutes. The solution is allowed to stir at roam temperature foz 3 hours. Zt is then concentrated under vacuum. The yellow oil is then dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed twice with aqueous 1 N sodium bicarbonate, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide the corresponding free amine as a yellow solid (0.18 g, 0.41 mmol). This is dissolved in a 1:1 mixture of CHZC12/ DMF (6 mL). To this stirring solution at room temperature is added BOBT (0.07 g, 0.5 mmol), NMM {0.05 mL, 0.5 mmol), N-[{3-pyridinylmethoxy)carbonyl)-L-valine {0.13 g, 0.52 mmol), prepared in example 8 , and EDC (0.1 g, 0.5 mmol) in that order. After 16 hours, the mixture is diluted with CHZC12 and washed with water. A white precipitate separates, WO 96/02499 > ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCT/LTS95l07241 _77,-which is filtered, washed several times with ether, and recrystallized from ethyl acetate to provide 0.12 g (458) of title compound as a white powder: mp 195-196°C; 1H NMR
(DMSO-d6) 8 8.7-8.4 (m, 4 H), 7.75 (d, 1 H, J = 10.4 Hz), 7.65 (d, 1 H, J = 11.2 Hz), 7.5-7.3 (m 7 H), 7.15 (d, 2 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.9 (d, 2 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 5.12 (s, 2 H), 5.08 (s, 2 H), 4.5-4.2 (m, 3 H), 4.1-3.9 (m, 2 H), 2.8-2.6 (m, 2 H), 2.0 (m, 1 H), 0.8 (m, 6 H); 19F NMR (DMSO-dg) d -111.2 (d, J = 257 Hz), -122.05 (dd, J = 250, 20 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z b7b (M+ + 1), 567, 424, 150, 138, 110 (100), 92. Anal. Calcd for Cg6Hg9F2NSOs: C, 63.31; H, 5.87; N, 10.25. Found: C, 63.07; H, 5.90; N, 10.23.
Step C
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f): The above prepared alcohol is oxidized under Swern conditions in a manner analogous to example 1 as follows: To a slightly cloudy solution of the above prepared alcohol (0.08 g, 0.12 mmol) in CH2C12 (2 mL) and DMSO (0.21 mL) at -45°C is added 2M
oxalyl chloride/CH2C12 (0.6 mL, 1 mmol) over 5 minutes. The solution is allowed to stir at -35 to -45°C for 2.5 hours and is then cooled to -78°C. Diisopropylethylamine (0.42 mL, 2.4 mmol) is added over 5 minutes. The solution is allowed to warm to room temperature over 1.5 hours, is diluted with CH2C12 and washed with water. The yellow precipitate which forms is filtered and washed three times with ether to provide 0.04 g (50$) of final title compound as a tan powder: mp 103-105°C; IR (KBr) vmBX 3422, 3295, 2965, 1b97, 1649, 1537, 1512, 1244 cm l; 1H NMR (DMSO-db) d 9.19 (bs, 1 H), 8.61-8.43 (m, 4 H), 7.75-7.59 (m, 2 H), 7.45-7.28 (m, 7 H), 7.09 (d, 2 H, J = 8.5 Hz), 6.81 (d, 2 H, J = 8.5 Hz), 5.09-4.98 (m, 4 H), 4.50-4.26 (m, 3 H), 3.90-3.61 (m, 2 H), 3.12 (m, 2 H), 2.55 (m, 1 H), 1.79 (m, 1 H), 1.27 (t, 5 H, J = 8.6 Hz), 0.77 (t, 1 H, J = 6.2 Hz);
19F NMR (DMSO-dfi) 8 minor diastereomer: -111.34 (apparent doublet, J = 184 Hz), major diastereomer: -113.24 (d, J =
r W09fif02499 ~ ~ J ' ~.7 PCTftIS951f172dt _7$_ 254 Hz), -117.56 (d, J = 254 Hz): mass spectrum, mfz 674 (M' + 1}, 565, 460, 252, 207, 143, 138, 110 (100), 92.
Anal. Calcd for C3sH3TF2N5Ds~2HZD~ C, 60~93: H, 5.78: N, 9.87. Found: C, 60.00; H, 6.15; N, 9.56.
Example 15 Preparation of (1-([[3,3-Difluoro-2,4-dioxo-1-I[4-(phenylmethoxv)-phenyl]-methyl]-4-((2-pyridinylmethyl)amino]butyl]-amino]carbonyl]- 2-methvlpropyll-carbamic Acid 2-PVridinylmethyl Ester.
O H~ CF2 .NH "wN~
N ~~I(H
O ~ O O
Step A
Preparation of N-[(2-PVridinylmethoxy}carbonyl]-L-valine Methyl Ester.
In a manner analogous to the preparation of N-[(3-pyridinylmethoxy)carbonyl[-L-valine in example 8, the title compound is prepared from L-valine methyl ester hydrochloride (5.0 g, 30 mmol), triphosgene (4.66 g, 15.7 mmol), and (n-Bu)3N (0.05 mL, 0.4 mmol); however, 2-pyridyl-carbinol (10.0 mL, 100 mmol, 3.3 equivalents) is added dropwise to the intermediate isocyanate. Flash chromatography as in example 8 provides 2.63 g (33g) of 3o title compound as a yellow oil: IR (neat) vmax 3345, 2965, 1726, 1533, 1439, 1314, 1271, 1236. 1213, 11D5 cm-1; rH NMR
(CDC13) d 8.61 (d, 1 H, J = 4.6 Hz), 7.7 (td, 1 H, J = 7.6, 1.8 Hz), 7.38 (d, 1 H, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.27 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.3.
4.6 Hz), 5.45 (d, l H, J = 8.9 Hz), 5.25 (s, 2 H), 4.35 (dd, 1 H, J = 9.2, 4.7 Hz), 3.75 (s, 3 H), 2.24 (m, 1 H), 1.0 (d, 3 H, J = 6.8 Hz), 0.9 d, 3 H. J = 6.8 Hz); 13C NMR
(CDC13) 8 172.4, 156.2, 155.9, 149.4, 136.7, 122.7, 121.6, SVO 9G/0?~t99 ? ~ t~ ~ ~ ' ~ pC'f/US95I07341 _79-67.4. 59.1, 52.1, 31.2, 18.9, I7.5; mass spectrum, m/z 267 (M+ + 1, 100), I36, 110.
Anal. Calcd for C13H1gN204: C, 58.65; H, 6.77; N, 10.53.
Found: C, 58.25; H, 6.86; N, 10.46.
Step B
Preparation of N-[(2-PyridinvlmethoxvJcarbonyll-L-valine.
Hydrolysis of the above ester (2.5 g, 9.4 mmol) with LiOH~H20 (0.79 g, 18.8 mmol) in CH30H in a manner analogous to that described previously in example 8 provides 2.0 g (85Ps) of the title compound as a white solid: IR (KBr) vmax 3366, 3065, 2963, 2936, 1722, 1616. 1602, 1577, 1526, 1433, 1279, 1250, 1219, 1109, 764, 627 cm 1; 1H NMR (DMSO-dG) d 8.58 (d, 1 H, J = 4.7 Hzj, 7.96 (t, 1 H, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.6 (d, 1 H, J = 8.0 Hz), 7.43 (d, 1 H, J = 7.5 Hz), 7.4 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.5, 5.2 Hz), 5.15 (s, 2 H), 3.9 (dd, 1 H, J = 8.5, 5.9 Hz}, 2.1 (m, 1 H), 0.92 (dd, 6 H, J = 6.6, 3.7 Hzj; 1~C
NMR (DMSO-dG) d 173.1, 156.3, 156.2, 148.6, 137.4, 123.0, 121.4, 65.9. 59.6, 29.5, I9.1, 18.0; mass spectrum, m/z 253 (M+ + 1), 237, 209, 136 (100), 109, 92, 65.
Step C
Preparation of [3~, 4(S11-2 4,5-Trideoxy-2,2-difluoro-4-L[3-methyl-1-oxo-2-[[(2-~ridinylmethoxy)carbonyl]amino]butyllamino]-5-[4-(phenyl-methoxvlohenyll-N-(2-pyridinylmethyll-L-qlycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Schemes A and A', steps (d) and (e): The [1 (R), 3~]-2,4,5-trideoxy-4-[[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-amino]-2,2-difluoro-5-[4-(phenylmethoxy)-phenyl]-N-(2-pyridinylmethyl)-L-glycero-pentonamide (0.34 g, 0.63 mmol) grepared in example 13, step A, is deprotected as in example 13, step (d) and coupled with the above prepared acid (0.21 g, 0.82 mmol) under standard coupling conditions in a manner analogous to that described previously to provide 0.14g (30~) of title compound as a white powder: mp 224-225.5°C; IR (KBr) vmax W'O 96102a99 PCTIi?595107241 i ~ ~~.'.
_so_ 3291, 1697, 1680, 1657. 1618, 1599, 1572. 1537, 1512, 1454.
1439, 1398, 1341, 1300, 1244. 700 cm-l; 1H NMR (DMSO-dg) d 9.31 (bs, 1 H), 7.82-7.71 (m, 3H), 7.48-7.Z3 (m, 10 H), 7.10 (d, 2 H, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.82 (d, 2 A, J = 8.6 Hz), 5.05-4.95 (m, 4 H), 4.47 (d, 2 H, J = 5.8 Hz), 4.23 (m, 1 Hy, 4.04 (m, 1 H), 3.79 (t, 1 H, J = 6.0 Hz), 4.40 and 3.69 and 3.14 (3m, 1 H total), 2.94 (d, 1 H, J = 13.0 Hz), 2.63 (dd, 1 H, J = 14.6, 10.8 Ha), 1.83 (m, 1 H), 0.70 (dd, 5 H, J = 9.2, 7.1 Hz), 0.57 and 0.47 (2d, 1 H total, J = 6.9 Hz); 13C NMR (DMSO-d6) d 170.1, 157.4, 156.7. 156.6, 155.7.
148.97, 148.8, 137.2, 136.8, 130.76, 130.21, 128.4, 127.7, 127.5, 122.75, 122.25, 121.0, 120.8, 114.2, 69.0, 66.2, 60.38. 49.9, 44.1, 44Ø 34.0, 30.3, 19.2, 17.95; 19F NMR
(DMSO-ds) d major diastereomer: -110.07 (d, J = 248 Hz), -119.9 ((d. J = 252 Hz), minor diastereomer: -110.03 (dm, J
= 250 Hz). -118.34 (dm, J = 250 Hz), -111.72 (dm, J = 250 Hz), -123.5 (dm, J = 250 Hzy; mass spectrum. m/z 676 (M*
+ 1), 595, 557, 110, 92 (100y.
Step D
Preparation o~ final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f): The above alcohol (0.13 g, 0.19 mmol) is oxidized under Swern condition in a manner analogous to that described previously in example 1 to provide after flash chromatography (8:1 CHgCl2/G~HgOHy 0.04 g (30%) of a 1:1 mixture of the final title compound as a tan powder: mp 140-142°C; IR (KBr) vaax 3304, 1695, 1668, 1537, 1514, 1439, 1296. 1244, 1109, 1042 cca l; 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) d 9.09 and 8.85 and 8.09 (d, m, d, 1 H total), 8.56 (m, 1 H), 8.17 (m, 1 H), 7.78-7.65 (m, 2 H), 7.45-7.15 (m, 10 H), 7.05 (d, 2 H, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.89 (d. 2 H, J = 8.6 Az), 5.56 and 5.43 (2d, I A total, J = 9.2, 9.2 Hz), 5.30-4.95 (m, 5 H), 4.84-4.45 (m, 2 H), 3.85-3.7 (m, 1 H), 3.32-3.27 (2d,1 H, J = 4.9, 4.0 Hz), 3.16-2.80 (2m, 1 H), 1.90-1.70 (m, 1 H), 0:83-0.75 (m, 5 H), 0.56 (d, 1 H, J = 6.8 Hz); 19F
NMR (DMSO-ds) 8 -110.07 (d, J = 275 Hz), -113.25 (agparent d. J = 9 Hzy, -113.45 (d, J = 276 Hz), Hydrate: -118.5 (d, ~ly~f~Y~S
W'O 9Gln:al9 PCTIUS95lD7241 J = 257 Hz), -121.00 (d, J = 253 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 674 (M+ 1), 460, 143, 110, 92.
W09GI02-i99 ~ ~ ~ ~ .~ ~ 5 PCTYUS95f0724!
_82_ Example I6 Preparation of [1-[[[3 3-Difluorc-2 4-dioxo-1-[[4-~phenvlmethoxyi-phenyl]-methyl]-4-C(3-pyridinylmethyl)amino]butyl]-amino]carbonyll- 2-methvlpropvl]-carbamic Acid 2-Pyridinylmethyl Ester.
/ \ o . .~ / \n]
l0 N O H CF2 NH
N
O ~ O O
Step A
Preparation of (3~, 4(S)]-2,4,5-Trideoxy-2,2-di.fluoro-4-Cf3-methyl-1-oxo-2-([(2-yridinylmethoxy)carbonyl]amino]butyl]amino]-5-[4-(phenyl-methoxy)phenyl]-N-(3-pyridinylmethyl)-L-c7lycero-pentanamide.
Reaction Schemes A and A', steps (d) and (e): The [1 (R), 3L]-2,4,5-trideoxy-4-[[(1,1-dimethylethoxy)carbonyl]-amino]-2,2-difluoro-5-[4-(phenylmethoxy)-phenyl]-N-(3-gyri.dinylmethyl)-L-glycero-pentonamide (0.357 g, 0.709 mmol) prepared in example 14, step A. is deprotected as in example 14, step (d) and coupled with N-[(2-pyri.dinylmethoxy)carbonyl]-L-valine (0.157 g, 0.620 mmol) prepared in example 15, under standard coupling conditions described previously to provide after treating the crude material with hot CH30H, filtering, and concentrating under uacuum, 180 mg (54%) of title compound as a white powder: IR (KBr) v~,ax 3298, 1697, 1680, 1659, 1537, 1512, 1298. 1244, 1103 cm-1: 1R Nt2R (Dt'LSO-ds) 8 9.36-9.32 (m, 1 H), 8.52-8.46 (m, 3 H), 7.82-7.68 (m, 3 H), 7.41-7.26 (m, 7 H), 7.19 (d, 1 H, J = 9.6 Hz), 7.07 (d, 2 g~ J = 8.4 Hz), 6.81 (d, 2 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.Z7 (d, 1 H, J
= 7.2 FIz), 5.12 (d, 1 H, J -- 13.5 Hz), 5.06 (d., 1 H, J =
13.5 Hz), 5.02 (d, 1 H, J = 12.0 Hz), 4.97 (d, 1 H, J =
I l ,.I V L ,J
W 0 9(10299 PCTIUS9510724I
12.0 Hz), 4.44 (dd, 1 H, J = 15.3, 6.0 Hz), 4.35 (dd, 1 H, J = 15.3, 5.7 Hz), 4.24-4.15 (m, 1 H), 4.1I (dd, 1 H, J =
10.5, 5.1 Hz), 4.06-3.95 (m, 1 H), 3.79 (dd, 1 H, J = 9.3, 6.9 Hz), 2.93-2.88 (m, 1 H), 2.60 (dd, 1 H, J = 13.8, 11.1 Hz), 1.82-1.77 (m, 1 H), 0.71 (d, 3H, J = 6.9 Hz), 0.68 (d, 3H, J = 6.9 Hz}; 1~F NMR (DMSO-dfi) 8 -109.87 (dd, J = 252, 8 Hz), -120.07 (dd, J = 253, 17 Hz}; mass spectrum, m/z 704 (M+ + 29), 67b (M+ + 1), 424, 241, 138, 110, 92 (100).
Anal. Calcd for C36H3gF2N506: C, 63.99; H, 5.82; N, 10.36.
1D Found: C, 60.62; H, 5.97; N, 9.83.
Step B
Preoaratioa of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f): In a manner analogous to that described previously in example 1, the above prepared alcohol (152 mg, 0.225 mmo1) is oxidized under Swern conditions to provide after flash chromatography (19:1 CHClg/CH3OH) 104 mg (688} of final title compound which is recrystallized twice from CH2C12/pentane to provide 34 mg (22~) of final title compound as a cream powder: mp 97-102°C; IR (KBr) vmax 3405, 3324, 1699, 1534, 1512, 1437, 1242, 1178, 1113 cm-1; 1H NMR (CDC13) d 8.56-8.51 (m, 3H), 7.71-7.62 (m, 2 H), 7.43-7.19 (m, 10 H), 7.10-7.05 (m, 2 H), 6.91-6.83 (m, 2 H), 6.48-6.37 (m, 1 H}, 5.48-5.10 (m, 3H), 5.02 and 5.00 (2s, 2 H total), 4.61-4.46 (m, 2 H}, 3.90 and 3.87-3.81 (dd and m, 1 H total, J = 8.7, 6.1 Hz), 3.36-3.23 (m, 1 H), 2.91-2.73 (m, 1 H total), 2.07-1.88 (m, 1 H), 0.86 and 0.79 and 0.76 and 0.75 and 0.61 and 0.59 (6d, 6 H total, J = 6.6 Hz); 19F NMR (CDC1;) d -111.65 (d, J
= 277 Hz), -111.73 (d, J = 276 Hz), -113.15 (d, J = 276 Hz), -113.20 (d, J = 277 Hz), Hydrate: -115.64 (d, J = 257 Hz), -116.55 (d, 3 = 256 Hz), -120.42 (d, J = 256 Hz), -121.55 (d, J = 256 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 702 (M+ + 29), 674 (M+ + 1), 138, 110, 92 (100). Anal. Calcd for C36H37F2N506: C, 64.18; H, 5.54; N, 11.87. Found: C, 61.96;
H, 5.80; N, 10.38.
WO 961112.199 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCTIUS95~~172d1 Example 17 Preparation of N-14-(N-{2-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)am~na-2 2-difluora-1 3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-(3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
O
~H ~ °
O~ o O
Step A
Preparation of N-tritvl-D-valinol.
A solution of D-valinol (4.95 g, 48.06 mmal), triethylamine (7.4 mL, 52.87 mmol) and trityl chloride (14.74 g, 52.87 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (75 mL) is stirred for 17 hours at room temperature. The organic solution is washed with water (2 x 75 mL), dried aver anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting oil is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate/petroleum ether, 15/85) to provide the title compound (1.3.5 g, 81~;); (1f=0.45 (ethyl acetate petroleum ether. 15/85).
Step B
Preparation of N-trityl-O-3-pyridvlmethvl-D-valinol.
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, to a suspension of sodium hydride (1.3 g, 30 mmol, 55~ dispersion in oil, previously washed twice with pentane) in dry DMF (3 mL) is added with stirring, a solution of N-trityl-D-valinol (3.45 g, i0 mmol) in DNdF (23 mL). The reaction is stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature and then cooled to 0°C and tetrabutylammonium iodide (0.37 g, 1 mmol) is added. Then 3-picolyl chloride HC1 {1.81 g, 11 mmo1) is added to the reaction in portions over 5 minutes. After addition is WO 96f02~99 ~ ~ ~ ,~ ~ ~ J PCTlUS95/07241 _85-complete, the cooling bath is removed and the mixture allowed to stirr for I7 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture is then cooled with an ice bath and hydrolyzed with water (100 mL). The mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL). The organic extracts are washed with water (2 x 50 mL), combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting yellow oil is gurified by flash chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate, 9/1, Rp=0.42) to provide the title compound (3.4 g, 78B) as an oil.
Step C
Preparation of O-3-pyridvlmethyl-D-valinol.
A solution of N-trityl-O-3-pyridylmethyl-D-valinol (3.63 g, 8.3 mmol) in formic acid (30 mL) is kept for 5.5 hours at room temperature. The formic acid is removed under vacuum and the residue is dissolved in water (100 mL). The mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL, 50 mL) to remove the trityl alcohol. The aqueous phase is then made basic with saturated sodium carbonate (50 mL) and 4N sodium hydroxide (3 mL). The aqueous mixture is then extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x 50 mL). The organic extracts are rinsed with brine (2 x 50 mL), combined, dried over sodium sulfater filtered and concentrated under vacuum to grovide the title compound (1.32 g, 82g) Rg=0.12 (silica gel, dichloromethane/methanol, 8/2).
Step D
Preparation of N-[4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxv)phenyl-pentylj-O-(3-ridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (b); A solution of the ester (1.14 g, 2.38 mmol, prepared in examgle 1, step B) and of O-3-pyridylmethyl-D-valinol (1.32 g, 6.8 mmol, prepared in step C above) in dry tetrahydrofuran (1.5 mL) is heated for 2 days under reflux. After cooling, the reaction mixture WO 9G102~99 P~"1°~S9e/07241 2~~j~1~5 -ax-is diluted with ethyl acetate (5 mL), pentane (10 mL) and the precipitate is collected by.filtration. The filtrate is rinsed with pentane and recrystallized from dichloromethane/methanol/gentane to provide the title compound (0.8 g, 54~) as a white solid, Rg=0.5 (silica gel, ethyl acetate); mass spectrum, m/z 628 (t~+).
Step E
Preparation of N-[4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-~N-(benzyloxy)rshenyl-pentyl]-O-(3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (d); The title compound is obtained in 91~ yield following the deprotection procedure in an analogous manner described in Example 17, step C;
mass spectrums m/z 528 (MH+).
Step F
Preparation of N- 4-(N-(2-pyridvlmethyl~oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2 2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxv)phenyl-pentyll-O-(3-oyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
v~ Reaction Scheme A', step (e); To a solution of N-(2-pyridylmethyloxycarbonyl)-L-valine (0.101 g, 0.4 mmol, prepared in Example 15, step 8), in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) are added under an atmosphere of nitrogen, N-hydroxybenztriaxole hydrate (0.115 g, 0.4 mmolj, 1-ethyl-3(3-dimethyiaminopropyl)carbodiimide (0.085 g, 0.44 mmol) and DMF (1 mL). The reaction mixture is allowed to stir for 30 minutes at room temperature and N-[4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(N-(benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-(3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol (0.211 g, 0.4 mmol, prepared above) in DMF (1 mL) is added. The reaction is allowed to stir for 15 hours, then diluted with ethyl acetate (80 mL) and washed with water (2 x 80 mLj. The aqueous rinses are extracted with ethyl acetate ;80 mLj. The combined organic extracts are dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (2x, silica gel, 1V0 9610299 ~ ~ ~ w~ j ~l ~ PCTlUS951a7241 _87-dichloromethane/ethanol, 95/5, RE=0.15) to provide the title compound (0.170 g, 56%); mass spectrum, m/z 762 (MH+).
Step G
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f); Ta a solution of oxalyl chloride (0.195 mL, 2.23 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (0.5 mL) at -60°C is added slowly under an atmosphere of nitrogen, freshly distilled dimethyl sulfoxide (0.316 mL, 4.46 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.5 mL). After 10 minutes of stirring at -60°C, the temperature is allowed to rise to -15°C. A mixture of a solution of the alcohol prepared above (0.170 g, 0.223 mmol) in dichloromethane (7 mL) and dimethylsulfoxide (0.5 mL) is added to the reaction dropwise. The reaction is then stirred for 1.75 hours at -15°C and then cooled to -78°C. Diisopropylethylamine (0.93 mL, 6.69 mmol) is added and the reaction is stirred an additional 10 minutes. The reaction is then allowed to warm to room temperature and is diluted with dichloromethane (25 mL). The reaction mixture is washed with water (2 x 25 mL). The aqueous washes are extracted with dichloromethane (25 mL). The combined organic extracts are dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate, Rf=0.17) followed by recrystallization from dichloromethane/pentane to provide the title compound (0.12D g, 71%); mass spectrum, m/z 76D (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) d 9.12-8.96 (m, 1H), 8.66-8.55 (m, 2H), 7.96-7.85 (m, 1H), 7.85-7.75 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.35 (m, 7H), 7.30-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.08-6.83 (m, 2H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 5.17-5.05 (m, 3H), 4.65-4.53 (m, 2H), 4.07-3.87 (2m, 2H), 3.72-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.14 and 2.86-2.78 (m, 2H), 2.09-1.83 (m, 2H), 1.27-0.67 (m, 12H); 19F NMR
(DMSO-db, T=60°C) & (CgF6) 52.94 (d, J=269 Hz), 52.30 (d, J=270 Hz), 51.25 (d, J=270 Hz), 50.35 (d, J=269 Hz).
Anal. Calcd for CqlH~7N507F2, 0.25 HZO: C,.64.43; H, 6.26; N, 9.16;
1V0 9E/(12-199 PC'T/US9SI07241 J ~ ~?~ j I L_ -$8-Found C, 64.24; H, 6.25; 2d, 9.01.
Example 18 Dreparation N-(4-(N-{3-pyridvlmethyl}oxvcarbonyl-L-valylDamino-2 2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl.-oentyl)-O-(3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
N
Step A
Dreparation of N-I4-tN-~3-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2 2-difluoro-3-hvdroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyi-pentyl)-0-(3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e): The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the coupling procedure described in Example 17, Step Fr utilizing the amine prepared in Example 17, Step E, and the acid prepared in Example 8, Step A. The title compound is obtained in 84~k yield, Rg=0.43 (silica gel, dichloromethanejethanol, 95j5)~
mass spectrum, m,~z 762 (MH+).
Anal. Calcd for C4lHqgNg0~F2~0.5 H20: C, 63.88; H, 6.54: N.
9.08;
Found C, 63.87: Hr 6.47; N, 9.06.
3G Step B
Preparation of Finai Title Compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the Swern Oxidati.an described in Example 17, Reaction Scheme A', step (f), utilizing the above alcohol. The title compound is obtained in 50~ yield, Rf=G.1 (silica gel, ethyl acetate):
1H NMR (DMSO-d5) 8 9.04-8.90 (m, 1H), 8.71-8.50 (m, 3H), 7.90-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.60-6.85 (m, 12H), 5.27-5.02 (m, 5H), r y WO 96!02.199 j .~ ; L J PCT1U595107241 _89_ 4.50-4.66 (m, 2H), 3.85-4.07 (m, 2H}, 3.72-3.57 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.12 and 2.85-2.65 (m, 2H); 2.05-1.8 (m, 2H), 1.20-0.59 (m, 12H); 19F NMR (DMSO-dg) d (CgFg) 52.93 (d, J=268 Hz), 52.15 (d, J=269 Hz), 50.92 (d, J=269 Hz), 49.68 (d, J=268 Hz); hydrates, 49.31 (d, J=254 Hz), 48.31 (d, J=254 Hz), 46.22 (d, J=254 Hz), 44.68 (d, J=254 Hz).
Anal. Calcd for Cq1H47N507F2, H20: C, 63.31; H, 6.35; N, 9.00;
Found C, 62.56; H, 6.26; N, 8.66.
Example 19 Preparation of N-(4-(N-{3-pyridylmethyl}oxyearbanvl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-dilluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyll-O-methyl -D-valinol.
S \ a N
O H~ CF2 NH
H ~ CH3 O ~ O O
Step A
Preparation of N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-D-valinol.
A solution of D-valinol (5.1 g, 49.4 mmol) and di-tert-butyldicarbonate (10.9 g, 50 mmol), in methanol (60 mL) is stirred for 17 hours at room temperature. The reaction is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetateJpetroleum ether, 3/7, R~=0.37) to provide the title compound in quantitative yield (10.07 g) as a colorless oil; mass spectrum, m/z 204 (MH+).
1V0 961i12.i99 PCTfUS951072~tt Step B
Preparation of N-tert-Butoxycarbonyl-O-methyl-D-valinol.
To a solution of N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-D-valinol (5.075 g, 25 mmol) and methyl iodide (27.5 mL of a 1M solution in tetrahydrofuran, 27.5 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (45 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen at 0°C, is added with stirring, potassium-tert-butoxide (3.086 g, 27.5 mmol) in 3 portions. The reaction mixture is kept at room temperature for 5.5 hours, then hydrolyzed with a saturated solution of sodium chloride and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 300 mL). The organic extracts are washed with brine (2 x 300 mL), combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate/petroleum ether, 1/9, Rf=0.25) to provide the title compound (2.93 g, 54%) as an oil.
Step C
Preparation of O-methyl-D-valinol.
A solution of N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-O-methyl-D-valinol 12~93 g. 13.5 mmol) in dry ether saturated with hydrogen chloride (11 mL) is stirred at room temperature for 3.5 hours. The reaction is then concentrated under vacuum.
Pentane (50 mL) is added to the residue, followed by addition of diethylamine (7 mL). The mixture is then stirred for 10 minutes and the solid is removed by filtration. The filtrate is concentrated under vacuum(150 bars) at room temperature to provide the title compound (1.30 g, 82%) as a colorless oil.
Step D
Preparation of N-[4-tert-butoxvcarbonvlamina-2.2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-axo-5-(4-benzyloxy)Phenyl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinal.
Reaction Scheme A, step (b); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure of Example i7. Step D, from the ester of Example 1, step B and the WO96102.199 ~ ~ ~ '~) ~ ~ ~ PCT/US95/07241 above pzepared O-methyl-D-valinol followed by flash chromatography (78$ yield); Rf=0.19 (minor) and 0.09 (major) (silica gel, ethyl acetate/petroleum ether, 35/65);
mass spectrum, m/z 551 (MH+), 568 (MNHq+).
Step E
Preparation of N-[4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hvdroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyi]-O-methyl-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (d); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the deprotection procedure of Example 17, step C, from N-[4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-butyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinol prepared above (quantitative yield); mass sgectrum, mJz 451 (MH+).
Step F
Preparation of N-[4-(N-{3-pyridvlmethvl}oxycarbonvl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyioxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the coupling method described in Example 17, step F, from N-[4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzylaxy)phenyl-pentyl)-O-methyl-D-valinol prepared above and the acid prepared in Example 8, Step A. Purification by crystallization (ethyl acetate plus 108 ethanol/gentane) provides the title compound in 58~ yield; mass spectrum, m/z 685 (MH+).
Steg G
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f); The final title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the Swern Oxidation described in Example 17, step G from N-[4-(N-{3-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)ghenyl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinol prepared above (15~ yield, Rf=0.1, silica gel, wo mraa.~vv L ~ r~, ~~ ~ , rrrrL~svseo~aa~
,.:,~J
dichloromethane/ethyl acetate, 4/6): 1H NMR (DMSO-d~) 5 9. a7-8.93 (m, 1H), 8.87-8.50 (m, 2H), 8.40-8.31 (m, 1H), 7.94-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.60-6.59 (several m, I1H), 5.29-5.01 (m, 5H), 4.10-3.78 (m, 2H',), 3.58-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.25 (several s, 3H), 3.30-3.08 and 2.85-2.63 (m, 2H), 2.11-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.04-D.48 (m, 12H); 19F N~iR {DMSO-dg) d (CsF~) 53.27 (d, J=267 Hzj, 52.60 (d, J=269 H2), 51.32 {d, J=269 Hz), 49.76 (d, J=267 Hz), 49.89 (d, J=254 Hz}, 48.61 (d, J=254 Hz}, 46.49 {d, J=254 Hz), 44,73 {J=2S4 Hz); mass spectrum, mfz 683 (MH+).
Anal. Calcd for C36HqqNqO~F2, HyO: C, 61.70; H, 6.62; N, 7.99:
FOUnd Cv 62. D7: H, 6.46: N, 7.84.
IS Example 20 Preparation of N-{4-(N-~3-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2 2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzylaxv}phenvl-pentyll-O-(2-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
za j o ', N
O' f!H~-~ tF2~NH
'..' N H O
O ~ O O N
2~ i Step A
Preparation of N-tritvl-O-2-pyridylmethyi-D-valinol.
The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in Example 17. step B from the alcohol of Example 17, step A and 2-picolyl chloride HC1, in 81% yield, Rp=0.52 (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate, 9f1).
Step B
Preparation of O-2-pyridylmethyl-D-valinol.
The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in Example 17. step C from N-R'O 9~f02-199 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 'j ~ PCT/IiS95107241 _93_ trityl-O-2-pyridylmethyl-D-valinol prepared above, in 80~
yield.
Step C
Preparation of N-[4-tent-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyll-O-(2-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (b); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in Example 17, Step D, from the ester of Example 1, step B
and O-2-pyridylmethyl-D-valinol, prepared above, in 63$
yield, Rp=0.65 (silica gel, ethyl acetate).
Step D
Preparation of N-[4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5 (4-benzylaxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-(2-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (d); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the deprotection procedure described in Example 17, step C from N-[4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-(2-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol, prepared above, in 91i: yield which is used directly in the next step; mass spectrum, m/z 628 (MH+).
Step E
Preparation of N-(4-(N-~3-oyridylmethvl)oxvcarbonvl-L-valvl)amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-(2-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in Example 17, step F from the amine prepared above and the acid prepared is Example 8, Step A, in 53~ yield, Rg=0.14 (major) and 0.08 (minor) (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethanol, 95/5); mass spectrum, m/z 762 (MR+).
~'1'~~1~'i wo y6rtozav~ rcw;irsvsra7zaa Step F
Preparation of final title camnound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f); The final title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the Swern Oxidation procedure described in Example 17, step G from the above prepared alcohol, in 72~ yield, Rp=0.09 (silica gel, ethyl acetate); 1H NMR (CDC13) d 8.65-8.53 (m, 1H), 7.79-7.64 (m, 2H)r 7.53-6.80 (several m, I4H), 6.60-6.10 (several m, 2H), 5.57-5.33 (m, 1H), 5.30-5.30 (m, 3H), 4.99 (s, 2H), 4.68-4.56 (m, 2H,), 4.03-3.85 (m, 2H), 3.85-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.24 and 2.97-2.75 (m, 2H), 2,13-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.05-0.57 (m, 12H); xsF NMR (CDC13) d (C6Fg) 50.26 (d, J=271 Hz), 49.97 (d, J=263 Hz), 49.18 (d, J=261 Hz)r 48.60 (d, J=271 Hz), 45.17 (d, J=252 H2), 45.10 (dr J=251 H2), 41.77 (d, J=252 Hz), 40.91 (d, J=251 Hz); mass spectrum, m/z 760 (MH+).
Anal. Calcd for CalH~7N50aF2~ C, 64.81; H, 6.23; N, 9.22;
Found C, 62.91; H, 6.16; N, 8.66.
WO96If12~99 PCTIUS95/072a1 Example 21 Preparation of N-[4-(N-{2-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(9-{3-ovrzdvlmethvl}oxv)phenyl-oentyl)-O-(3-pyridylmethy1~-D-valinol.
O ~ /N
l0 O /
N~ 0 NH CF2 NH
H ~ O
is o ~ a o Step A
Preparation of 4-tern-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3 hydroxv-5-(4-hydroxy)phenvl pentanoic acid, ethyl ester.
20 Reaction Scheme A, step (c1); A solution of 4-tert butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-5-[(4 benzyloxy)phenyl)pentanoic acid, ethyl ester (0.719 g, 1.5 mmol) in ethanol (50 mL) is kept for 7.5 hours under an atmosphere of hydrogen in the presence of 10% palladium on 25 charcoal (0.079 g). The hydrogen atmosphere is then exchanged with a nitrogen atmosphere, the suspension is filtered and the filtrate is concentrated under vacuum to provide the title compound (O.SOOg, 83%), Rp=0.51 (silica gel, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 1/1).
Step B
Preparation of N-[4-tert-butoxvcarbonvlamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-hydroxy)phenyl-pentyl)-O-(3-pyridylmethvl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (b); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in Example 19, step D, from the above prepared ester and 14'O JbIG2a94 ~ f ~ ~ ~ ~ PCTfUS9ii07241 the amine prepared in Example 17, step C, in 82% yield, Rp=0.46 (silica gel, ethyl acetate).
Step C
Preparation of N-[4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difli.ioro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5- 4-hydroxy)pheayl-pentyl]-O-f3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (c2); A mixture of N-(4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-hydroxy)phenyl-pentyl)-O-(3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol (0.376 g, 0.7 mmol, prepared above), 3-picolyl chloride HC1 (0.161 g, 0.98 mmol), cesium carbonate (0.775 q, 2.38 mmol) and potassium iodide (0.016 g, 0.098 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (7 mi) is stirred for 66 hours under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The reaction mixture is diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and washed with water (2 x SO mL). The aqueous rinses are extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL).
The combined organic extracts are dried over anhydrous sodium sulfa e, filtered and concentrated under vacuum.
The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate/methanol, 95/5, Rf=0.25) to provide the title compound (0.245 g, 56%): mass spectrum m,~z 629 (MH+).
Step D
Preparation of N-[4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-j4-{3-pvridvZmethvl}oxv)phenyl-pentvl]-O-(3-p~rrzdvlmethvl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (d); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the deprotection procedure described in Example 17, steg C from N-[4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydraxy-1-oxo-5-(4-hydroxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-(3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol prepared above, in 84% yield; mass spectrum m/z 529 (MH+).
~~ dc~~~~
WO 96tti2.199 PCTN595l072a1 Steer E
Preparation of N-[4-_{2-pYridylmethyl}axycarbanyl-L-v_alyl)amino-2 2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-(3-~ idylmethyl?oxy)phenyl-pentyl)-O-(3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e): The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the coupling procedure described in Example 17, step F, from the above prepared amine and the acid prepared in Example 15, step B, in 568 yield, Rf=0.20 (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethanol, 95/5):
mass spectrum m/z 763 (MH*).
Step F
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step {f); The final title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the Swern Oxidation procedure described in Example 17, step G from the above prepared alcohol, in 708 yield, Rg=0.19 (silica gel, ethyl acetate/acetone, 1/1); mass spectrum m/z 761 (MH+): 1H NMR
{DMSO-dg) d 9.11-8.97 (m, 1H), 8.80-8.50 (m, SH), 8.50-8.30 (m, 1H), 8.13-7.70 (m, 4H), 7.69-6.60 (m, 8H), 5.40-5.00 (m, SH), 4.71-4.49 (m, 2H), 4.10-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.80-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.51-3.30 and 2.86-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.12-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.17-0.47 (m, 12H); 19F NMR (DMSO-dg) d (CgFg) 52.91 (d, J=268 Hz), 52.11 (d, J=269 Az), 50.86 (d, J=269 Hz), 50.42 (d, J=268 Hz), 49.34 (d, J=254 Hz), 48.39 (d, J=254 Hz), 46.17 (d, J=254 Hz), 44.63 (d, J=254 Hz).
Anal. Calcd for CapHqgN607FZ: C, 63.15: H, 6.09; N, 11.05:
Found C, 62.26: H, 6.24; N, 10.76.
W09Gi02.t99 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~"j PCTlLtS951072d1 Examol_e 22 Preaaration of N-(4-iN-~2-pyridy~methyl}oxycarbonyl-L-v_alyl)amino-2 2-di~luoro-1 3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxv)phenvl-pentvll-O-(2-pyridvlmethvl)-D-valinol.
n O
O~NH
O /
O ~ O O
Step A
Pr_epa _ration of N-[4-{2-pvridvlmethyl}oxycarbonvl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-(2-pyridvlmethyl)-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A', step {e); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the coupling procedure described in Example 17, step F from the amine prepared in Example 20, Reaction Scheme A, step {d) and the acid prepared in Example 15, step B, in 57~ yield, Rf=0.17 (major) and 0.12 (minor) (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethanol, 95/5); mass spectrum mjz 762 (MH+)~
Step B
Preparation o~ ~inal title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step {f); The final title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the Swern Oxidation procedure described in Example 17, step G from the above prepared alcohol, in 80% yield, Rf=0.22 (silica gel, ethyl acetate); mass spectrum m/z 760 (N1H+); 1H NMR (CDC1;] 6 8.63-8.48 {m, 2H), 7.77-7.60 {m, 2H), 7.55-6.80 (several m, 13H), 6.49-6.02 (several m, 2H), 5.55-5.30 (m, 1H), 5.30-4.95 (several m, SH), 4.72-4.52 (m, 2H), 4.05-3.82 (m, 2H), 3.82-3.35 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.23 and 2.97-2.77 (m, ZH), 2.13-1.83 (m, 2H), 1.05-0.54 (m, 12H); 19F NMR (CDC13) d {CSFG) 50.18 (d, J=271 Hz), 49.87 (d, J=277 Hz), 49.02 (d, J=271 WO 96102499 ~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCTlU595/07241 _99_ Hz), 48.41 (d, J=271 Hz), 44.97 (d, J=252 Hzj, 44.78 (d, J=252 Hz), 41.85 (d, J=252 Hzj, 41.12 (d, J=252 Hz).
Anal. Calcd for CQIH47N507FZr HzO; C, 63.31; H, 6.35: N, 9.00;
Found C, 63.37; H, 6.19; N, 8.85.
Example 23 Preparation of N-[4-(N-{2-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinol.
n O /
, ~O~NH~ CF H
~H ~ OCH3 O ~ O O
Step A
Preparation of N-[4-{2-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e); The title compound is grepared in a manner analogous to the coupling procedure described in Example 17, step F from the amine prepared in Example 19, Reaction Scheme A, step (d) and the acid prepared in Example 15, step B, in 558 yield, RE=0.23 (silica gel, ethyl acetate); mass spectrum m/z 685 (MH+j.
Anal. Calcd for CgSHqgNqOTFZ, 0.5 HZO; C, 62.32; H, 6.83; N, 8.08;
Found C, 62.36; H, 6.64; N, 7.91.
Step B
Preparation of the final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f);The final title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the Swern Oxidation procedure described in Example 17, step G from the above prepared alcohol, in 44~ yield, Rp=0.3 (silica gel, W096Iti2a99 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCTfUS95!(i724t dichloromethane~'ethyl acetate, 3/7); mass spectrum mjz 683 (MHO'); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) & 9.10-8.92 (m, 1H), 8.67-8.51 (m, 2H), 7.95-7.87 (m, 1H), 7.64-6.82 (several m. 11H), 5.30-5.03 (m, SH), 4.10-3.93 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.78(m, 1H), 3.60-3.37 (m,2H), 3.35-3.25 (several s, 3Hj, 3.32-3.10 and 2.87-2.68 (m, 2H), 2.14-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.10-0.60 (m, 12H); 19F
NMR (DMSO-db) & (C6F6) 52.80 (d, J=267 Hz), 52.21 (d, J=269 Hzj, 50.93 (d, J=269 Hz), 52.21 (d, Ja269 Hz), 50.93 (d, J=269 Ha), 49.36 (d, J=267 Hz).
Anal. Calcd for C36H4aNq07FZ, 0.5 HyO; C, 62.51; H, 6.56; N, 8.10;
Found C, 62.65; H, 6.50; N, 7.93.
Example 24 Preparation of N-{4-(N-{2-pyridylmethyi}oxycarbonyl-L-walyl)amino-2 2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-f4-benzyloxyjphenyl-p_ent~~1]-O-benzyl-D-valinol.
n O~NH
SOB n O ~ i w Step A
Preparation of N-[4-(N-{2-pvri.dylmeth~l~ oxvearbanyl-L-valyl)amino-2 2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-3C '?benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-benzyl-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the coupling procedure described in Example 17, step F from the amine prepared in Example 5, step B and the acid prepared in Example 15, step B in 52~; yield, Rg=0.28 (silica gel, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 3/7).
Step B
Preparation of the final title compound.
21~~1~5 WO 9d102.t99 PCT/U595107241 Reaction Scheme A', step (f); The final title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the Swern Oxidation procedure described in Example 17, step G from the above prepared alcohol, in 62~ yield, Rf=0.07 (Alumina neutral Act III, tetrahydrofuran/dichloromethane/water, 20/10/0.2), Rf=0.27 (silica gel, ethyl acetate/petroleum ether,7/3);
mass spectrum m/z 759 (MH+); 1H NMR (CDC13) d 8.73-8.51 (m,lH), 7.79-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.42-6.45 (several m, 18H), 5.7D-5.10 (m, 4H), 5.06-4.93 (m, 2H), 4.58-4.40 (m, 2H), 4.05-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.58 and 3.55-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.20 and 3.00-2. HD (m, 2H), 2.13-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.1D-0.50 (m, 12H); 19F NMR (CDC13) d (C6F6) 50.67 (d, J=273 Hz), 49.5D (broad s), 48.35 (d, J=273 Hz), 47.24 (d, J=255 Hz), 45.70 (d, J=255 Hz), 42.01 (d, J=255 Hz) 40.00 (d, J=255 Hz).
Anal. Calcd for Cg2HqgNq07F2, 0.5 H20: C, 65.70; H, 6.43; N.
7.30;
Found C, 65.69; H, 6.25; N, 7.19.
Example 25 Preparation of N-t4-(N-(3-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenvl-pentyl]-O-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-1-ethyll-D-valinol.
a ~/
N
O~NH~ CF2 ,NH ~O~
O ~ O O
Step A
Preparation of N-trityl-0-(2-(2-methoxvethoxv)-1-ethvll-D-valinol.
The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the alkylation procedure described in Example 17, step B
from the compound prepared in Example 17, step A and 2-(2-W0 96~(12~99 r/ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '~ PCTIU$J5/0'241 methoxyethoxy)ethyl-1-bromide in 8b~ yield, Rg=0.74 (silica gel, acetone/petroleum ether, 2/8).
Step B
_Preparaticn of O-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-1-ethvll-D-valinol.
. A solution of N-trityl-O-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-1-ethyl]-D-valinol (1.0 g, 2.28 mmol, grepared above) in dry ether saturated with hydrogen chloride (20 mL) is kept for 2.5 hours at room temperature. The reaction is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gear dichloromethane first to elute the trityl alcohol and then dichloromethane/diethylamine.
95/5. Rg=0.20) to provide the title compound (0.46 g, 1000 as a colorless oil.
Step C
Preparation of N- 4-tert-butoxyearbonylamino-2 2-difluoro-3 hydrpxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyT-pentyl]-O-[2-i2-m_ethoxyethoxy)-1-ethyl]-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (b); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in Example 39. step D from the ester of Example 1, step B
and O-[2-(f-methoxyethoxy)-1-ethyl]-D-valinol, prepared above, in 518 yield, Rg=0.37 (silica gel, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 3/7).
Step D
Preparation of N-[4-amino-2 2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-1-e_thyl]-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (d); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the deprotection procedure described in Example 17, step C from N-[4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-1-ethyl]-D-valinol, prepared above. in 97~ yield which is used directly in the next step; mass spectrum m/z 539 (M,H+).
2~ y~1 ~~
1y'0 9GJ(12.i99 PCT/ITS95107241 Step E
Preparation of N-[4-(N-(3-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-L2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-1-ethyl]-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the coupling procedure described in Example 17, step F from the amine prepared above and the acid prepared in Example 8, step A, in 52~
yield, Rf=0.18 (silica gel, ethyl acetate); mass spectrum m/z 773 (MH+).
Step F
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f); The final title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the Swern Oxidation procedure described in Example 17, step G from the above prepared alcohol, in 76~ yield, Rg=0.09 (silica gel, ethyl acetate); mass spectrum mjz 771 (MH'~); 1H NMR (DMSO-ds) d 9.05-8.88 (m, 1H), 8.77-8.55 (m, 2H), 8.40-8.27 (m, 1H), 7.94-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.76-6.55 (several m. 11H), 5.31-4.97 (m, 5H), 4.10-3.79 (m, ZH), 3.76-3.37 (m. 10H), 3.32 (s, 3H), 3.29-3.11 and 2.89-2.60 (m, 2H), 2.09-1.79 (m. 2H), 1.i1-0.44 (m, 12H); 19F NMR (DMSO-d6) d (C6F6) 52.97 (d, J=267 Hzj, 52.12 (d, J=269 Hz), 50.88 (d, J=269 Hz), 49.45 (d, J=254 Hz), 45.35 (d, J=267 Hz), 48.17 (d, J=254 Hz), 46.17 (d, J=254 Hz), 44.31 (d, J=254 Hz).
Anal. Calcd for CqpHSZNaOSF2: C, 62.32; H, 6.80; N, 7.27;
Found C, 61.78; H, 6.77; N, 7.12.
~1~~~~5 wo v6rozavv rrrarsvsrD~2a~
Example 26 Pr~arationof N-[4-(N-{3-pyridvlmethyl}oxycarbonyl.-L.-, valyl)amino-2,2-diflucro-1,3-diaxo-5-(4-{2-N-morpholyl]ethyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-0-methyl-D-valinol.
V
l ~ ~ \lV.~~
O
to aH Lr2 rah ~ O O
Step A
preparation of N-(4-tent-butoxycarbonylamino-2,.2-difluoro-~droxy-1-oxo-5-(4-hydroxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (b); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in Example 17, Step D, from the ester of Example 21, step A
and the amine prepared in Example I9, step C, in 838 yield, Rg=0.15 (silica gel, petroleum ether/ethyl acetate, 6/4);
mass spectrum m/z 46I (l~fF3+) .
Step B
Preparation of N-[4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-(2-N-morpholvl~ethyloxy)phenvl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (cy); A mixture of N-[4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluarc-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-hydroxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinol (1.117 g, 2.43 mmol, prepared above), N-(2-chloroethyl)morpholine HC1 (0.633 g, 3.40 mmol), cesium carbonate (2.69 g, 8.26 mmol) and potassium iodide (0.056 g, 0.34 moral) in dry DMF (20 mL) is stirred for 149 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture is then diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and washed with brine (2 x 1D0 mL). The aqueous washes are extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The combined organic extracts are dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, W09G/02449 ~ ~ ~ ) ~ '~' ~ PCT/US95107241 filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, ethyl acetate, Rp=O.i8) to provide the title compound (0.993 g, 71~;).
Step C
Preparation of N-[4-amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5--(2-N-morpholyl}ethyloxylphenvl-pentvl]-O-methyl-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A, step (d); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the deprotection procedure described in Example 17, step C from N-[4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxy-1-oxo-5-(4-{2-N-i5 morpholyl}ethyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinol, prepared above, in 858 yield which is used directly in the next step.
Step D
Preparation of N-[4-(N-{3-pvridvlmethvl}oxvcarbonvl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-3-hydroxv-1-oxo-5-(4-{2-N
morpholyl}ethylaxy)phenyl-pentyll-O-methyl-D-valinol.
Reaction Scheme A', step (e); The title compound is prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in Example 17, Step F from the amine prepared above and the acid prepared in Example 8, step A, in 80$ yield, Rg=0.19 (silica gel, ethyl acetate/methanol, 9/1); mass spectrum m/z 708 (MH+).
Step E
Preparation of final title compound.
Reaction Scheme A', step (f); A mixture of the above prepared alcohol (0.280 g, 0.396 mmol), 1,1,1-triacetoxy-1,1-dihydra-1,2-benziodoxol-3(lAy-one (0.672 g, 1.583 mmol, Dess-Martin periodinane) and tert-butanol (0.075 mL, 0.792 mmol) in freshly distilled dichloromethane (10 mL, distilled over Py05) is stirred for 15 minutes at room temperature. The reaction mixture is then hydrolyzed with -, W'0 9l>102 f39 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PC'ItUSJ5li172d1 isoprapanol (1.2 mL) and concentrated under vacuus~. The residue is suspended in dichioromethane (3 mL), filtered through a Flurapore filter which is rinsed with dichloromethane (2 x I mL). The filtrate is concentrated under vacuum and the residue purified by flash chromotagraghy (2x, silica gel, dichloramethane%methanal, 99J1 to remove the by-products of the Dess-Martin Reagent, then 98/2 and 96/4 to elute the title compound) to provide the title compound (0.112 g, 28~), Rf=0.11 (dichloromethane/methanol, 95/5); mass spectrum m/z 706 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) 8 8.99-8.70 (m, 1H), 8.64-8.43 (m, 3H), 7.82-7.73 (m, 1H), 7.47-6.70 (several m, 6H), 5.16-4.92 (m, 3H), 4.08-3.95 (broad s, 2H)r 3.95-3.71 (m, 1H}, 3.71-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.48 (broad s, 4H), 3.43-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.22-3.18 (2s, 3H}, 3.24-3.03 and 2.77-2.56 (m, 2H), 2.54-2.34 (m, 4A), 2.02-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.10-0.50 (m, 12H);
1gF NMR (DMSO-d5) d (CSFg) 52.87 (d, J=267 Hz}, 52.22 (d, J=269 Hz), 50.91 (d, J=269 Hz), 49.38 (d, J=267 Hz).
Anal. CalCd ~ar CgSHqgN50gF2~0.5 H20; Cr 58.81; H, 7.05; N, 9.80;
Found C, 58.61; H, 6.88; N, 9.93.
2~~~1~5 W O 9G!(12499 PCTNS95l07241 In a further embodiment the present invention provides a method of treating a patient afflicted with a viral infection comprising the administration thereto of an effective antiviral amount of a compound of formula (I).
. The term "viral infection" as used herein refers to an abnormal state or condition characterized by viral transformation of cells, viral replication and proliferation. Viral infections for which treatment with a compound of formula (I) will be particularly useful include retroviruses such as but not limited to HTLV-I, HTLV-II, HTLV-III (HIV virus), murine leukemia virus, feline leukemia virus, cytomegalovirus(CMV), avian sarcoma virus and the like. In addition treatment with a compound of formula (I) would be useful in treating a wide range of states of, HIV infection: AIDS, AAC (AIDS related complex), both symptomatic and asymptomatic, and actual or potential exposure to HIV. For example, the compounds of this invention are useful in preventing infection by HIV after suspected past exposure to HIV by, e.g., blood transfusion, accidental needle stick, or exposure to patient blood during surgery.
An "effective antiviral amount" of a compound of formula (I) refers to an amount which is effective, upon single or multiple dose administration to the patient, in controlling the growth of the virus or in prolonging the survivability of the patient beyond that expected in the absence of such treatment. As used herein "controlling a viral infection" refers to slowing, interrupting, arresting or stopping the viral transformation of cells or the replication and proliferation of the virus and does not necessarily indicate a total elimination of the virus.
The present invention further provides a method of inhibiting HIV protease in a patient in need thereof 2~'~~1~~
Vf0 96~'(t2~99 PCT/II595f071:11 comprising administering to said patient an effective inhibitory amount of a compound of formula (T).
It is understood that patients suffering from a retrovirus, such as HTLV-III are in need of an HIV protease inhibitor such as a compound of formula (I).
As used herein, the term "gatient" refers to a warm-blaoded animal, such as a mammal, which is afflicted with a particular viral infection. It is understood that humans, mice and rats are included within the scope of the term "patient".
Administration of a compound of formula (I) to a patient results in inhibition of HIV protease in the patient. Thus, by treatment of a patient with a compound of formula (I) retroviruses, such as HTLV-III, are inhibited or suppressed.
A patient is in need of treatment with an agent which inhibits HIV protease, such as a compound of formula (i), where the patient is suffering from certain viral infections for which HiV protease is implicated as a.
contributing factor in the progression of the disease.
Based on standard clinical and laboratory tests and procedures, an attending diagnostician, as a person skilled in the art, can readily identify those patients who are in need of trea ment with an agent which inhibits HIV
protease, such as a compound of formula (I).
An "effective inhibitory amount" of a compound of formula (I) is that amount which is effective, upon single or multiple does administration to a patient, in providing an inhibition of HIV protease.
21'~~' ~5 WO 961t12~99 PCTIUS951U7241 -i09-As used herein the term "effective amount" refers to an effective antiviral or inhibitory amount of a compound of formula (I). An effective amount can be readily determined by the attending diagnostician. as one skilled in the arty by the use of known techniques and by observing results obtained under analogous circumstances. In determining the effective amount or dose, a number of factors are considerec by the attending diagnostician, including, but not limited to: the species of mammal; its size, age, and general health; the specific viral infection involved; the degree of or involvement or the severity of the viral infection; the response of the individual patient; the particular compound administered; the mode of administration; the bioavailability characteristics of the preparation administered; the dose regimen selected; the use of concomitant medication; and other relevant circumstances.
An effective amount of a compound of formula (I) is expected to vary from about 0.1 milligram per kilogram of body weight per day (mg/kg/day) to about 100 mg/kg/day.
Preferred amounts are expected to vary from about 0.5 to about 10 mg/kg/day.
In effecting treatment of a patient afflicted with a viral infection, a compound of formula (I) can be administered in any form or mode which makes the compound bioavailable in effective amounts, including oral and parenteral routes. For example, compounds of formula (I) 3Q can be administered orally, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, intravenously, transdermally, intranasally, rectally, and the like. Oral administration is generally preferred. One skilled in the art of preparing formulations can readily select the proper form and mode of administration depending upon the particular characteristics of the compound selected, the viral wo ~croza9y rcr~trs~sro~zai infection to be treated, the stage of the infection, and other relevant circumstances.
The compounds of formula (I) can be administered alone .
S or in the form of a pharmaceutical composition in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable caeeiers or excipients, the proportion and nature of which are determined by the solubility and chemical properties of the compound selected, the chosen route of administration, and standard pharmaceutical practice. The compounds of the invention, while effective themselves, may be formulated and administered in the form of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts for purposes of stability, convenience of crystallization, increased solubility and the like.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides compositions comprising a compound of formula (I) in adatixture or otherwise in association with one or more inert carriers. These compositions are useful, for example, as assay standards, as convenient means of making bulk shipments, oz as pharmaceutical co-~positions. An assayable amount of a compound of formula (I) is an amount which is readily measurable by standard assay procedures and techniques as are well known and appreciated by those skilled in the art. Assayable amounts of a compound of formula (I) will generally vary from about 0.001% to about 75% of the composition by weight. Inert carriers can be any material which does not degrade or otherwise covalently react with a compound of formula (I). Examples of suitable inert carriers are water; aqueous buffers, such as those which are generally useful in high Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) analysis; organic solvents, such as acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, hexane and the like; and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
More particularly, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a WO 96102x99 ~ ~ ~ ,J ~ 4 .~ PCTlUS9g107241 therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) in admixture or otherwise in association with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
The pharmaceutical compositions are prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art. The carrier or excipient may be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material which can serve as a vehicle or medium for the active ingredient. Suitable carriers or excipients are well known in the art. The pharmaceutical composition may be adapted for oral or parenteral use and may be administered to the patient in the form of tablets, capsules, suppositories, '-5 solution, suspensions, or the like.
The compounds of the present invention may be administered orally, for example, with an inert diluent or with an edible carrier. They may be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the compounds may be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, chewing gums and the like.
These preparations should contain'at least 4% of the compound of the invention, the active ingredient, but may be varied depending upon the particular form and may conveniently be between 4$ to about 70~ of the weight of the unit. The amount of the compound present in compositions is such that a suitable dosage will be obtained. Preferred compositions and preparations according to the present invention are prepared so that an oral dosage unit form contains between 5.0-300 milligrams of a compound of the invention.
The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like may also contain one or more of the following C "' WO 96/02199 ~ ~ ~ .J ~ cr. ~ PCT/IS995/072d1 adjuvants: binders such as microcryscalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; excigients such as starch or lactose, disintegrating agents such as alginic acid, Primogel, corn starch and the like; lubricants such as , magnesium stearate or sterotex; glidants such as colloidal silicon dioxide; and sweetening agents such.
as sucrose or saccharin may be added or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methg~l saiicylate or ozange flavoring. When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it may contain, in addition to materials of the above type, a liquid carrier such as polyethylene glycol or a fatty oil. Other dosage unit forms may contain other various materials which modify the physical form of the dosage unit, for example, as coatings. Thus, tablets I5 or pills may be coated with sugar, shellac, or other enteric coating agents. A syrup may contain, in addition to the present compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings and flavors. Materials used in preparing these various compositions should be pharmaceutically pure and non-toxic in the amounts used.
For the purpose of parenteral therapeutic administration, the compounds of the present invention may be incorporated into a solution or suspension.
These preparations should contain at least 0.1~ of a compound of the invention, but may be varied to be between 0.1 and about 50% of the weight thereof. The amount of the inventive compound present in such compositions is such that a suitable dosage will be obtained. Preferred compositions and preparations according to the present invention are prepared so that a parenterai dosage unit contains between 5.0 to 100 milligrams of the compound of the invention.
The solutions or suspensions may also include the one or more of the following adjuvants: sterile diluents such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol cr methyl paraben;
antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite;
chelating agents such as ethylene diaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
The present invention is also directed to combinations of the HIV protease-inhibitory compounds with one or more agents useful in the treatment of AIDS, such as, for example, with known antiviral agents suitable for treating HIV 1 and HIV 2 viral infections, e.g., AZT, with or without a PNPase inhibitor, or in conjunctive therapy with DDI and a PNPase inhibitor.
W0 9GI0~499 ~ 9 ~ ~ ~ "~ ~ FC'I'fLTS4,~s107Z~11 oL
The compounds of this invention may be assayed fc-their HIV-protease inhibition using the following published techniques.
Preparatian of Retroviral Enzyme and Assay for Inhibition of the Prctease A) Preparation of Retroviral Enzyme IO To prepare the recombinant protease, the HIV protease is expressed via E. Coli by the published work of C. Guenet, et ai., in European Sournal of Pharmacology.
Molecular Pharmacology Section, i72 (1989) 443-451.
B) Assay for inhibition of Recombinant Viral Protease Inhibition of the reaction of the protease with a peptide substrate [Ser-Gln-Asn-Tyr-Pro-Ile-Val-NH2, Km = 1 mM] are in 50 mM Na acetate, 10~ glycerol, 5~
ethyleneglycol, pH 5.5, at 37°C for 1 hour. Various concentrations of inhibitor in 10 ~1 DMSO are added to 80 u1 of assay soiutian and the reaction is initiated by the addition of 10 u1 (1.& pp) of recombinant protease. The reaction is quenched with I6 y~l of 4 M
perchloric acid. Products of the reaction are separated by HPLC (VYDAC wide pore 5 cm C-18 reverse phase, acetonit-ile gradient, 0.1~ trifluoroacetic acid). The extent of inhibi=ion of the reaction is determined from the peak heights of the products. HPLC of the products, independently synthesized, provide quantitation standards and confirmation of the product composition.
By following the techniques referenced above, as well as by utilization of other known techniques, as well as by comparison with compounds known to be useful for treatment of the above-mentioned disease states, it is believed that adequate material is available to enable one of ordinary skill in the art to practice the invention.
WO 9G!02499 ~ ~ ~ ~ 1 L ~ PCT/US95/07241 As is true for most classes of compounds found to be useful in the pharmceutical industry, certain subgeneric groups and certain specific compounds are more preferred such as those exemplified and shown in the following charts.
R'O 9b;02.199 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ PCTIUS95l(172d1 _ 116 -~- x x O r~~, 1pz c~
O
O
O
O
h h x k O O
h h O O
a y :u J, h C7 N
s 1! L r1 '-t N N h h .i 6 E
ri .-~ .0C .0C
h h C4 .d .~ O O
a s. E 6 RWr Z 2 f ~ I
N h M >, t >, I ?, N ~~ N N N N N
" y.. C .r C ,.r C
I N 1 N 1 !U 1 N
c S~ c ,D sr 13 a p a n, ~ a O O O O
, CL On i1 O O O O
N N N m .,~ ...1 h .'~ h h x x x x .~ .-a ,-a h h a, h r t ~ t v w h ~, ~, h ro ro ro ro .., .., .., -., y, s, a s, h a, ~, a, a, a. a fl.
I 1 t W n N M N M N
WO 96t02~99 ~ ~ ~, °~ ~ L PCTIUS95I07241 m v Qz O z m x ~ o n n 3~
ri r1 e1 r1 s .c Y L y~
N N N N
r1 r1 r~
ri r1 ri Pe O O O ~.-I
N
w. a sa ø, O O O ~.-I
I J, I >, 1 ~, 1 J, N N N N N N N N
~. C ~ G ,.u G '... C
aT ~ ~ S7 cr .O c S7 ri '-i O O O
GI
Y~ is I O O O
L ~ m O
'.1 --f .,~
% X
O O
O
r1 r1 t t ~r y y N N
ro ro ro .., .~, .., a a a o I
m m m >
m N
~~'~r~!~
W0 9GI~2.~99 FGT/Il595/072d1 - ~~s -~>
y Z ~Z
a a a x a 7, x x ,ir o 0 y a ~ >. >.
_ s L
ri N L 1.f 7, C G1 N
N .-i CJ 1=
W O .G
L
A A
a x ro ro O O -a .a E .-t s~ s.
I A A A
N , t1, ~,-1 C I r1 t ri 1 5, UW "~ 7, n'~ A
N N .Q N V N
.r C .-. C
I d 1 I d 1 N
C p r1 r3 r1 A A ~ Ti w a A w O O L O
S~ ~ S~
a o 1 0 N t1! t~ Gi a -a A A A A
x x x x .-a .-~
A A A A
.G t L L
1J 1) .t~ J.J
v N N C1 ~ ~
/1~'' ,~ r N
-i 1 A A A A
ro ro ro a .a .a -a .a V W' iv tt ?, >s >, A
a o, c~ w 1 I I t o f~'7 N N N N N
W4 96I11:~99 ~ ~ ~ Pt.'T/US95107241 2 ~ ~ ..a o ~_ 5 r z O z a a a r a ..c a, -I.-I ~, >. .-r O ?~ ~ N ~ N Q ,?~
.-~,C N r1 C .-1 a .C N
Pd f1 C 5r G7 ?v f17 ~
:a v 'O 9 ~J ~ C!
O d .-I .-, .N t. O
E s. >, N a, E
2 x ~ O
~ O 2 x -, o I ,~ 1 a ~- a 1 r1 f~7 3, M ?i I ri N 7r ~ .C .C N
S.' ~ L ..~ J.~ ~--~ .G
t t~ I N I v 1 1.i a' y ~' E c E c v ~i r-1 .~ 'i 0 o O
N
O
O a O O
U1 t!7 N N
.a _,~ .H ...i Q ~ O ~ O
04 ~ o aT-- o ~ o C~~ C~ ~~ C~
° ° Q
N
W09bIf12S99 ~ ~ ~ ~ ', ~ PCT.iiIS9SJ072aI
O s O
u1 O p w .....
r.1 r-1 r! r1 h fi '-f ~ ti '13 r-1'i T-1 O Yi ...Wr .-i 9, O >, W CL G N C 9! C 17, G' 4 N p, <y CL N ~ 1L
o ~ ..i .c? .., a o a a a o. E
2 % 2 x Z x Z %
-- O - O -~ O ~ O
I r1 I r1 I ri 1 r1 N ~y N ~y N ~ N
~, r " a t y t ~ I v t y a~ at c O .a d c d .t ~, a 3, ~, >.
c4 rz a a O O O O
H 4 7.1 L
O O O O
VA q1 N N
.,.~ .,y .,y x x o O
O
O z t .c y O
x o ~o E E
...
p ~ W
M N
C~
p O t11 N N
~i~,~;~~
W09G142a99 PCTIUS95f07241 - i21 z O Z
' Ci O O O
N ,.-I
w ~a .~ ro ~I
~ ?i .i ,?i .-I~ N _ N N S-n N
W G7r C >, N C N C
a x E ~ a ' ~ .
.
z x N '' a '' z z -- o c o o '~ I r1 N ?n ~ N N
.C
I 1.~ I y m' N V' ~ N ~ N
'1 O
Y~ 4 Fa O O ~ L
N UI ii N
..i ..-i ."1 X
O
'1 Jv y ~ Q
v AS ,~ O
z~ ~
C~
o N O
C~
O
N
W0 96~'U2499 PCTJLrS95l(i7241 The following list illustrates compounds according to the present invention;
1, a,a-difluoro-Y-[((2-(Rj-[I(hydroxyjphenylacetyl]amino}-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-6-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy}-N-(phenylmethylj-benzene-pentanamide;
2. [fi5-(6R*, 9R*, 138*)]-4,4,-di~luoro-9-(1-1D methylethylj-3,5,8,11-tetraoxo-1,13-diphenyi-6-[(4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]methyl]-12-oxa-2,1,10-triazatetradecan-14-oic acid, methyl ester;
3. a,a-difluora-y-[[3-methyl-I-oxo-2-[((1-oxo-trans-3-1; phenyl-2-propenyl)amino]butyljamino]-9-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxyj-N-(phenylmethyl)-benaene-pentanamide;
4. a,a-difluoro-Y-[[2-(2-hydroxy-1-oxo-4-(ghenylbutyl)amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-~-oxo-4-20 (phenylmethoxyj-N-(phenylmethyl)-benzene-pentanamide;
5. N-[1-[[[3,3-difluoro-4-[[2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]-propyl]amino]-2,4-dioxo-1-([4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-methyl]butyl]amino]carbonyl]-2-25 methylpropyl]-g-oxo-4-morpholinepropanamide;
6. [1R-(1R*,25*)]-a, a-difluoro-y-((2-(R)-[({hydroxy)phenylacetyl]-amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-N-[2-methyl-1-((phenylmethoxy)methyl]propyl]-3-oxa-4-30 (phenylmethoxy)-benzenepentanamide;
7. N-[1-([[3,3-difluoro-4-([2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)-methyl]-propyl]amino]-2,4-dioxo-1-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]- methyl]-butyl]amino]carbonyl]-2-35 methylpropyl]-6-{4-morpholinyi-carbonyl)-3-pyridinecarboxamide;
WO 9G!02499 ~~ ~ PCTIUS95/072a1 8. 7.7-difluaro-4,12-bis(1-methylethyl)-6.8,11-trioxo-1-phenyl-9-((4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]methyl)-2-oxa-5,10,13-triazatetradecan-14-oic acid, 3-pyridinylmethyl ester;
9. [1R-(1R*,2S*)]-a,a-difluoro-y-[(3-methyl-2-([4-(4-morphalinylsulfonyl)benzoyl]amino]-1-oxabutyl]amino]-N-[2-methyl-i-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]propyl]-8-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy)-benzenepentanamide;
Z0. (1R-(1R*,2S*)]-a,a-difluoro-y-[[3-methyl-2-[[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl]amino]-1-oxobutyl]amino]-N-[2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]propyl]-g-oxa-4-(phenylmethoxy)-benzenepentanamide;
11. N-[1-[([3,3-difluoro-4-[(2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl)-propyl]amino]-2,4-dioxo-1-[(4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-methyl]butyl]amino]carbonyl]-2-methylpropyl]-9-morphalineacetamide;
12. N-[1-[[[3,3-difluoro-4-[[2-methyl-1-[{phenyimethoxy)methyl]-propyl]amino]-2,4-dioxo-1-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]methyl]-butyl]amino]carbonyl]-2-methylprapyl]-1H-imidazole-1-acetamide;
13. [1-[[[3,3-difluoro-2,4-diaxo-1-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-methyll-4-[(2-pyridinylmethyl)amino]butyl]amino]carbonyl]- 2-methylpropyl]-carbamic acid, 3-pyridinylmethyl ester;
W0961(i2-t99 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ PCTlUS9~5107241 14. (i-(([3,3-difluoro-2,4-dioxo-1-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-methyl]-4-[(3-pyridinylmethyl)amino]butyl]amino]carbonyll-2-methylpropyl]-carbamic acid, 3-pyridinylmethyl ester;
W0961(i2-t99 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ PCTlUS9~5107241 14. (i-(([3,3-difluoro-2,4-dioxo-1-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-methyl]-4-[(3-pyridinylmethyl)amino]butyl]amino]carbonyll-2-methylpropyl]-carbamic acid, 3-pyridinylmethyl ester;
15. [1-(CL3,3-difluoro-2,4-dioxo-1-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl]-4-((2-pyridinylmethyl)amino]butyl]-ami.no]carbonyl]- 2-methylpropyl]-carbamic acid, 2-pyridinylmethyl ester;
16. [1-[[[3,3-difluoro-2,4-dioxo-1-[(4-(phenylmethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl]-4-[(3-pyridinylmethyl)amino]butyl]-amino]carbonyl]- 2-methylpropyl]-carbamic acid, 2-pyridinylmethyl ester;
17. N-[4-(N-{2-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-I,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-{3-gyridylmethyl)-D-valinol;
18, N-[4-(N-{3-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-(3-pyridylmethyl)-D-ualinol;
19. N-[4-(N-{3-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinol;
20. N-{4-(N-{3-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-{4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-(2-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol;
21. N-I4-(N-{2-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-va?p_)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-{3-pyridylmethyl}oxy)phenyl-pentyi]-O-(3-pyridylmethyi)-D-3S valinol;
R'O 96!02a99 ~ ~ ~ r} ~ ,~ ~ PCTlUS95/07241 22. N-[4-(N-{2-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentylj-O-(2-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol;
R'O 96!02a99 ~ ~ ~ r} ~ ,~ ~ PCTlUS95/07241 22. N-[4-(N-{2-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentylj-O-(2-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol;
23. N-[4-(N-{2-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentylJ-0-methyl-D-valinol;
24. N-{4-(N-{2-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentylj-O-benzyl-D-valinol;
25. N-{4-(N-{3-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-IS 2,2-difluoro-1,3-diaxa-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl)-O-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-1-ethyl)-D-valinol; and 26. N-[4-(N-{3-pyridylmethyl}axycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino 2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-{2-N-morpholyl]ethyloxy)phenyl gentylj-O-methyl-D-valinol.
Claims (44)
1. A compound of the formula:
and the stereoisomers, hydrates, isosteres and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof wherein P1 is wherein T is [(O)b-W-R] and T' is [(O)b'-W'-R'] or hydrogen, wherein each of W and W' are independently C1-6 alkylene or nothing, provided that W is C2-6 alkylene when W is directly attached to a nitrogen atom in R, provided that W' is C2-6 alkylene when W' is directly attached to a nitrogen atom in R', provided that W or W' are each independently C1-6 alkylene when R or R' are each independently an aryl;
P2 is C1-6 alkyl, cyclopentyl, hydroxy C1-6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl or 3-tetrahydrofuryl;
R and R' are each independently -CH2CHO, hydroxy C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkenylene, piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl. pyrimidinyl or phenyl wherein substituted piperazinyl is piperazinyl substituted on one nitrogen atom thereof with CHO, C(O)NHR'4, C1-4 alkyl or CO2R4;
R1 is R3 is C2-6 allenyl C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylene, hydroxy C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl or OH;
R4 is C1-6 alkyl, phenyl or benzyl;
R'4 is hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl;
R5 is hydrogen, C1-15 alkyl, OH, hydroxy C1-15 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, -CH([(CH2)d-O-CH2)x-R'6)2, -CH2Si(CH3)2(R3), PDL, -(C1-6 alkylene)-OR4, -CH(Y)(Z), wherein PDL is -(CH2)a-2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, or p-substituted benzyloxy, wherein the substitution is with a nitro, OH, amino. C1-6 alkoxy, hydroxy C1-6 alkylene.
or halogen; Y is C1-15 alkyl, hydroxy C1-15 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl or -(CH2)e-C6H4-(V)e'; Z is -(CH2)d-O-CHO, C1-6 alkylene-O-(CH2)d-(O-CH2-CH2)e-O-C1-6 alkyl, CHO. CO2R4, CO2NHR4, -(CH2)d-O-(CH2)d'-R'7, -(CH2)e-OR4 or wherein V is OR4 or hydroxy C1-6 alkylene;
provided that d'=2 when R'7 is piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl or morpholinyl;
R6 is as defined for R5 with the proviso that R6 is other than hydrogen when R5 is hydrogen, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached are selected from the group consisting of;
R7 is CH2OR4, C(O)NHR4 or CHO;
R'7 is piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl.
morpholinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or phenyl.
wherein substituted piperazinyl is piperazinyl substituted on one nitrogen atom thereof with CHO, C(O)NHR4, C1-4 alkyl or CO2R4;
R8 is N, OH or =O;
R'8 is pyrimidyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl or phenyl;
a is zero, 1, 2 or 3;
b and b' are each independently zero or 1;
d and d' are each independently 1 or 2;
a and e' are each independently zero 1 or 2; and x is zero or one.
and the stereoisomers, hydrates, isosteres and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof wherein P1 is wherein T is [(O)b-W-R] and T' is [(O)b'-W'-R'] or hydrogen, wherein each of W and W' are independently C1-6 alkylene or nothing, provided that W is C2-6 alkylene when W is directly attached to a nitrogen atom in R, provided that W' is C2-6 alkylene when W' is directly attached to a nitrogen atom in R', provided that W or W' are each independently C1-6 alkylene when R or R' are each independently an aryl;
P2 is C1-6 alkyl, cyclopentyl, hydroxy C1-6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl or 3-tetrahydrofuryl;
R and R' are each independently -CH2CHO, hydroxy C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkenylene, piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl. pyrimidinyl or phenyl wherein substituted piperazinyl is piperazinyl substituted on one nitrogen atom thereof with CHO, C(O)NHR'4, C1-4 alkyl or CO2R4;
R1 is R3 is C2-6 allenyl C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylene, hydroxy C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl or OH;
R4 is C1-6 alkyl, phenyl or benzyl;
R'4 is hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl;
R5 is hydrogen, C1-15 alkyl, OH, hydroxy C1-15 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, -CH([(CH2)d-O-CH2)x-R'6)2, -CH2Si(CH3)2(R3), PDL, -(C1-6 alkylene)-OR4, -CH(Y)(Z), wherein PDL is -(CH2)a-2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, or p-substituted benzyloxy, wherein the substitution is with a nitro, OH, amino. C1-6 alkoxy, hydroxy C1-6 alkylene.
or halogen; Y is C1-15 alkyl, hydroxy C1-15 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl or -(CH2)e-C6H4-(V)e'; Z is -(CH2)d-O-CHO, C1-6 alkylene-O-(CH2)d-(O-CH2-CH2)e-O-C1-6 alkyl, CHO. CO2R4, CO2NHR4, -(CH2)d-O-(CH2)d'-R'7, -(CH2)e-OR4 or wherein V is OR4 or hydroxy C1-6 alkylene;
provided that d'=2 when R'7 is piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl or morpholinyl;
R6 is as defined for R5 with the proviso that R6 is other than hydrogen when R5 is hydrogen, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached are selected from the group consisting of;
R7 is CH2OR4, C(O)NHR4 or CHO;
R'7 is piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl.
morpholinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or phenyl.
wherein substituted piperazinyl is piperazinyl substituted on one nitrogen atom thereof with CHO, C(O)NHR4, C1-4 alkyl or CO2R4;
R8 is N, OH or =O;
R'8 is pyrimidyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl or phenyl;
a is zero, 1, 2 or 3;
b and b' are each independently zero or 1;
d and d' are each independently 1 or 2;
a and e' are each independently zero 1 or 2; and x is zero or one.
2. A compound according to claim 1 wherein P1 is
3. A compound according to claim 2 wherein x is one and P2 is isopropyl.
4. A compound according to claim 3 wherein R1 is
5. A compound according to claim 3 wherein R1 is
6. A compound according to claim 3 wherein R5 is hydrogen and R6 is
7. A compound according to claim 3 wherein R5 is hydrogen and R6 is
8. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is .alpha.,.alpha.-difluoro-.gamma.-[[(2-(R)-[[(hydroxy)phenylacetyl]amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-.beta.-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy)-N-(phenylmethyl)-benzene-pentanamide.
9. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is [6S-(6R*, 9R*, 13S*)]-4,4,-difluoro-9-(1-methylethyl)-3,5,8.11-tetraoxo-1,13-Biphenyl-6-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]methyl)-12-oxa-2,7,10-triazatetradecan-14-oic acid, methyl ester.
10. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is .alpha.,.alpha.-difluoro-.gamma.-[[3-methyl-1-oxo-2-[[(1-oxo-trans-3-phenyl-2-propenyl)amino]butyl]amino)-.beta.-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy)-N-(phenylmethyl)-benzene-pentanamide.
11. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is .alpha.,.alpha.-difluoro-.gamma.-([2-[2-hydroxy-1-oxo-4-(phenylbutyl)amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-.beta.-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy)-N-(phenylmethyl)-benzene-pentanamide.
12. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is N-[1-[[[3,3-difluoro-4-[[2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]-propyl)amino]-2,4-dioxo-1-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-methyl]butyl]amino]carbonyl]-2-methylpropyl]-9-oxo-4-morpholinepropanamide.
13. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is [1R-(1R*,2S*)]-.alpha.,.alpha.-difluoro-.gamma.-[[2-(R)-[[(hydroxy)phenylacetyl]-amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]amino]-N-[2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]propyl)-.beta.-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy)-benzenepentanamide.
14. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is N-[1-[[[3,3-difluoro-4-[[2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)-methyl]-propyl]amino]-2,4-dioxo-1-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]- methyl]-butyl]amino]carbonyl]-2-methylpropyl]-6-(9-morpholinyl-carbonyl)-3-pyridinecarboxamide.
15. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is 7,7-difluoro-4,12-bis(1-methylethyl)-6.8,11-trioxo-1-phenyl-9-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]methyl]-2-oxa-5,10,13-triazatetradecan-14-oic acid, 3-pyridinylmethyl ester.
16. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is [1R-(1R*,2S*)]-.alpha.,.alpha.-difluoro-.gamma.-[[3-methyl-2-[[4-(4-morpholinylsulfonyl)benzoyl]amino]-1-oxobutyl]amino]-N-[2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl)propyl)-.beta.-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy)-benzenepentanamide.
17. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is [1R-(1R*,2S*)]-.alpha.,.alpha.-difluoro-.gamma.-[[3-methyl-2-[[4-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)benzoyl)amino]-1-oxobutyl)amino]-N-(2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl)propyl]-.beta.-oxo-4-(phenylmethoxy)-benzenepentanamide.
18. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is N-[1-[[[3,3-difluoro-4-[[2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]-propyl]amino)-2,4-dioxo-1-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-methyl]butyl]amino]carbonyl)-2-methylpropyl]-4-morpholineacetamide.
19. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is N-[1-[[[3,3-difluoro-4-[[2-methyl-1-[(phenylmethoxy)methyl]-propyl)amino)-2,4-dioxo-1-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl)methyl)-butyl]amino]carbonyl]-2-methylpropyl]-1H-imidazole-1-acetamide.
20. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound. is [1-[[[3,3-difluoro-2;4-dioxo-1-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-methyl]-4-[(2-pyridinylmethyl)amino]butyl]amino]carbonyl]- 2-methylpropyl]-carbamic acid. 3-pyridinylmethyl ester.
21. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is [1-[[[3,3-difluoro-2,4-dioxo-1-[[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-methyl]-4-[(3-pyridinylmethyl)amino]butyl]amino]carbonyl]-2-methylpropyl]-carbamic acid, 3-pyridinylmethyl ester.
22. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is [1-([[3,3-difluoro-2,4-dioxo-1-([4-(phenylmethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl]-4-[(2-pyridinylmethyl)amino]butyl]-amino]carbonyl]- 2-methylpropyl]-carbamic acid, 2-pyridinylmethyl ester.
23. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is (1-[[(3,3-difluoro-2,9-dioxo-1-((4-(phenylmethoxy)-phenyl]-methyl]-4-[(3-pyridinylmethyl)amino]butyl]-amino]carbonyl]- 2-methylpropyl]-carbamic acid, 2-pyridin,ylmethyl ester.
24. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is N-[4-(N-{2-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl)-O-(3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
25. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is N-(4-(N-{3-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-(3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
26. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is N-[4-(N-{3-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-methyl-D-valinol.
27. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is N-{4-(N-{3-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-(2-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
28. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is N-[4-(N-(2-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-{3-pyridylmethyl}oxy)-phenyl-pentyl]-O-(3-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
29. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is N-[4-(N-{2-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl)-O-(2-pyridylmethyl)-D-valinol.
30. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is N-[4-(N-{2-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl)-O-methyl-D-valinol.
31. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is N-{4-(N-{2-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-benzyl-D-valinol.
32. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is N-{4-(N-{3-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-benzyloxy)phenyl-pentyl]-O-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-1-ethyl)-D-valinol.
33. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound is N-[4-(N-{3-pyridylmethyl}oxycarbonyl-L-valyl)amino-2,2-difluoro-1,3-dioxo-5-(4-{2-N-morpholyl)ethyloxy)phenyl-pentyl)-O-methyl-D-valinol.
34. A use of an effective antiviral amount of a compound according to claim 1 for treating a viral infection in a patient in need thereof.
35. A use of an effective antiviral amount of a compound according to claim 1 for controlling a viral infection in a patient afflicted therewith.
36. A use of an effective inhibitory amount of a compound according to claim 1 for inhibiting HIV protease in a patient in need thereof.
37. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an assayable amount of a compound of claim 1 in admixture or otherwise in association with an inert carrier.
38. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 37 for the treatment of a viral infection.
39. A compound according to claim 1 for use in the treatment of a viral infection.
40. A compound according to claim 1 for use in inhibiting HIV protease.
41. Use of a compound of claim 1, optionally in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a viral infection.
42. Use of a compound of claim 1, optionally in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the preparation of an HIV protease inhibitor.
43. A process for the preparation of a compound of the formula:
and the stereoisomers, hydrates, isosteres and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof wherein P1 is wherein T is [(O)b-W-R] and T' is [(O)b~-W'-R'] or hydrogen, wherein each of W and W' are independently C1-6 alkylene or nothing, provided that W is C2-6 alkylene when W in directly attached to a nitrogen atom in R, provided that W' is C2-6 alkylene when W' is directly attached to a nitrogen atom in R', provided that W or W' are each independently C1-6 alkylene when R or R' are each independently an aryl;
P2 is C1-6 alkyl, cyclopentyl, hydroxy C1-6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl or 3-tetrahydrofuryl;
R and R' are each independently -CH2CHO, hydroxy C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkenylene, piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or phenyl wherein substituted piperazinyl is piperazinyl substituted on one nitrogen atom thereof with CHO, C(O)NHR'4, C1-4 alkyl or CO2R4;
R1 is R3 is C2-6 allenyl C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylene, hydroxy C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl or OH;
R4 is C1-6 alkyl, phenyl or benzyl;
R'4, is hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl;
R5 is hydrogen. C1-15 alkyl, OH, hydroxy C1-15 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, -CH([(CH2)d-O-CH2]x-R'8)2, -CH2Si(CH3)2(R3), PDL, -(C1-6 alkylene)-OR4, -CH(Y)(Z), wherein PDL is -(CH2)a-2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, or p-substituted benzyloxy, wherein the substitution is with a nitro, OH, amino, C1-6 alkoxy, hydroxy C1-6 alkylene, or halogen; Y is C1-15 alkyl, hydroxy C1-15 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl or -(CH2)e-C6H4-(V)e'; Z is -(CH2)d-O-CHO, C1-6 alkylene-O-(CH2)d-(O-CH2-CH2)e-O-C1-6 alkyl, CHO, CO2R4, CO2NHR4, -(CH2)d-O-(CH2)d'-R'7, -(CH2)e-OR4 or wherein V is OR4 or hydroxy C1-6 alkylene;
provided that d'=2 when R'7 is piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl or morpholinyl;
R6 is as defined for R5 with the proviso that R6 is other than hydrogen when R5 is hydrogen, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached are selected from the group consisting of;
R7 is CH2OR4, C(O)NHR4 or CHO;
R'7 is piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or phenyl, wherein substituted piperazinyl is piperazinyl substituted on one nitrogen atom thereof with CHO, C(O)NHR4, C1-4 alkyl or CO2R4;
R8 is H, OH or =O;
R'8 is pyrimidyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl or phenyl;
a is zero, 1, 2 or 3;
b and b' are each independently zero or 1;
d and d' are each independently 1 or 2;
e and e' are each independently zero, 1 or 2; and x is zero or one, comprising oxidizing a compound of formula:
wherein all the substituents are defined as above.
and the stereoisomers, hydrates, isosteres and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof wherein P1 is wherein T is [(O)b-W-R] and T' is [(O)b~-W'-R'] or hydrogen, wherein each of W and W' are independently C1-6 alkylene or nothing, provided that W is C2-6 alkylene when W in directly attached to a nitrogen atom in R, provided that W' is C2-6 alkylene when W' is directly attached to a nitrogen atom in R', provided that W or W' are each independently C1-6 alkylene when R or R' are each independently an aryl;
P2 is C1-6 alkyl, cyclopentyl, hydroxy C1-6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl or 3-tetrahydrofuryl;
R and R' are each independently -CH2CHO, hydroxy C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkenylene, piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or phenyl wherein substituted piperazinyl is piperazinyl substituted on one nitrogen atom thereof with CHO, C(O)NHR'4, C1-4 alkyl or CO2R4;
R1 is R3 is C2-6 allenyl C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylene, hydroxy C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl or OH;
R4 is C1-6 alkyl, phenyl or benzyl;
R'4, is hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl;
R5 is hydrogen. C1-15 alkyl, OH, hydroxy C1-15 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, -CH([(CH2)d-O-CH2]x-R'8)2, -CH2Si(CH3)2(R3), PDL, -(C1-6 alkylene)-OR4, -CH(Y)(Z), wherein PDL is -(CH2)a-2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, or p-substituted benzyloxy, wherein the substitution is with a nitro, OH, amino, C1-6 alkoxy, hydroxy C1-6 alkylene, or halogen; Y is C1-15 alkyl, hydroxy C1-15 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl or -(CH2)e-C6H4-(V)e'; Z is -(CH2)d-O-CHO, C1-6 alkylene-O-(CH2)d-(O-CH2-CH2)e-O-C1-6 alkyl, CHO, CO2R4, CO2NHR4, -(CH2)d-O-(CH2)d'-R'7, -(CH2)e-OR4 or wherein V is OR4 or hydroxy C1-6 alkylene;
provided that d'=2 when R'7 is piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl or morpholinyl;
R6 is as defined for R5 with the proviso that R6 is other than hydrogen when R5 is hydrogen, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached are selected from the group consisting of;
R7 is CH2OR4, C(O)NHR4 or CHO;
R'7 is piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or phenyl, wherein substituted piperazinyl is piperazinyl substituted on one nitrogen atom thereof with CHO, C(O)NHR4, C1-4 alkyl or CO2R4;
R8 is H, OH or =O;
R'8 is pyrimidyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl or phenyl;
a is zero, 1, 2 or 3;
b and b' are each independently zero or 1;
d and d' are each independently 1 or 2;
e and e' are each independently zero, 1 or 2; and x is zero or one, comprising oxidizing a compound of formula:
wherein all the substituents are defined as above.
44. A process for the preparation of a compound of the formula:
and the stereoisomers, hydrates, isosteres and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof wherein P1 is wherein T is [(O)b-W-R] and T' is [(O)b'-W'-R'] or hydrogen, wherein each of W and W' are independently C1-6 alkylene or nothing, provided that W is C2-6 alkylene when W is directly attached to a nitrogen atom in R, provided that W' is C2-6 alkylene when W' is directly attached to a nitrogen atom in R', provided that W or W' are each independently C1-6 alkylene when R or R' are each independently an aryl;
P2 is C1-6 alkyl, cyclopentyl, hydroxy C1-6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl or 3-tetrahydrofuryl;
R and R' are each independently -CH2CHO, hydroxy C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkenylene, piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or phenyl wherein substituted piperazinyl is piperazinyl substituted on one nitrogen atom thereof with CHO, C(O)NHR'4, C1-4 alkyl or CO2R4;
R1 is R3 is C2-6 allenyl C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylene, hydroxy C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl or OH;
R4 is C1-6 alkyl, phenyl or benzyl;
R'4 is hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl;
R5 is hydrogen, C1-15 alkyl, OH, hydroxy C1-15 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, -CH([(CH2)d-O-CH2]x-R'8)2, -CH2Si(CH3)2(R3), PDL, -(C1-6 alkylene)-OR4, -CH(Y)(Z), wherein PDL is -(CH2)a-2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, or p-substituted benzyloxy, wherein the substitution is with a nitro, OH, amino, C1-6 alkoxy. hydroxy C1-6 alkylene, or halogen; Y is C1-15 alkyl, hydroxy C1-15 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl or -(CH2)e-C6H4-(V)e'; Z is -(CH2)d-O-CHO, C1-6 alkylene-O-(CH2)d-(O-CH2-CH2)e-O-C1-6 alkyl, CHO, CO2R4, CO2NHR4, -(CH2)d-O-(CH2)d'-R'7. -(CH2)e-OR4 or wherein V is OR4 or hydroxy C1-6 alkylene;
provided that d'=2 when R'7 is piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl or morpholinyl;
R6 is as defined for R5 with the proviso that R6 is other than hydrogen when R5 is hydrogen, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached are selected from the group consisting of;
R7 is CH2OR4, C(O)NHR4 or CHO;
R'7 is piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or phenyl, wherein substituted piperazinyl is piperazinyl substituted on one nitrogen atom thereof with CHO, C(O)NHR4, C1-4 alkyl or CO2R4;
R8 is H, OH or =O;
R'8 is pyrimidyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl or phenyl;
a is zero, 1, 2 or 3;
b and b' are each independently zero or 1;
d and d' are each independently 1 or 2;
e and e' are each independently zero. 1 or 2; and x is zero or one, comprising;
a) oxidizing a compound of formula:
wherein R'1 is a protected R1 group and the remaining substituents are defined as above;
b) subsequently deprotecting the oxidized product of step a.
and the stereoisomers, hydrates, isosteres and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof wherein P1 is wherein T is [(O)b-W-R] and T' is [(O)b'-W'-R'] or hydrogen, wherein each of W and W' are independently C1-6 alkylene or nothing, provided that W is C2-6 alkylene when W is directly attached to a nitrogen atom in R, provided that W' is C2-6 alkylene when W' is directly attached to a nitrogen atom in R', provided that W or W' are each independently C1-6 alkylene when R or R' are each independently an aryl;
P2 is C1-6 alkyl, cyclopentyl, hydroxy C1-6 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl or 3-tetrahydrofuryl;
R and R' are each independently -CH2CHO, hydroxy C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkenylene, piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or phenyl wherein substituted piperazinyl is piperazinyl substituted on one nitrogen atom thereof with CHO, C(O)NHR'4, C1-4 alkyl or CO2R4;
R1 is R3 is C2-6 allenyl C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylene, hydroxy C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl or OH;
R4 is C1-6 alkyl, phenyl or benzyl;
R'4 is hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl;
R5 is hydrogen, C1-15 alkyl, OH, hydroxy C1-15 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, -CH([(CH2)d-O-CH2]x-R'8)2, -CH2Si(CH3)2(R3), PDL, -(C1-6 alkylene)-OR4, -CH(Y)(Z), wherein PDL is -(CH2)a-2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, or p-substituted benzyloxy, wherein the substitution is with a nitro, OH, amino, C1-6 alkoxy. hydroxy C1-6 alkylene, or halogen; Y is C1-15 alkyl, hydroxy C1-15 alkyl, C1-6 alkyl or -(CH2)e-C6H4-(V)e'; Z is -(CH2)d-O-CHO, C1-6 alkylene-O-(CH2)d-(O-CH2-CH2)e-O-C1-6 alkyl, CHO, CO2R4, CO2NHR4, -(CH2)d-O-(CH2)d'-R'7. -(CH2)e-OR4 or wherein V is OR4 or hydroxy C1-6 alkylene;
provided that d'=2 when R'7 is piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl or morpholinyl;
R6 is as defined for R5 with the proviso that R6 is other than hydrogen when R5 is hydrogen, or R5 and R6 are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached are selected from the group consisting of;
R7 is CH2OR4, C(O)NHR4 or CHO;
R'7 is piperazinyl, substituted piperazinyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or phenyl, wherein substituted piperazinyl is piperazinyl substituted on one nitrogen atom thereof with CHO, C(O)NHR4, C1-4 alkyl or CO2R4;
R8 is H, OH or =O;
R'8 is pyrimidyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl or phenyl;
a is zero, 1, 2 or 3;
b and b' are each independently zero or 1;
d and d' are each independently 1 or 2;
e and e' are each independently zero. 1 or 2; and x is zero or one, comprising;
a) oxidizing a compound of formula:
wherein R'1 is a protected R1 group and the remaining substituents are defined as above;
b) subsequently deprotecting the oxidized product of step a.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US27622394A | 1994-07-15 | 1994-07-15 | |
| US08/276,223 | 1994-07-15 | ||
| PCT/US1995/007241 WO1996002499A1 (en) | 1994-07-15 | 1995-06-06 | Difluorostatone antiviral agents |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CA2195125A1 CA2195125A1 (en) | 1996-02-01 |
| CA2195125C true CA2195125C (en) | 2003-12-16 |
Family
ID=23055718
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CA002195125A Expired - Fee Related CA2195125C (en) | 1994-07-15 | 1995-06-06 | Difluorostatone antiviral agents |
Country Status (13)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP0773926A1 (en) |
| JP (1) | JPH10505582A (en) |
| CN (1) | CN1152910A (en) |
| AU (1) | AU711035B2 (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2195125C (en) |
| FI (1) | FI970151A (en) |
| HU (1) | HUT76648A (en) |
| IL (1) | IL114558A0 (en) |
| MX (1) | MX9700414A (en) |
| NO (1) | NO970158L (en) |
| NZ (1) | NZ288836A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO1996002499A1 (en) |
| ZA (1) | ZA955722B (en) |
Families Citing this family (11)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| ES2152982T3 (en) * | 1993-07-08 | 2001-02-16 | Merrell Pharma Inc | ANALOGS OF THE DIFLUOROESTATONA. |
| DE69418050T2 (en) * | 1993-09-09 | 1999-11-25 | Merrell Pharmaceuticals Inc., Cincinnati | ANTIVIRAL ANALOGS OF DIFLUOROSTATON |
| CN1142830A (en) * | 1994-02-04 | 1997-02-12 | 默里尔药物公司 | Macrocyclic difluorostatone derivatives useful as antiviral agents |
| US6114380A (en) * | 1995-12-18 | 2000-09-05 | Merrell Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Difluoro statone analogs |
| EP3423469A1 (en) | 2016-03-04 | 2019-01-09 | H. Hoffnabb-La Roche Ag | New trifluoromethylpropanamide derivatives as htra1 inhibitors |
| CN108699105A (en) | 2016-03-04 | 2018-10-23 | 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 | Novel difluoro keto acyl amine derivative as HTRA1 inhibitor |
| EP3484859B1 (en) * | 2016-07-18 | 2021-09-15 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG | New difluoroketamide derivatives as htra1 inhibitors |
| JP2019526564A (en) | 2016-08-23 | 2019-09-19 | エフ．ホフマン−ラ ロシュ アーゲーＦ． Ｈｏｆｆｍａｎｎ−Ｌａ Ｒｏｃｈｅ Ａｋｔｉｅｎｇｅｓｅｌｌｓｃｈａｆｔ | Novel trifluoromethylpropanamide derivatives as HTRA1 inhibitors |
| CN109661389A (en) | 2016-08-23 | 2019-04-19 | 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 | Novel difluoro keto acyl amine derivative as HTRA1 inhibitor |
| CN109232301B (en) * | 2018-10-15 | 2021-01-01 | 天津希恩思生化科技有限公司 | Preparation method of tetraisopropyl hydrazine |
| GB201819125D0 (en) * | 2018-11-23 | 2019-01-09 | Univ Oxford Innovation Ltd | Biomarkers and uses thereof |
Family Cites Families (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP3198416B2 (en) * | 1991-01-02 | 2001-08-13 | メレルダウファーマスーティカルズ インコーポレイテッド | Antiviral compounds |
-
1995
- 1995-06-06 CA CA002195125A patent/CA2195125C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1995-06-06 WO PCT/US1995/007241 patent/WO1996002499A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1995-06-06 CN CN95194114A patent/CN1152910A/en active Pending
- 1995-06-06 HU HU9700116A patent/HUT76648A/en unknown
- 1995-06-06 AU AU28189/95A patent/AU711035B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1995-06-06 JP JP8505010A patent/JPH10505582A/en not_active Ceased
- 1995-06-06 MX MX9700414A patent/MX9700414A/en unknown
- 1995-06-06 NZ NZ288836A patent/NZ288836A/en unknown
- 1995-06-06 EP EP95923745A patent/EP0773926A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1995-07-10 ZA ZA955722A patent/ZA955722B/en unknown
- 1995-07-12 IL IL11455895A patent/IL114558A0/en unknown
-
1997
- 1997-01-14 NO NO970158A patent/NO970158L/en unknown
- 1997-01-14 FI FI970151A patent/FI970151A/en unknown
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| NO970158L (en) | 1997-03-14 |
| NO970158D0 (en) | 1997-01-14 |
| AU711035B2 (en) | 1999-10-07 |
| HUT76648A (en) | 1997-10-28 |
| WO1996002499A1 (en) | 1996-02-01 |
| CN1152910A (en) | 1997-06-25 |
| AU2818995A (en) | 1996-02-16 |
| FI970151A0 (en) | 1997-01-14 |
| NZ288836A (en) | 1998-01-26 |
| JPH10505582A (en) | 1998-06-02 |
| EP0773926A1 (en) | 1997-05-21 |
| IL114558A0 (en) | 1995-11-27 |
| MX9700414A (en) | 1998-05-31 |
| ZA955722B (en) | 1996-02-26 |
| HU9700116D0 (en) | 1997-02-28 |
| FI970151A (en) | 1997-01-14 |
| CA2195125A1 (en) | 1996-02-01 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP3207901B2 (en) | Retrovirus inhibitory compounds | |
| US5541334A (en) | Retroviral protease inhibiting compounds | |
| JP3529381B2 (en) | Endothelin converting enzyme inhibitor | |
| CA2195125C (en) | Difluorostatone antiviral agents | |
| IL100477A (en) | Difluorostatone derivatives process for their preparation and antiviral compositions containing them | |
| CA2170607C (en) | Difluoro statone antiviral analogs | |
| CA2166693C (en) | Difluoro statone analogs | |
| CA2249786C (en) | Difluoro statone analogs | |
| JP3574455B2 (en) | Macrocyclic difluorostatone derivatives useful as antiviral agents | |
| US6114380A (en) | Difluoro statone analogs | |
| US5554783A (en) | Retroviral protease inhibiting compounds |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| EEER | Examination request | ||
| MKLA | Lapsed | ||
| MKLA | Lapsed |
Effective date: 20060606 |